This is a modern-English version of Needlework Economies: A Book of Mending and Making with Oddments and Scraps, originally written by unknown author(s). It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

Needlework Economies


Crafting
Economies

EDITED BY
FLORA KLICKMANN

A Book of
Making and Mending
with Oddments
and Scraps

EDITED BY
FLORA KLICKMANN

A Book of
Creating and Repairing
with Leftovers
and Tidbits


“A Live Magazine for Women.”

“An Online Magazine for Women.”

1/-
NET
Monthly

1/-
NET
Monthly

“No praise can be too high for this Magazine. Each article is written with knowledge and insight, and in a practical spirit.”

“This magazine deserves the highest praise. Every article is written with expertise and understanding, and with a practical approach.”

Morning Post.

Morning Post.

THE GIRL’S OWN & WOMAN’S MAGAZINE

edited by FLORA KLICKMANN.]

edited by FLORA KLICKMANN.]

“It is a treasure-house of story and article, as well as being an infallible guide to arts and crafts of various kinds.”—Lady’s Pictorial.

“It’s a treasure trove of stories and articles, as well as a reliable guide to different arts and crafts.”—Lady’s Pictorial.

“It is brimful of brightly-drawn stories, together with many household hints.”—Daily Telegraph.

“It’s filled with vividly told stories, along with lots of helpful tips.” —Daily Telegraph.

“It blends fiction with fashion, and the decorative with the domestic.”—Pall Mall Gazette.

“It combines storytelling with style, mixing the ornate with the everyday.”—Pall Mall Gazette.

“It concerns itself with any and every interest which a girl may have, or ought to have.”—Westminster Gazette.

“It covers every interest a girl might have or should have.” —Westminster Gazette.

On Sale
EVERYWHERE.

On Sale
ANYWHERE.

Published at 4, Bouverie Street, London, E.C. 4.

Published at 4 Bouverie Street, London, EC4.

 


Rickards "Sylvan" Artificial silk

EMBROIDERY THREADS

Embroidery threads

are the closest imitation of Pure Silk made in Rickard’s SYLVAN. The requirements of needleworkers have been carefully studied. Its colours are unsurpassed for brilliancy, silk lustre and finish.

are the closest imitation of Pure Silk made in Rickard’s SYLVAN. The needs of needleworkers have been carefully studied. Its colors are unparalleled in vibrancy, silkiness, and finish.

SYLVAN Threads should be used for all rich colour embroidery effects.

SYLVAN Threads should be used for all bright color embroidery effects.

girl playing with kitten and ball of string

Manufactured by
C. A. RICKARDS, LTD., Bradford.

Created by
C. A. RICKARDS, LTD., Bradford.

 


Mother and children: A GOOD HOME RULE "GIVE YOUR CHILDREN PERRY'S POWDERS"

The Finest
MEDICINE

The Best
MEDICINE

IN THE WORLD
FOR ALL

CHILDREN’S
AILMENTS.

Kids' Illnesses.

————
Sold Everywhere at 1/3
per box of 3 dozen,

or Post Free from
PERRY’S POWDERS, Ld.,
LEEDS.

————
Available Everywhere for 1/3
per box of 3 dozen,

or Free Shipping from
PERRY'S POWDERS, Ltd.,
LEEDS.

 


Peacock quality REGISTERED.

It is essential suitable material should be used for the work selected. The undermentioned wools are highly recommended and will not cause disappointment. All the brands should be procurable at any Needlework Repository. In the event of any difficulty in obtaining a supply please write to

It’s important to use the right materials for the chosen project. The wools listed below are highly recommended and won’t let you down. You should be able to find all the brands at any craft store. If you have trouble getting them, please write to

FAUDEL’S LTD., Newgate Street, London, E. C. 1

FAUDEL’S LTD., Newgate Street, London, EC1

A.A. PEACOCK FINGERING, The long length Wool, 2,000 yards more in the 6 lb. Spindle than in ordinary yarns.
The best quality Wool for General Knitting and Crochet purposes, in 2, 3, 4, 6 ply.
4 ply kept in 150 Colours and Fancy Mixtures.
PEACOCK SHETLAND WOOL, Best English make.
For Shawls, Opera Hoods, Wraps, Fascinators, etc., in all leading colours. Natural and Clerical.
PEACOCK ANDALUSIAN, Best English make.
For Socks, Stockings, Mittens, Gloves, Cuffs, Gaiters, Wraps, Bonnets, and Shawls.
PEACOCK DOUBLE KNITTING For some years we have been trying to introduce a Yarn with the Wearable characteristics of the best Worsted, combined with the Soft, Strong and Elastic qualities of the best Fingering. We claim in the “Peacock Double Knitting” to have been eminently successful.
For Golf Jerseys, Hats and Norfolk Jackets, Shooting and Cycling Stockings, Tams, Scarves, Sweaters, Football and Golf Stockings.
PEACOCK VEST WOOL, Unshrinkable.
Specially prepared for all Underwear in 2, 3, 4 ply.
PEACOCK LADY BETTY, A Pure Wool.
For softness and warmth, used largely for Baby’s first Vests, Shawls, etc., and all useful garments where the best soft wool is needed.
PEACOCK OSTRICH WOOL, In 1 oz Balls.
For making, Boas, Capes, Hoods, Muffs, Ruffles, etc.
PEACOCK SPANGLED WOOL, With Mercerised Thread.
For Shawls, Vests, Hoods, Children’s Gloves, Bonnets, etc. A very pretty wool.
PEACOCK ABERDEEN FINGERING, Made in 2, 3, 4 ply.
A good fingering for all purposes requiring softness, strength and warmth.
PEACOCK HOMESPUN, or Wheeling Yarn.
A yarn for Deep Sea Mission and Charity purposes.
PEACOCK ROYAL SHETLAND FLOSS OR BOA WOOL.
For Boas, Ruffles, and Shawls, for working on Boa frame.

NEEDLEWORK

ECONOMIES

A New Edition (The Fifteenth) now Selling.      Cost 7 internet.
(by post 7/6).

The Flower-Patch
among the Hills

The Flower Patch
among the Hills

By FLORA KLICKMANN,

By Flora Klickmann,

Editor of the “GIRL’S OWN AND WOMAN’S MAGAZINE,” etc.

Editor of the “GIRL’S OWN AND WOMAN’S MAGAZINE,” etc.

With Photogravure Portrait of the Author.

With Photogravure Portrait of the Author.

The Flower-Patch Among the Hills By FLORA KLICKMANN
—————————
A Book of Cheerfulness: you just smile your way right through.
——————————
“Your delightful book charms me.”—Miss Marie Corelli.
“Fun peeps out from almost every page.”—Mrs. Florence L. Barclay.
“I have read it with great pleasure.”—Sir Wm. Robertson Nicoll.
“I have found it infinitely more interesting than a novel.”—Mr. Coulson Kernahan.
“A truly beautiful piece of work.”—Mr. Jeffery Farnol.
“Miss Klickmann has quite a sense of humour.”—The Times.
“It transports the reader into a haven of peace, which is quite unfaked.”—The Daily Telegraph.
“This is a cheerful book.”—The Athenæum.
“It is full of sunshine and gaiety.”—The Sphere.
“It is charming alike in title and text.”—The Graphic.
“It is indeed a charming book.”—The Guardian.
“We have nothing but praise for this charming volume.”—The Record.
“No one can come to ‘The Flower-Patch’ without feeling delighted and refreshed.”—The Life of Faith.
“There are chapters that brace the spirits in these trying days.”—The Yorkshire Observer.
“It is a piece of work as charming as it is clever.”—The Field.
“The fun, pathos, and deeper thoughts of their owner suit our every mood.”—The Church Family Newspaper.
“This is a book to take up when one is worried and out-of-sorts.”—The Western Mail.
“An orderly review of such a book would seem like using firstly, secondly, and thirdly to describe the song of the lark.”—The Sword and the Trowel.
“We have seen no other book of its kind equal to this, and none more likely to bless its readers.”—The Christian.
“It is a delightful book, the humour is gay and infectious.”—The Methodist Recorder.
“The book is a very genial companion.”—The Christian World.
“It is a volume of well nigh unique charm, breezy, scent-laden and eminently delightful.”—The Western Morning News.
“One element in the book’s charm is the waywardness of a humour which does not allow the author to be long without a change of mood.”—The Scotsman.
“It is a capital story.”—The Sheffield Daily Telegraph.
“It is just the book for a leisure afternoon.”—The Gentlewoman.
“It is emphatically a book for the times.”—The Western Daily Press.

London: 4 Bouverie Street, E.C.4.      And at all Bookshops
and Bookstalls.

Price SEVEN SHILLINGS net (by post 7/6).

Price: SEVEN SHILLINGS net (by post 7/6).


The Home Art Series
Needlework
Economies
A Book of
Repairing and Creating
with
Bits and Pieces


EDITED BY
FLORA KLICKMANN
Editor of “The Girl’s Own Paper and Woman’s Magazine.”

London:
The Office of “The Girl’s Own Paper & Woman’s Magazine”
4 Bouverie Street & 65 St. Paul’s Churchyard, E.C. 4.

London:
The Office of “The Girl’s Own Paper & Woman’s Magazine”
4 Bouverie Street & 65 St. Paul’s Churchyard, E.C. 4.

 


girl on swing, two children looking over brick fence and baby on ground watching
That Baby
Girl sitting
on the ground
will soon be as big and strong as her sister in the swing if mother feeds her regularly upon Robinson’s “Patent” Groats. Made nicely with milk, and sweetened with a little sugar or syrup, it has that delicious flavour which the little ones enjoy.
Robinson’s “Patent” Groats

Possessing valuable flesh and bone-forming
properties, it is extremely nourishing and
easily digested.
——————————
It is also a valuable diet for NURSING MOTHERS, providing the
nutriment that enables mothers to nurse their babies. INVALIDS
and the AGED find it an ideal breakfast and supper food.

——————————
Send for Free Booklet “ADVICE TO MOTHERS,”

Dept. N.E., KEEN, ROBINSON & Co., Ltd., LONDON, E. 1.

Having valuable flesh and bone-forming properties, it’s highly nutritious and easy to digest.
——————————
It's also a great diet for NURSING MOTHERS, providing the nutrients that help mothers feed their babies. PEOPLE WITH ILLNESS and the ELDERLY find it perfect for breakfast and dinner.
——————————
Request your Free Booklet “ADVICE TO MOTHERS,”

Dept. N.E., KEEN, ROBINSON & Co., Ltd., LONDON, E. 1.


NEEDLEWORK ECONOMIES

Edited by FLORA KLICKMANN

Edited by Flora Klickmann


Preface.

War is a hard, stern teacher, and its lessons are bitter in the learning; yet some of its teaching we badly needed—and not the least important of its many lessons is the one it inculcated on the criminality of waste.

War is a tough, harsh teacher, and its lessons are painful to learn; yet some of what it teaches is crucial for us, and one of its most important lessons is about the wrongness of waste.

To so many of us “waste” was a word with a comparative meaning. What was waste in one woman was not necessarily waste in another, we argued. It was wrong for the factory girl to let her skirts drop off her for lack of mending; but not wrong for better-off women to discard their clothes directly they showed the least sign of wear, because they could afford to buy more, we said; and, besides, it made it good for trade—that was a favourite argument used by the extravagant to excuse their wanton waste.

To many of us, "waste" was a word with a relative meaning. What one woman considered waste was not necessarily waste to another, we argued. It was wrong for the factory girl to let her skirts fall apart from not being mended; but it wasn't wrong for wealthier women to toss their clothes as soon as they showed the slightest wear, because they could afford to buy more, we said; and besides, it was good for business—that was a favorite argument used by the extravagant to justify their reckless waste.

But we have all learnt the value of economy of recent years: and we have seen how the saving and thrift of individuals may mean the salvation of the State. It will be a long time before we can ever return to that condition of easy-going plenty that we knew before the war. In any case the cost of all commodities will remain higher in price. The woman who can utilize oddments and make things with her own hands is the woman who will be making money, as she will be supplying one of the most expensive items of modern times—personal labour. The hints in this book are intended as suggestions, which can be developed in many new directions.

But we have all learned the value of saving in recent years, and we’ve seen how individuals’ thriftiness can be crucial for the country’s well-being. It will take a long time before we can return to the easy abundance we experienced before the war. In any case, the prices of all goods will remain higher. The woman who can repurpose materials and create things with her own hands is the one who will be making money, as she will be providing one of the most costly resources today—personal labor. The tips in this book are meant as ideas that can be expanded in various new ways.


Part I.
Dress Economies.


The Brassiere.

The Brassiere, or bust bodice, is an essential garment for those who wish to keep the form neat in appearance now when the low cut corset is so much in vogue. It has the great advantage of correcting round shoulders in those who are inclined to stoop when walking, and prevents that ugly ridge so often seen in the back of the coat or blouse caused by the top of the corset.

The brassiere, or bust bodice, is an essential piece for anyone looking to maintain a tidy appearance now that low-cut corsets are so popular. It has the huge benefit of correcting rounded shoulders for those who tend to slouch while walking, and it prevents that unattractive ridge frequently seen at the back of jackets or blouses caused by the top of the corset.

"rassiere" which is more like a camisole today with garter straps attached
The Crochet Trimming gives a pretty finish.

They are so very easily made that every woman and girl should make as many as she requires, for they are expensive articles to buy, and the garments one makes for one’s self are likely to outlast three or four of the bought kind and this, too,[4] at about one-third the cost.

They are so easy to make that every woman and girl should create as many as she needs, since they are costly to buy. The clothes you make for yourself are likely to last three or four times longer than the purchased ones, and this, too, [4] at about one-third the price.

Beautiful inset crocheted lace and roses
This Section of the Front shows the actual size of the Crochet.

The pattern for the Brassiere shown here is in three parts, the front, side-front and back. Half a yard of 36 inch wide linen or cambric is sufficient. The material used must be strong but fine, and linen is, of course, the best for wearing qualities.

The pattern for the bra shown here is in three parts: the front, side front, and back. Half a yard of 36-inch wide linen or cambric is enough. The material used must be strong but lightweight, and linen is definitely the best for comfort.

Having cut out the sections, join all seams with a row of stitching less than a quarter of an inch from the edge, open out the seams flat and cover each with a casing made by a strip of the linen with the edge turned inwards, each should then be half an inch wide. Stitch close to the edge at each side. The three centre casings have buttonholes worked in the centre of the casing, in an upward direction, each an inch in length. These are to admit of a strip of whalebone, eight inches in length and which can readily be removed for washing.

Having cut out the sections, sew all seams with a line of stitching that is less than a quarter of an inch from the edge. Open the seams flat and cover each one with a casing made from a strip of linen, turning the edge inward. Each casing should be half an inch wide. Stitch close to the edge on each side. The three center casings should have buttonholes stitched in the center, going upward, each about an inch long. These are meant to allow for a strip of whalebone, which is eight inches long and can be easily removed for washing.

Turn in a narrow hem at each side of the shoulder section and stitch in place. Make the insertion and place in position on the front, mark the lines at each side, cut the material along the centre where the various strips are to be, turn in a narrow hem and stitch all round. Then turn a hem all round the edge and stitch.

Turn in a narrow hem on each side of the shoulder area and sew it in place. Prepare the insertion and position it on the front, marking the lines on each side. Cut the material down the center where the different strips will go, turn in a narrow hem, and sew all around. Then, turn a hem all around the edge and sew it.

With an Irish Crochet Insertion.

With the crochet hook, put a row of 8 ch 1 d c into the edge of the hem from the lower edge of the back[5] round to the opposite point and around each armhole. Into each loop put 7 ch 1 d c twice, with 5 ch 1 d c from loop to loop.

With the crochet hook, make a row of 8 chain 1 double crochets into the edge of the hem from the lower edge of the back[5] all the way to the opposite point and around each armhole. In each loop, make 7 chain 1 double crochets twice, with 5 chain 1 double crochets from loop to loop.

Sew a patent fastener to the top edge of the back, and a long strip of tape to the lower edge. The tapes are crossed at the back and brought round to the front to regulate the fit of the brassiere.

Sew a patent fastener to the top edge of the back and a long strip of tape to the lower edge. The tapes cross at the back and come around to the front to adjust the fit of the bra.

The Insertion.

This is the pretty Rose beading in Irish crochet, and is made with Manlove’s Irish lace thread, No. 50, with a No. 6 crochet hook.

This is the beautiful Rose beading in Irish crochet, made with Manlove’s Irish lace thread, No. 50, using a No. 6 crochet hook.

Form 6 ch into a ring.

Form 6 ch into a circle.

1st Row.—6 ch 1 tr into the ring, 3 ch 1 tr into the ring 4 times, 3 ch 1 s c into the 3rd of the 6 ch.

1st Row.—Chain 6, then 1 triple crochet into the ring, chain 3, then 1 triple crochet into the ring 4 times, chain 3, and then 1 single crochet into the 3rd chain of the 6 chains.

2nd Row.—1 d c 7 tr 1 d c into each loop.

2nd Row.—1 double crochet in each loop.

3rd Row.—5 ch 1 d c into the d c between the petals in last row.

3rd Row.—5 ch 1 dc into the dc between the petals in the last row.

4th Row.—1 d c 10 tr 1 d c into each loop.

4th Row.—1 double crochet, 10 treble crochet, 1 double crochet into each loop.

5th Row.—Same as 3rd, but 6 ch instead of 5.

5th Row.—Same as 3rd, but 6 ch instead of 5.

6th Row.—1 d c 12 tr 1 d c into each loop.

6th Row.—1 double crochet in each loop.

7th Row.—8 ch, picot 5 of them, 3 ch 1 d c into the 3rd tr on 1st petal in last row; 6 ch, picot 5 of them, 1 d c into the 9th tr on same petal; 6 ch, picot 5 of them, 1 d c into the 3rd tr on next petal; 6 ch, picot 5 of them, 1 d c into the 9th tr on same petal.

7th Row.—8 chains, picot 5 of them, 3 chains, 1 double crochet into the 3rd treble on the 1st petal in the last row; 6 chains, picot 5 of them, 1 double crochet into the 9th treble on the same petal; 6 chains, picot 5 of them, 1 double crochet into the 3rd treble on the next petal; 6 chains, picot 5 of them, 1 double crochet into the 9th treble on the same petal.

8th Row.—Turn with 8 ch and repeat the 4 picot loops as in last row, for 8 rows of the 4 loops.

8th Row.—Turn with 8 chains and repeat the 4 picot loops as in the last row, for 8 rows of the 4 loops.

16th Row.—Turn with 5 ch, 1 tr into 1st loop, 2 ch 1 tr into each of the others, turn.

16th Row.—Chain 5, then do 1 treble in the 1st loop, 2 chains, and 1 treble in each of the other loops, then turn.

17th Row.—10 ch 1 d c into the 2nd of the 5 ch at the turning of last row.

17th Row.—10 chains 1 double crochet into the 2nd of the 5 chains at the turning of the last row.

18th Row.—Repeat the 4 picot loops over the 10 ch and form 5 rows. Then repeat the 16th and 17th rows and form 8 rows more of the picot loops.

18th Row.—Make the 4 picot loops again over the 10 chain and create 5 rows. Then repeat the 16th and 17th rows and add 8 more rows of picot loops.

Make another rose and join to the picot loops in the last row to correspond with the joining of the first one.

Make another rose and attach it to the picot loops in the last row to match up with the joining of the first one.

When the front strip is of sufficient length, make the strip for each shoulder and the front piece, joining each to the loops in the straight strip.

When the front strip is long enough, create the strip for each shoulder and the front piece, connecting each one to the loops in the straight strip.

Make the straightening rows at each side with 1 tr 2 ch into each loop and petal along the sides, placing the trs so that the chs may form a straight line.

Make the straightening rows on each side with 1 treble and 2 chains into each loop and petal along the edges, positioning the treble stitches so that the chains create a straight line.

Work a 2nd row of 2 ch 1 tr into each space of 1st row, then finish with 3 d c into each space.

Work a 2nd row of 2 chains and 1 triple crochet into each space of the 1st row, then finish with 3 double crochets into each space.

Now top-sew the insertion in place and join the shoulders with a flat “run and fell” seam.

Now sew the insertion in place on top and connect the shoulders with a flat "run and fell" seam.

Sew a piece of tape ending with a loop on the point of the front to fasten the Brassiere to the corset.

Sew a piece of tape with a loop at the end to the front point to attach the bra to the corset.

Beautiful Crochet on Household Linen

Beautiful Crochet on Home Textiles


Edited by FLORA KLICKMANN

This is full of beautiful ideas for table cloths, toilet covers, curtain tops, sideboard cloths, tea cosies, dressing table runners. Uniform with this volume in style and price, and issued by the same publishers.

A Camisole Yoke of Embroidered Filet Net and Crochet.

photo of yoke
From this diagram the Shamrock Design can be worked in darning.

Machine-made filet net was used in making this pretty yoke, on which the trefoil is worked in darning stitch with Tenax embroidery silk in a moss-rose shade of pink. Other lovely shades can be had in the Tenax silk, and blue, green, or mauve will answer quite as well. The shape is cut out from the net, allowing two meshes for a margin at all edges.

Machine-made filet net was used to create this pretty yoke, on which the trefoil is embroidered in darning stitch with Tenax embroidery silk in a moss-rose shade of pink. Other lovely shades are available in the Tenax silk, and blue, green, or mauve will work just as well. The shape is cut out from the net, leaving two meshes for a margin at all edges.

Using No. 70 Peri-Lusta crochet cotton, overcast the two rows of meshes left as a margin with an overcasting through each mesh, then with a No. 5 crochet hook work a row of d c all round the edges, 2 d c into each mesh.

Using No. 70 Peri-Lusta crochet cotton, overcast the two rows of meshes left as a margin with an overcasting through each mesh, then with a No. 5 crochet hook work a row of d c all around the edges, 2 d c into each mesh.

Around the edge of the sleeve part, neck, and fronts of the yoke, work a row of 9 ch loops, 1 into every 4th d c.

Around the edge of the sleeve part, neck, and fronts of the yoke, make a row of 9 chain loops, 1 into every 4th double crochet.

Then into each loop put 7 ch 1 d c twice.

Then into each loop, put 7 chain 1 double crochets twice.

The trefoil is then worked in simple darning stitch. Have the wrong side turned towards you while doing the embroidery, as all fastenings of the thread must be made on this side.

The trefoil is then worked in basic darning stitch. Keep the wrong side facing you while doing the embroidery, as all thread fastenings need to be made on this side.

The trefoil can readily be copied from the diagram.

The trefoil can easily be copied from the diagram.

crocheted yoke with inset shamrocks
This kind of trimming would also be pretty for a Blouse or Jumper.

A Pretty Camisole Yoke.

Use No. 70 Peri-Lusta Crochet for this pretty yoke.

Use No. 70 Peri-Lusta Crochet for this lovely yoke.

Form 5 ch into a ring, into which put 8 d c, and close the row with a s c into the 1st d c, 6 ch 1 tr into next d c, 3 ch 1 tr into each d c, 3 ch 1 s c into the 3rd of the 6 ch to close a row of 8 spaces.

Form a ring with 5 chain stitches, then add 8 double crochet stitches, and finish the row with a slip stitch into the first double crochet. Chain 6, then make 1 treble crochet into the next double crochet stitch, followed by 3 chains and 1 treble crochet into each double crochet stitch. Chain 3 and then slip stitch into the 3rd of the 6 chains to close a row of 8 spaces.

3rd Row.—5 d c into each sp.

3rd Row.—5 double crochet into each stitch.

4th Row.—7 ch, 1 long tr into the 1st ch (thread 3 times over the needle)—the 7 ch stands for a long tr—work off the loops of the long tr, two at a time, but retain the last on the needle; make another long tr through the same ch stitch, work off as before, then work off all the loops together. Make 7 ch, and repeat the 2 long tr through the 1st of the 7 ch, 1 ch, 1 d c into the d c over the next tr in the row below, repeat this long tr loop into the d c over each tr (8 loops).

4th Row.—Ch 7, make 1 long treble into the 1st ch (wrap the thread 3 times around the hook)—the ch 7 counts as a long treble—yarn over and pull through the loops of the long treble two at a time, but keep the last loop on the hook; make another long treble into the same ch stitch, yarn over and pull through as before, then pull through all the loops together. Ch 7, and repeat the 2 long trebles into the 1st of the 7 ch, ch 1, and then make 1 double crochet into the double crochet over the next treble in the row below, repeat this long treble loop into the double crochet over each treble (8 loops).

5th Row.—6 ch, bring these up behind the 1st loop and fasten with a d c on centre of the loop, 10 ch 1 d c into centre of each loop.

5th Row.—6 chain, bring these up behind the 1st loop and secure with a double crochet in the center of the loop, 10 chain, 1 double crochet into the center of each loop.

6th Row.—12 d c over each 10 ch.

6th Row.—12 dc over each 10 ch.

7th Row.—10 ch, 6 triple tr into the d c on centre of 1st loop below, 3 ch between the trs, * 10 ch, 1 d c over the d c on centre of next loop, 10 ch 6 triple tr with 3 ch between into the d c over centre of next loop, and repeat from *.

7th Row.—10 chains, 6 triple treble into the double crochet at the center of the 1st loop below, 3 chains between the triple trebles, * 10 chains, 1 double crochet over the double crochet at the center of the next loop, 10 chains, 6 triple trebles with 3 chains between into the double crochet over the center of the next loop, and repeat from *.

8th Row.—12 d c over each 10 ch, over each 3 ch put 1 d c 7 ch 1 d c.

8th Row.—12 double crochets over each 10 chain, over each 3 chain put 1 double crochet, 7 chains, 1 double crochet.

To Join the Motifs.

Join the Patterns.

Work the last row to the 3rd group of picots, form 2 of the picots as before; for the 3rd picot make only[8] 2 ch, join to the 3rd picot on preceding motif with a d c, make 2 ch, then continue on to next picot on the motif in hands, and join the next two in the same way; 12 d c over next 10 ch, 6 ch 1 d c into the d c between the two bars on preceding motif after the joining, come back on the 6 ch with 2 ch, 1 d c over the centre of the 6 ch, 3 ch, 12 d c over next chs on the motif, then join next 3 picots as before and finish off the motif.

Work the last row to the 3rd group of picots, create 2 of the picots as before; for the 3rd picot, only make 2 chain stitches, join to the 3rd picot on the previous motif with a double crochet, make 2 chain stitches, then move on to the next picot on the motif you are working on, and join the next two in the same way; make 12 double crochets over the next 10 chain stitches, 6 chain stitches then 1 double crochet into the double crochet between the two bars on the previous motif after joining, come back on the 6 chain stitches with 2 chain stitches, 1 double crochet over the center of the 6 chain stitches, 3 chain stitches, 12 double crochets over the next chain stitches on the motif, then join the next 3 picots as before and finish off the motif.

crocheted yoke of attached motifs
Twenty-three motifs are required for this yoke.

The extension of the front at each side is formed of a motif and the point. For the point, make the ring as in the centre of the motif, then 6 ch 1 tr into the 1st d c, 3 ch 1 tr into each of next 2 d c, turn.

The extension of the front on each side is made up of a motif and the point. For the point, create the ring like you did in the center of the motif, then make 6 chain stitches, and do 1 triple crochet into the first double crochet, followed by 3 chain stitches and 1 triple crochet into each of the next 2 double crochets, then turn.

2nd Row.—9 d c into 1st loop, 5 d c into each of next two, turn, and put three of the long tr loops into the d c’s over the trs in the same manner as in the motif.

2nd Row.—9 double crochet into the 1st loop, 5 double crochet into each of the next two, turn, and place three of the long treble loops into the double crochets over the treble stitches in the same way as in the motif.

4th Row.—Turn, 10 ch, 1 d c into top of long tr loop; put the 6 triple trs into the d c’s as before with the 3 ch between and the two 10 ch loops.

4th Row.—Chain 10, do 1 double crochet into the top of the long treble loop; add the 6 triple treble crochets into the double crochets as before, with 3 chains in between and the two 10 chain loops.

5th Row.—Make the picots and d c’s as in the motif, joining to the 2 lower groups of triple trs as before.

5th Row.—Create the picots and d c’s like in the motif, connecting to the 2 lower groups of triple trs just like before.

There are 23 motifs in all required, 4 for each front, 5 for the back, 4 for each shoulder and the two extensions.

There are a total of 23 motifs needed: 4 for each front, 5 for the back, 4 for each shoulder, and the two extensions.


To Re-sole Cashmere Stockings.

Stockings re-soled according to the following directions can be worn with slippers, and will be found comfortable.

Stockings that have been re-soled following these directions can be worn with slippers and will feel comfortable.

Diagram of foot in stocking
Fig. 1.

Place the stocking as shown in Fig. 1, cut off the sole at the dotted line a—b; then cut off the toe at the line c—d. As the heel of the sole piece will not lie flat it must be slit, until, when laid out, it resembles fig. 2. Cut pieces to these patterns from the leg of another stocking, allowing turnings as follows:

Place the stocking as shown in Fig. 1, cut off the sole at the dotted line a—b; then cut off the toe at the line c—d. Since the heel of the sole piece won't lie flat, it needs to be slit until it looks like fig. 2 when laid out. Cut pieces from the leg of another stocking following these patterns, allowing for turnings as follows:

diagram of sole pattern: looks like an upside down heart
Fig. 2.

Fig. 1, the toe piece, ½-inch at c—d where it joins the stocking; fig. 2. ½-inch all round except at the lines a—b, c—b, where ¼-inch only must be allowed. If the stocking is short this can be remedied by leaving the extra length required at fig. 1, a, and fig. 2, d, in addition to the turnings previously mentioned.

Fig. 1 shows the toe piece, which is ½-inch at points c—d where it connects to the stocking; fig. 2. It measures ½-inch all around except at the lines a—b and c—b, where only ¼-inch is allowed. If the stocking is too short, you can fix this by leaving the extra length needed at fig. 1, a, and fig. 2, d, along with the turnings discussed earlier.

Machine the new toe piece to the stocking at c—d (fig. 1), open and press the seam. Machine a—b to b—c, of the sole piece (fig. 2), open and press the seam. Machine this new sole to the stocking, open and press the seam. Fasten down all seams with small slip stitches.

Machine the new toe piece onto the stocking at c—d (fig. 1), open and press the seam. Sew a—b to b—c of the sole piece (fig. 2), open and press the seam. Attach this new sole to the stocking, open and press the seam. Secure all seams with small slip stitches.

It is advisable to use mercerised cotton or silk, and to leave the tension of the machine rather slack.

It’s recommended to use mercerized cotton or silk and to keep the machine tension relatively loose.


Three Pretty Aprons.

In a Christmas parcel sent to me from Italy this year, I found two of the dearest little aprons I have ever seen—much less owned.

In a Christmas package sent to me from Italy this year, I found two of the cutest little aprons I have ever seen—let alone owned.

full short apron with embroidery around neck and hem with waistband held iwth decorative button in front

AN EASILY SLIPPED-ON APRON.

A simple slip-on apron.

They were so very unusual and yet so simple of make, that I feel every girl who is fond of aprons would love to have one. To these two I have added one other, equally simple, and which costs but a few pence all told.

They were so unique and yet so simple to make that I think every girl who likes aprons would love to have one. I've added another one to these two, just as simple, and it costs only a few pennies altogether.

An Easily-Slipped-on Apron.

A Slip-on Apron.

The first one of the three is one of the Italian ones, and is made of two yards of ordinary kitchen roller towel. This particular one is made from unbleached linen, utterly free from coloured stripes or borders.

The first of the three is one of the Italian ones, made from two yards of regular kitchen paper towel. This specific one is made from unbleached linen, completely free of colored stripes or borders.

From a two yard length of towelling, cut off a strip ten inches long, which will be used for the waistband.

From a two-yard piece of towels, cut a ten-inch strip to use for the waistband.

At one end of the long length make a three inch hem, this being the front.

At one end of the long piece, make a three-inch hem; this will be the front.

Now lay this strip on the table, and measuring 39 inches from the hem, make a dot with a lead pencil, and take this dot as the centre of a circle 33 inches in circumference, which also mark out with the pencil with the help of a compass. Next cut out this circle and neatly turn in the raw edge, making a tiny hem. At the back of the apron, that is the end unhemmed, make three pleats—one box pleat in the centre and two outward turning ones on either side of the centre pleat.

Now lay this strip on the table, and measuring 39 inches from the hem, make a dot with a pencil. Use this dot as the center of a circle 33 inches in circumference, which you will also mark out with the pencil using a compass. Next, cut out this circle and neatly turn in the raw edge, making a small hem. At the back of the apron, which is the end that isn’t hemmed, make three pleats—one box pleat in the center and two outward-turning ones on either side of the center pleat.

Cut the ten inch strip into two 5 inch ones, and join in the middle to form a long band. Fold this neatly in the middle and point one end, letting the other end be straight.

Cut the ten-inch strip into two 5-inch pieces and join them in the middle to create a long band. Fold this neatly in half and taper one end, while keeping the other end straight.

Join to the back of the apron and stitch on firmly by machine. Put a fastening in the form of a button and button-hole, or hook and eye, or patent fastener, on each end of the belt, to complete the apron.

Join the back of the apron and sew it on securely by machine. Add a fastening like a button and buttonhole, or a hook and eye, or a snap fastener, on each end of the belt to finish the apron.

Slip the head through the circular opening and let the apron fall on to the shoulders, and join the waistband in the front, and there you have the simplest and quickest made apron one could possibly imagine.

Slide your head through the circular opening, let the apron drape over your shoulders, and fasten the waistband in the front. That's how you create the simplest and quickest apron you can imagine.

The decoration on my little apron consists of a design of three conventional red roses with green leaves and stalk, separated by 5 graduated dots, the largest being in the middle. This occurs across the foot of the apron, about half an inch from the front hem, and again around the neck, but three inches from the edge of the circle. Right round the circle is a line of stitching in brown silk, then a row of green French knots, and then another line of brown, making a narrow band.

The design on my little apron features three traditional red roses with green leaves and stems, separated by five dots that get progressively larger, with the biggest in the middle. This pattern runs across the bottom of the apron, about half an inch from the front hem, and again around the neckline, but three inches from the edge of the circle. Surrounding the circle is a line of stitching in brown silk, followed by a row of green French knots, and then another line of brown, creating a narrow band.

In the centre of the belt is a large button covered in linen, and a single red rose, minus the stalk, worked on it.

In the middle of the belt is a large button covered in linen, with a single red rose, stem removed, stitched onto it.

An Apron with Smocking.

A Smocked Apron.

The second apron is also Italian, but this one is more suitable for needlework or knitting, when one’s frock is apt to pick up pieces of thread or fluff from the wool. It is easily made from a piece of white[11] alpaca, 22 inches long by 27 inches wide. A straight piece of material is used, and the edges are scalloped in three inch wide scallops. Down both sides and along the bottom there is embroidered in white silk, a design of leaves, with a centre flower worked in Richelieu openwork, and the effect of this on the alpaca is really very beautiful.

The second apron is also Italian, but this one is more suitable for sewing or knitting, when one's dress is likely to collect threads or fluff from the wool. It’s easily made from a piece of white [11] alpaca, 22 inches long by 27 inches wide. A straight piece of fabric is used, and the edges are scalloped in three-inch wide scallops. Down both sides and along the bottom, there’s an embroidered design of leaves in white silk, with a central flower done in Richelieu openwork, and the effect on the alpaca is really very beautiful.

half-apron with beautiful eyelet insets and scalloped edges
AN APRON WITH SMOCKING AND RICHELIEU EMBROIDERY.

At the top the apron is narrowed by means of three groups of honeycomb or diamond smocking, terminating in points. A tiny pocket on the right hand side has also a little smocking at the base to correspond. This pocket is made from a 6 inch square of the material and is fastened to the apron by means of feather-stitching.

At the top, the apron is tapered with three groups of honeycomb or diamond smocking that end in points. There's a small pocket on the right side with some smocking at the bottom to match. This pocket is made from a 6-inch square of the fabric and is attached to the apron using feather-stitching.

The band consists of a piece of alpaca, one yard long and about an inch wide. This band is stitched all around by machine.

The band is made of a piece of alpaca that’s one yard long and about an inch wide. This band is stitched all around by machine.

A Pleated Work Apron.

Pleated Work Apron.

unusual looking apron, full, with long pointed skirt in front made of gingham
A PLEATED APRON.

Last of all comes the little odd apron, but I should not be at all surprised if many of you did not prefer it to either of the others.

Last of all comes the little odd apron, but I wouldn't be surprised if many of you liked it less than the other two.

For this, one yard of zephyr is needed in a pretty check or plaid design, and a quarter of a yard of plain zephyr to match or tone in colour. One of the many that I have made was of white zephyr, with a plaid design of pale blue and brown. To go with this I chose a plain chocolate brown, and it really looked exceedingly pretty when finished.

For this, you'll need one yard of lightweight fabric in a nice check or plaid pattern, and a quarter of a yard of solid lightweight fabric to match or complement the color. One of the many I've made was in white lightweight fabric, with a plaid design of light blue and brown. To go with this, I chose a solid chocolate brown, and it looked really beautiful when it was finished.

From the yard of check material cut a strip three inches wide along the selvedge. Then from the remaining piece, cut a strip six inches wide on the width of the material. This will leave a piece 27 inches wide and 30 long. Most zephyrs run 30 inches wide in the single width.

From the yard of fabric, cut a strip three inches wide along the edge. Then, from the leftover piece, cut a strip six inches wide across the fabric's width. This will leave you with a piece that is 27 inches wide and 30 inches long. Most zephyrs are 30 inches wide in a single layer.

Lay the material flat on the table and turn down a narrow hem, where the selvedge has been cut off, also making a hem the selvedge side as well. Then take two corners of the square and join them together to form a mitre, being very careful to match the design of the material. This forms a pocket, which is useful for holding anything. Next cut the plain material into three strips of 3 inches each, and join into one long piece. Then the 6 inch piece of checked zephyr should be cut into two pieces, each measuring 3 inches wide, and also joined into one long strip.

Lay the material flat on the table and fold down a narrow hem where the selvedge has been cut off, also making a hem on the selvedge side. Then take two corners of the square and bring them together to form a miter, being very careful to match the pattern of the material. This creates a pocket, which is handy for holding anything. Next, cut the plain material into three strips, each 3 inches wide, and join them into one long piece. Then cut the 6-inch piece of checked zephyr into two pieces, each measuring 3 inches wide, and also join them into one long strip.

This leaves you with one long strip of plain, one middle-sized piece of check, and one shorter strip of check.

This leaves you with one long strip of plain fabric, one medium-sized piece of check, and one shorter strip of check.

Take the short piece of check, which measures just a yard long, and cut off a piece of plain one inch shorter. Lay the plain material on top of the check, and tack them together with a line of thread down the centre. Fold the check material over the plain to form a narrow border either side, and stitch with machine. Leave one end of this band rough, and the other end round off, continuing the little border the same as the sides.

Take the short piece of checkered fabric, which is only a yard long, and cut off a piece of plain fabric that's one inch shorter. Lay the plain fabric on top of the checkered one and temporarily secure them together with a line of thread down the center. Fold the checkered fabric over the plain one to create a narrow border on each side, and stitch it with a machine. Leave one end of this band raw, and round off the other end, continuing the little border the same way as the sides.

From the 60-inch strip of check, cut off a yard length, and the same from the plain, proceeding exactly as before, only finishing off one end quite straight. This makes the shoulder straps and band of the apron, and should leave two strips of material, one check measuring 24 inches and one plain measuring 18 inches. This latter cut into two strips one-and-a-half inches wide, and join into one strip again. Turn down either side of this strip to make a band, and sew along the top edge of the pocket, slanting each end to make a pretty finish.

From the 60-inch strip of check fabric, cut off a yard length, and do the same with the plain fabric, following the same steps as before, but make sure to finish one end straight. This creates the shoulder straps and band of the apron, and should leave you with two strips of material: one check measuring 24 inches and one plain measuring 18 inches. Cut the plain strip into two pieces that are one-and-a-half inches wide, and then join them back into one strip. Fold down each side of this strip to create a band, and sew it along the top edge of the pocket, angling each end for a nice finish.

When this is done, take a stitch with a needle through the centre of the pocket and the apron, and this prevents it from gaping.

When this is done, take a stitch with a needle through the center of the pocket and the apron, and this keeps it from gaping.

Take the top of the apron next and lay in twelve half inch tucks, six going one way and six the reverse, but both facing in towards the centre of the apron. Before doing this, turn down the rough edge to make a neat heading. Sew on the two straps at either end of the top. From the remaining piece of zephyr, cut a strip one-and-a-half inches wide and the length of the top of the apron bib. Turn in each side and both ends, and stitch across the bib top to cover the straps.

Take the top of the apron next and make twelve half-inch tucks, six going one way and six the opposite, but both facing inward toward the center of the apron. Before doing this, fold down the rough edge to create a neat header. Sew the two straps onto each end of the top. From the leftover piece of zephyr, cut a strip one-and-a-half inches wide and the length of the top of the apron bib. Fold in each side and both ends, and stitch across the top of the bib to cover the straps.

To finish the apron, work a buttonhole in the rounded end of one of the strings, and sew a button on the other strap. Then take an iron and pleat the whole apron from top to bottom in half-inch pleats, using the stitched pleats of the bib as a guide.

To complete the apron, make a buttonhole at the rounded end of one of the straps, and sew a button on the other strap. Then take an iron and create half-inch pleats from top to bottom, using the stitched pleats of the bib as a guide.

When wearing the apron the straps should go over the shoulders and cross at the back, and come round the waist and button in the centre front.

When wearing the apron, the straps should go over your shoulders, cross at the back, and wrap around your waist, fastening with a button in the center front.

The description of this apron may sound a little difficult, but it is really simplicity itself, and very quickly made, besides being very inexpensive.

The description of this apron might seem a bit complicated, but it’s actually really straightforward, easy to make, and quite affordable.

Hardanger and Cross-Stitch

Hardanger and Cross-Stitch

Edited by FLORA KLICKMANN

This shows some handsome Hardanger patterns, also Natural Designs in Cross-stitch for Violets, Cyclamen, Creeping Jenny, Nasturtiums, Daisies, Roses, Fern, Daffodils, Clover, Cherries, and Wild Birds. The book is uniform in style and price with “Needlework Economies,” and issued by the same publishers.

Edited by FLORA KLICKMANN

This showcases some beautiful Hardanger patterns, along with Natural Designs in Cross-stitch for Violets, Cyclamen, Creeping Jenny, Nasturtiums, Daisies, Roses, Fern, Daffodils, Clover, Cherries, and Wild Birds. The book has a consistent style and price with “Needlework Economies,” and is published by the same company.


Utilizing Partly-Worn Garments.

Garments are often discarded as being of no use, just because they are worn in certain parts, whereas a little thought and careful cutting will often transform them into something quite useful. It is often possible, for instance, to make garments for the little ones by using the least worn portions of larger sized clothes. Partly worn woollen vests can be admirably re-made into babies’ pants.

Clothes are often thrown away as if they're useless just because they're worn in some areas, but with a bit of creativity and careful cutting, they can often be turned into something really functional. For example, it's often possible to make clothes for kids by using the least worn parts of larger clothes. Slightly worn wool vests can be perfectly transformed into pants for babies.

To make these take the old vest and cut along the line A B, shown on the little diagram. This cuts away the most worn part of the garment. Curve out at the bottom, along the lines C D and E F.

To make these, take the old vest and cut along the line A B, shown in the little diagram. This cuts away the most worn part of the garment. Curve out at the bottom, along the lines C D and E F.

The stitches required in the little garments are very simple. Join by seaming together the edges from D to E. Turn down a fold of about ½-inch round the curved portions, and herringbone or machine-stitch. At the top, turn down a hem of 1 inch, and stitch in the same way. Make two eyelet holes in the back of this, and insert a draw-string. A cosy little garment for baby is the result.

The stitches needed for the little clothes are really easy. Sew the edges together from D to E. Fold down about a ½-inch around the curved areas and use a herringbone stitch or a machine stitch. At the top, fold down a 1-inch hem and stitch it the same way. Create two eyelet holes in the back and add a drawstring. You’ll end up with a cozy little outfit for the baby.

baby pants
The original garment and what it eventually becomes. The lines and lettering show where the cutting is done.
woolen vest diagram

A Use for Old Stockings.

A Use for Old Pantyhose.

A delightfully warm pair of bloomers for a little girl of 5 or 6 can be made from the legs of winter stockings, the feet of which are too worn for further mending. Two pairs are needed. First cut off the legs just above the darns on the heel, then cut up the back seam and lay them open. Now lay your pattern on, and you will probably find that you can just cut the four pieces, bearing in mind that the stocking will stretch, so can be cut considerably narrower than ordinary material. When the seams are machined up (once stitching is quite sufficient), and a hem, wide enough for elastic to be run in, made at the waist and bottom of the legs, you have as comfortable and cosy a garment as you could wish for. If the legs of the stockings are hardly wide enough for your pattern, corners can easily be cut from the ankle or front of the foot, and joined on to each piece. This sounds very lumpy, but the seams can be machined quite narrow (you find they don’t fray out at all), and being of wool are perfectly soft, and will not be noticed in the wearing.

A cozy pair of bloomers for a little girl aged 5 or 6 can be made from the legs of winter stockings that have worn-out feet. You’ll need two pairs. First, cut off the legs just above the darns on the heel, then cut up the back seam and lay them flat. Now place your pattern on top, and you’ll probably find you can cut out all four pieces, keeping in mind that the stockings will stretch, so you can cut them significantly narrower than regular fabric. Once the seams are stitched together (a single line of stitching is enough), create a hem wide enough to thread in elastic at the waist and the bottom of the legs, and you’ll have a comfy and cozy garment. If the stocking legs aren't wide enough for your pattern, you can easily trim corners from the ankle or front of the foot and attach them to each piece. This may sound bulky, but the seams can be stitched quite narrow (they won’t fray at all), and since they’re made of wool, they are perfectly soft and won’t be noticeable when worn.

Grandma was cutting out new garments from old, and her little grand-daughter was an interested spectator.

Grandma was making new clothes out of old ones, and her little granddaughter was watching with interest.

“Grandma,” remarked Mollie, “You do cut and contrive, don’t you?”

“Grandma,” Mollie said, “You really know how to make things work, don’t you?”

“No,” said Grandma, “first I contrive, and then I cut.”

“No,” Grandma said, “first I plan, and then I cut.”


Collars for Cold Days.

collar with big button at close
A COLLAR WITH LITTLE SHAPING.

Furs are a very expensive item at the best of times, and increasingly so just now. Yet some additional warmth at the throat and neck is very necessary in the cold weather. The difficulty is admirably settled in the collars here shown. Besides being warmer, they are a change from an ordinary scarf, and with a careful choice of colour, can give a very stylish finish to any coat.

Furs are a really expensive item, especially these days. However, some extra warmth around the throat and neck is essential in cold weather. The issue is perfectly addressed by the collars shown here. In addition to being warmer, they offer a break from a regular scarf and, with a careful choice of color, can add a stylish touch to any coat.

A Collar with very little shaping.

A collar with very little shaping.

This nicely fitting collar is worked in plain knitting with very little shaping, and is afterwards given a fur-like appearance by means of a Teazle Brush.

This well-fitting collar is made using basic knitting with minimal shaping and is then styled to have a fur-like look with a Teazle Brush.

Materials required.

Required materials.

3 oz. Teazle Wool. Two No. 8 Celluloid Knitting Needles. A large button mould. Two or three dress-fasteners.

3 oz. Teazle Wool. Two No. 8 Celluloid Knitting Needles. A large button mold. Two or three dress fasteners.

This Collar should be worked at a tension to produce about 6 stitches and 12 rows to the inch.

This collar should be worked at a tension to produce about 6 stitches and 12 rows per inch.

Cast on 45 stitches.

Cast on 45 stitches.

Work 8 rows in plain knitting.

Work 8 rows in simple knit stitch.

* 9th Row.—K 5, turn.

* 9th Row.—K 5, turn.

10th Row.—K 5.

Row 10.—K 5.

11th Row.—K 5, lift up the stitch before the next and knit it together with the next stitch (thereby preventing a hole), K 4, turn.

11th Row.—K 5, lift the stitch before the next one and knit it together with the next stitch (this avoids a hole), K 4, turn.

12th Row.—K 10.

12th Row.—K 10.

13th Row.—K 10, lift up the stitch before the next and knit it together with the next stitch, K 4, turn.

13th Row.—K 10, lift the stitch up before the next one and knit it together with the next stitch, K 4, turn.

14th Row.—K 15.

14th Row.—K 15.

Continue in this manner, knitting in 5 extra stitches every alternate row, until all the 45 stitches are on one row again *.

Continue like this, adding 5 extra stitches every other row, until all 45 stitches are back on one row again *.

Knit without shaping until the shortest side measures 9 inches.

Knit straight until the shortest side measures 9 inches.

Finish at the wide edge, then repeat from * to * once.

Finish at the wide edge, then repeat from * to * once.

Knit 9 rows without shaping, then repeat again from * to *.

Knit 9 rows without shaping, then repeat from * to *.

Knit 9 inches without shaping. Repeat from * to * once more.

Knit 9 inches straight without shaping. Repeat from * to * one more time.

another collar with another large fastening
A SAILOR-SHAPED COLLAR.

Knit 8 rows without shaping. Cast off.

Knit 8 rows straight. Cast off.

The Button.

The Button.

Cast on 3 stitches.

Cast on 3 stitches.

Knitting plain, increase once at the beginning of each row until 15 stitches are on the needle.

Knitting plain, increase one stitch at the beginning of each row until there are 15 stitches on the needle.

Knit 6 rows without shaping. Then decrease once at the beginning of each row until only 3 stitches remain. Cast off.

Knit 6 rows without any shaping. Then, decrease once at the start of each row until only 3 stitches are left. Bind off.

Raise the surface of each piece lightly with a Teazle Brush, until a fluffy effect is obtained.

Raise the surface of each piece gently with a Teazle Brush until you achieve a fluffy effect.

To Save the Cost of Fur.

Cover the button-mould with the small round of knitting and sew it on the right front. Sew dress-fasteners in place on to each front.

Cover the button mold with the small round of knitting and sew it onto the right front. Sew dress fasteners in place on each front.

If required the collar can be lined with silk or sateen.

If necessary, the collar can be lined with silk or sateen.

A Pretty Sailor Collar.

A Cute Sailor Collar.

This sailor shaped collar is a stylish addition to any coat, while at the same time giving the extra warmth so necessary during cold winter days. Worked in plain knitting the shaping will be found quite easy to follow.

This sailor collar is a fashionable addition to any coat, while also providing the extra warmth needed on chilly winter days. Knitted in simple stitches, the shaping is easy to follow.

Materials required.

Required materials.

3½ oz. Teazle Wool. Two No. 8 Celluloid Knitting Needles. A large button mould. Two or three dress-fasteners.

3½ oz. Teazle Wool. Two size 8 celluloid knitting needles. A large button mold. Two or three dress fasteners.

This Collar should be worked at a tension to produce about 6 stitches and 12 rows to the inch.

This Collar should be made with a tension that results in about 6 stitches and 12 rows per inch.

Commencing along the lower edge at the back of the collar, cast on 126 stitches.

Commencing along the lower edge at the back of the collar, cast on 126 stitches.

Knitting plain, decrease once at the beginning and end of every 12th row until 4 stitches have been decreased at each side (leaving 118 stitches in the row).

Knitting plain, decrease once at the beginning and end of every 12th row until 4 stitches have been decreased on each side (leaving 118 stitches in the row).

Then increase once at the beginning and end of every 14th row until two increasings have been made at each side, making 122 stitches on the needle, and 76 rows (6½ inches) from the commencement.

Then make one increase at the beginning and end of every 14th row until you have made two increases on each side, resulting in 122 stitches on the needle, and 76 rows (6½ inches) from the start.

The stitches now require to be divided for the neck opening as follows:—K 42, cast off 38, K 42. On the last 42 stitches, continue for the first shoulder piece as follows:—On the outside edge continue increasing once every 14th row, while at the neck edge, decreasing once every 2nd row until 6 stitches are decreased, then once every following 12th row until 3 more stitches have been decreased.

The stitches now need to be divided for the neck opening like this: K 42, cast off 38, K 42. For the last 42 stitches, proceed with the first shoulder piece as follows: On the outside edge, continue to increase once every 14th row, while on the neck edge, decrease once every 2nd row until you have decreased 6 stitches, then decrease once every following 12th row until you’ve decreased 3 more stitches.

Knit back to the neck edge then, continuing to decrease once (at the neck) in every 12th row, shape for the front and shoulder as follows:—Knit to within 5 stitches of the shoulder edge, turn and knit back.

Knit back to the neck edge, then continue to decrease once (at the neck) every 12th row. Shape the front and shoulder as follows: Knit to 5 stitches before the shoulder edge, turn, and knit back.

Knit to within 5 stitches from the end of the previous row (i.e., 10 stitches from the shoulder edge), turn and knit back.

Knit until you have 5 stitches left from the end of the previous row (i.e., 10 stitches from the shoulder edge), turn, and knit back.

* Knit to within 5 stitches of the end of the last row, turn and knit back. Repeat from * until only 5 stitches remain in the last short row.

* Knit until you have 5 stitches left on the last row, turn, and knit back. Repeat from * until only 5 stitches are left in the last short row.

In the next row the stitches require to be all knitted into one row again, but to prevent little holes from appearing at the turnings of the short rows a loop from the row below should be lifted up and knitted together with the next stitch above the turning.

In the next row, all the stitches need to be knitted into one row again, but to avoid small holes forming at the turns of the short rows, a loop from the row below should be lifted up and knitted together with the next stitch above the turn.

Knit 8 rows without shaping. Cast off.

Knit 8 rows without shaping. Cast off.

Join up the wool again at the neck where the 42 stitches were left, then work the second shoulder on these stitches to correspond with the first.

Join the wool again at the neck where the 42 stitches were left, then work the second shoulder on these stitches to match the first.

The Button.

The Button.

Cast on 3 stitches.

Cast on 3 stitches.

Knitting plain, increase once at the beginning of each row until 15 stitches are on the needle.

Knitting plain, increase once at the start of each row until there are 15 stitches on the needle.

Knit 6 rows without shaping. Then decrease once at the beginning of each row until only 3 stitches remain. Cast off.

Knit 6 rows straight. Then decrease once at the start of each row until only 3 stitches are left. Bind off.

Raise the surface of each piece lightly with a Teazle brush until a fluffy effect is obtained. Cover the button mould with the small round of knitting and sew it on the right front. Sew dress-fasteners in place on each front.

Raise the surface of each piece lightly with a Teazle brush until you achieve a fluffy effect. Cover the button mold with the small round of knitting and sew it onto the right front. Attach dress fasteners in place on each front.

If required the collar can be lined with silk or sateen.

If needed, the collar can be lined with silk or sateen.


To Freshen a Last Season’s Jersey.

It is always the neck and wrist edges that show the first signs of wear on a knitted sports coat or jersey, and often a garment is discarded as done for just because these parts are shabby or out-of-date.

It’s always the neck and wrist areas that first show signs of wear on a knitted sports coat or jersey, and often a piece of clothing is thrown away just because these parts look shabby or outdated.

Have you ever thought of knitting an entirely fresh set of collar and cuffs to replace the soiled parts, or to be added to a collarless jersey or coat? The existing collar and cuffs can quite easily be cut away and the raw edges neatly buttonholed with wool before sewing on the new set.

Have you ever thought about knitting a completely new set of collar and cuffs to replace the dirty parts, or to add to a collarless jersey or coat? The current collar and cuffs can easily be cut off, and the raw edges can be neatly buttonholed with wool before sewing on the new set.

photo of cut jersey

You will probably not be successful in getting wool the exact colour of your jersey, so it will be best to use a striking contrast, such as purple on a pale blue jersey, or emerald green on a white one; or if you already have two colours in the jersey, or it is of a specially brightly-hued tint, black makes a pleasing contrast. And this year particularly contrasts of colour are very much in vogue, so that your re-modelled jersey will be quite fashionable.

You’re probably not going to find wool in the exact color of your jersey, so it’s better to go for a striking contrast, like purple on a light blue jersey, or emerald green on a white one. If your jersey already has two colors or is particularly bright, black makes a nice contrast. This year, especially, contrasts in color are very trendy, so your redesigned jersey will definitely be in style.

Here is a practical little set that you will find quite easy to make.

Here’s a handy little set that you’ll find pretty easy to put together.

The Collar.

The Collar.

This is of the ever-popular sailor shape that will be quite easily adapted to most garments.

This is the always-popular sailor shape that can be easily adapted to most outfits.

“Sirdar” Sports Wool has been used for the making on No. 9 bone needles; or a 5-ply “Sirdar” Scotch Fingering would work up at a similar tension. Three ounces of wool will be sufficient for the set.

“Sirdar” Sports Wool has been used for making No. 9 bone needles; or a 5-ply “Sirdar” Scotch Fingering would work up at a similar tension. Three ounces of wool will be enough for the set.

Abbreviations Used.

Abbreviations Used.

K = knit; P = purl; N = narrow (k two st together); st = stitch or stitches.

K = knit; P = purl; N = narrow (k two st together); st = stitch or stitches.

Commence from the back edge and cast on 78 st.

Commence from the back edge and cast on 78 stitches.

K 17 rows plain.

K 17 rows plain.

18th Row.—K 8, P to 8 st from the end of the row, K 8.

18th Row.—K 8, P to 8 st from the end of the row, K 8.

19th Row.—Knit plain.

19th Row.—Knit regularly.

Repeat the 18th and 19th rows twice.

Repeat the 18th and 19th rows two times.

24th Row.—K 8, P 4, * K 6, P 6, repeat from * 3 times, K 6, P 4, K 8.

24th Row.—K 8, P 4, * K 6, P 6, repeat from * 3 times, K 6, P 4, K 8.

25th Row—K 12, * P 6, K 6, repeat from * 3 times, P 6, K 12.

25th Row—K 12, * P 6, K 6, repeat from * 3 times, P 6, K 12.

Repeat the 24th and 25th rows once.

Repeat rows 24 and 25 once.

28th Row.—K 8, P 10, * K 6, P 6, repeat from * twice, K 6, P 10, K 8.

28th Row.—K 8, P 10, * K 6, P 6, repeat from * twice, K 6, P 10, K 8.

29th Row.—K 18, * P 6, K 6, repeat from * twice, P 6, K 18.

29th Row.—K 18, * P 6, K 6, repeat from * twice, P 6, K 18.

Repeat the 28th and 29th rows once.

Repeat the 28th and 29th rows one time.

Repeat from the 24th row once, and then from the 24th to the 27th row once. This completes the pattern.

Repeat from the 24th row once, and then from the 24th to the 27th row once. This completes the pattern.

Other Ways of Renovating.

K 24 rows a plain and a purl row[17] alternately, always working the 8 border st plain in every row.

K 24, then alternate between a plain row and a purl row[17], always working the 8 border stitches in every row.

Now to divide for the neck: K 34, and slip these st on to a safety-pin. Cast off 14 st for the centre of the neck, and on the remaining 34 st knit up the left front of the collar thus: Work 10 rows a plain and a purl row alternately, knitting the 2nd and 3rd st together of every row turned from the neck edge, and continuing the 8 plain border st.

Now to divide for the neck: K 34, and slip these stitches onto a safety pin. Cast off 14 stitches for the center of the neck, and on the remaining 34 stitches, knit up the left front of the collar like this: Work 10 rows in plain and a purl row alternately, knitting the 2nd and 3rd stitches together of every row turned from the neck edge, and continue the 8 plain border stitches.

Continue shaping in this way, decreasing also at the border side by purling the 10th and 11th st together of every 4th row turned from the border edge.

Continue shaping like this, also decreasing at the edge by purling the 10th and 11th stitches together every 4th row from the border edge.

When you have worked off all but the 8 border st continue in plain knitting, decreasing from the neck edge only, until only 3 st remain.

When you've knitted all but the 8 border stitches, keep going with plain knitting, decreasing only from the neck edge, until only 3 stitches are left.

Reverse the directions for the right side of collar.

Reverse the instructions for the right side of the collar.

Now pick up all the loops from the neck edge and K 6 plain rows.

Now pick up all the loops from the neck edge and knit 6 plain rows.

The Cuffs.

The Handcuffs.

Cast on 50 st.

Cast on 50 stitches.

K 13 rows plain.

K 13 rows plain.

14th Row.—K 6, P to 6 st from the end of the row, K 6.

14th Row.—K 6, P to the 6th stitch from the end of the row, K 6.

15th Row.—Plain.

15th Row.—Basic.

Repeat the 14th and 15th rows once.

Repeat the 14th and 15th rows once.

18th Row.—K 6, P 4, K 6, P 6, K 6, P 6, K 6, P 4, K 6.

18th Row.—K 6, P 4, K 6, P 6, K 6, P 6, K 6, P 4, K 6.

19th Row.—K 10, P 6, K 6, P 6, K 6, P 6, K 10.

19th Row.—K 10, P 6, K 6, P 6, K 6, P 6, K 10.

Repeat the 18th and 19th rows once.

Repeat the 18th and 19th rows once.

22nd Row.—K 6, P 10, K 6, P 6, K 6, P 10, K 6.

22nd Row.—K 6, P 10, K 6, P 6, K 6, P 10, K 6.

23rd Row.—K 16, P 6, K 6, P 6, K 16.

23rd Row.—K 16, P 6, K 6, P 6, K 16.

Repeat the 22nd and 23rd rows once.

Repeat the 22nd and 23rd rows one time.

Repeat from the 16th row to the 19th row once. This completes the pattern.

Repeat from the 16th row to the 19th row one time. This finishes the pattern.

K 16 rows a plain and a purl row alternately, working the 6 border st plain in every row.

K 16 rows of knit and purl alternately, working the 6 border stitches in knit on every row.

K 6 plain rows, cast off.

K 6 plain rows, bind off.

For a Collarless Coat.

For a No-Collar Coat.

Another simple way of freshening the neck of a collarless jersey coat is to work a strip of plain knitting 4 inches wide and 12 inches long, and stretch it along the neck edge. Cuffs can be worked to correspond.

Another easy way to refresh the neck of a collarless jersey coat is to knit a strip of plain fabric that’s 4 inches wide and 12 inches long, and then stretch it along the neck edge. You can make matching cuffs as well.

A pretty striped effect for this style of finish can be arrived at by using two different shades of wool, and working first four rows of one and then four rows of the other.

A nice striped effect for this finish can be achieved by using two different shades of wool, working four rows of one and then four rows of the other.

The Modern Knitting Book

The Modern Knitting Guide

Edited by FLORA KLICKMANN

If you are interested in knitting, this is the book you should possess. It includes a number of directions for garments for men and women’s wear, and some delightful patterns for the little ones, to say nothing of the designs in fancy knitting for household use. The volume is uniform with this series, and issued by the same publishers.

Edited by FLORA KLICKMANN

If you're into knitting, this is the book you need to have. It has a variety of instructions for clothing for both men and women, along with some lovely patterns for kids, not to mention the creative designs for household items. This book is part of the same series and published by the same company.


The Use and Abuse of Gloves.

Never be tempted to throw away a pair of gloves, however old. That is, until you have decided on their utter uselessness. Because a glove has holey fingers, or a badly torn thumb, or a split palm, it does not signify that it is of no use except for house-work.

Never be tempted to toss out a pair of gloves, no matter how old they are. That is, until you've concluded that they are completely useless. Just because a glove has holes in the fingers, a badly torn thumb, or a split palm, doesn’t mean it’s only good for housework.

Our illustration will show what can be done with gloves that are “nearly hopeless” to most people.

Our illustration will show what can be done with gloves that seem “almost useless” to most people.

To Mend a Glove worn Between the Fingers.

To mend a glove that’s worn between the fingers.

The first part to go is, as a rule, between the fingers. This more especially is the case with washing gloves, which have a tendency to shrink, and wash-leathers, unless splice-seamed, will always do this.

The first part to wear out is usually between the fingers. This is especially true for washing gloves, which tend to shrink, and wash leathers, unless they have a splice seam, will always do this.

As the fingers shrink, the space between splits, and it cannot be sewn up because it would make the hand too tight and the fingers too short.

As the fingers get smaller, the gap between them increases, and it can't be stitched closed because that would make the hand too constricted and the fingers too short.

To remedy this, take a reel of strong thread and a small fur needle (three-sided needle) and make a fine net-work between the two fingers.

To fix this, take a spool of strong thread and a small fur needle (three-sided needle) and create a fine net between your two fingers.

back and front of gloves
SHOWING THE LATTICE-WORK BETWEEN THE FINGERS, AND ALSO HOW TO APPLY A NEW THUMB

Button-hole the edge of the split as you form the lattice. Insert your needle in the edge of the hole and make one button-hole stitch; then take your needle into the other side of the hole with another button-hole stitch. Then two button-hole stitches, and take your needle up to the top edge of the hole, near where you began.

Buttonhole the edge of the split as you create the lattice. Insert your needle into the edge of the hole and make one buttonhole stitch; then take your needle into the other side of the hole with another buttonhole stitch. Then make two buttonhole stitches, and bring your needle up to the top edge of the hole, close to where you started.

This forms bars about 1/16-inch apart, and with two button-hole stitches in between.

This creates bars about 1/16 inch apart, with two buttonhole stitches in between.

This completed, turn the glove and do the same thing across from side to side, knotting the thread each time it crosses the under-threads. By this means, a tiny net-work is made.

This done, flip the glove and do the same thing from side to side, tying off the thread each time it overlaps the under-threads. This way, a small net is created.

This net-work is elastic, and will wear and wash into shape and last as long as the glove itself.

This network is flexible and will wear and wash into shape, lasting as long as the glove itself.

Making a Neat Patch.

Making a clean patch.

Next to the fingers, the thumb is the worst problem.

Next to the fingers, the thumb is the biggest issue.

I find that opening carriage doors has an unfortunate knack of splitting a glove, where the thumb joins the palm.

I find that opening carriage doors has an unfortunate way of tearing a glove right where the thumb meets the palm.

If there is plenty of room, this split I can be neatly joined up, but[19] the better plan is to patch it with a tiny piece of an old glove.

If there's a lot of space, this split can be neatly joined together, but[19] the smarter approach is to fix it with a small piece of an old glove.

Taking Care of Your Gloves.

Tack the patch in, and then with fine silk the colour of the glove, button-hole around the edge of the tear, taking up the under-skin as well. This keeps it firm and neat, and the patch may be cut away underneath, just leaving a small margin for stretch.

Tack the patch in, and then with fine silk the color of the glove, sew a buttonhole stitch around the edge of the tear, taking up the under-skin as well. This keeps it firm and neat, and the patch can be trimmed underneath, leaving just a small margin for stretch.

Adding a New Thumb.

Adding a New Thumb.

If the top of the thumb wears out, and is unpatchable, an entirely new one can be put in with very little trouble. I have an old piece of chamois leather, which I keep for this very thing, and it answers the purpose beautifully.

If the tip of the thumb wears out and can't be fixed, you can easily replace it with a brand new one. I have an old piece of chamois leather that I save for this exact reason, and it works perfectly.

Cut out the torn thumb carefully, retaining the shape as much as possible. Split up the seam and lay it flat on the piece of leather or kid which you are using to mend the glove.

Cut out the torn thumb carefully, keeping the shape as intact as you can. Open the seam and lay it flat on the piece of leather or kidskin that you’re using to fix the glove.

Cut around the pattern, leaving a tiny margin, as your sewing is not as fine as that done by an expert.

Cut around the pattern, leaving a small margin, since your sewing isn't as precise as that done by a professional.

Then tack the new thumb into the glove around the base.

Then attach the new thumb to the glove around the base.

Button-hole this carefully in, and lastly button-hole the seam up the thumb and across the top. This will be found quite easy.

Buttonhole this carefully in, and lastly buttonhole the seam up the thumb and across the top. This will be found quite easy.

For coloured kid gloves, I buy scraps of kid from the boot maker, and you can procure quite a nice sized piece for a small sum, large enough to cut any size thumb and to leave a good few scraps for patching.

For colored kid gloves, I buy scraps of kid leather from the shoemaker, and you can get a pretty nice-sized piece for a low cost, big enough to cut any size thumb and to leave enough scraps for patching.

Always remember in putting on gloves to proceed slowly, pulling on the fingers first and half the palm next, and the thumb last.

Always remember when putting on gloves to go slowly, pulling on the fingers first, then half the palm, and lastly the thumb.

Be as careful in taking off as in putting on, and pull each finger and thumb into shape.

Be just as careful when taking off as you are when putting on, and shape each finger and thumb properly.

pretty quilt
A Patchwork Cloth made with “pieces” machined together and finished with some narrow insertion.

A Knitted Hat.

Materials Required.

Materials Needed.

For the hat illustrated a buckram shape was used with the brim slightly curled all round, and deeper at the back than the front, and having a tall crown; 1 ounce of purple wool, and 3 ounces of white 4-ply “Beehive” Scotch Fingering; five No. 14 long steel knitting-needles. The fifth needle is only required for the brim where there are too many stitches for three needles.

For the hat shown, a buckram shape was used with the brim slightly curled all around, deeper at the back than the front, and featuring a tall crown; 1 ounce of purple wool and 3 ounces of white 4-ply “Beehive” Scotch Fingering; five No. 14 long steel knitting needles. The fifth needle is only needed for the brim, where there are too many stitches for three needles.

Hat shapes alter, of course, from time to time, but the general principles remain the same, and by a little adaptation, this can be made to suit any shape of the “sailor” class.

Hat shapes change from time to time, but the basic principles stay the same, and with a bit of adjustment, this can be adapted to fit any style of the “sailor” type.

knitted had that looks almost like a panama hat but with flowers around the edge
The Hat is white, and the Flower Pattern is worked in purple.

Directions.

Instructions.

Commence by casting on 2 st on each of three needles. Knit 1st row plain.

Commence by casting on 2 stitches on each of three needles. Knit the first row plain.

2nd Row.—Knit twice into each st, thus—knit the st, but retain it on the left needle, twist the point of the right needle round to the back of the st and knit the other side of this st, then drop the st off the left needle. Repeat into every st.

2nd Row.—Knit two times into each stitch, like this—knit the stitch, but keep it on the left needle, twist the tip of the right needle to the back of the stitch and knit the other side of this stitch, then drop the stitch off the left needle. Repeat for every stitch.

3rd Row, and every Alternate Row.—Knit plain.

3rd Row, and every Alternate Row.—Knit plain.

4th Row.—* Knit 1, knit twice into next st, repeat from *.

4th Row.—* Knit 1, then knit into the next stitch twice, and repeat from *.

6th Row.—* Knit 2, knit twice into each st, repeat from *.

6th Row.—* Knit 2, then knit into each stitch twice, repeat from *.

8th Row.—* Knit 3, knit twice into next st, repeat from *.

8th Row.—* Knit 3, knit into the next stitch twice, repeat from *.

Continue in this way, increasing the number of stitches in each section by 1 st before the increase until in the 46th row, there are 24 st in each section, that is 144 st in the row.

Continue in this way, increasing the number of stitches in each section by 1 stitch before the increase until, in the 46th row, there are 24 stitches in each section, which means 144 stitches in the row.

Knit 42 rows on the 144 st.

Knit 42 rows on the 144 stitches.

89th Row.—* Knit 11, knit twice into the next st, repeat from *.

89th Row.—* Knit 11, then knit two stitches into the next stitch, repeat from *.

90th Row.—Knit plain and repeat these 2 rows until the number in each section is increased to 20, then knit 10 rows of the 240 st.

90th Row.—Knit plain and repeat these 2 rows until the count in each section reaches 20, then knit 10 rows of the 240 stitches.

Use the spare needle to take off some of the stitches, putting 60 st on each of the 4 needles.

Use the spare needle to remove some of the stitches, placing 60 stitches on each of the 4 needles.

Work in ribbing of knit 1, purl 1 all round for 16 rows, then cast off the stitches on 2 of the needles, continue on the other 2 the ribbing for the wide part of the brim, casting off 4 st at the beginning and end of every row (composed of the stitches on the 2 needles), until this piece measures 1½ inches, then cast off.

Knit in a 1x1 ribbing all the way around for 16 rows, then cast off the stitches on 2 of the needles. Continue the ribbing on the other 2 needles for the wider part of the brim, casting off 4 stitches at the beginning and end of each row (using the stitches on the 2 needles) until this piece measures 1½ inches, then cast off.

It will be necessary to fit the covering to the shape to see that it fits evenly, and to add or subtract a row or two perhaps to the part for each portion of the shape, while working.

It will be necessary to adjust the covering to match the shape to ensure that it fits evenly, and to add or remove a row or two as needed for each section of the shape while working.

Pretty and Durable.

Stretch the covering over the shape and tack along the line between the crown and brim to the shape, turn the wrong side of the hat towards you and gather up the edge of the covering to fit the shape along the[21] edge of the crown. Sew the knitting securely to this edge of the shape. Headline the hat and press the brim with a warm iron, placing a damp cloth under and over it; iron until the cloths are quite dry.

Stretch the fabric over the mold and pin it along the line between the top and the brim to the mold. Turn the inside of the hat toward you and gather the edge of the fabric to fit the mold along the[21] edge of the crown. Sew the fabric securely to this edge of the mold. Shape the hat and press the brim with a warm iron, placing a damp cloth underneath and on top; iron until the cloths are completely dry.

The Band.

The Group.

This is made in the new floral knitting, and gives a nice finish to a very useful and becoming hat.

This is made with the new floral knitting, and it provides a lovely finish to a very practical and flattering hat.

Using the same kind of white wool and 2 needles, cast on 20 st and work 30 rows, 1 plain and 1 purl row alternately, so that there is a right and a wrong side to the band.

Using the same type of white wool and 2 needles, cast on 20 stitches and work 30 rows, alternating between 1 knit row and 1 purl row, so that there is a right side and a wrong side to the band.

31st Row.—Knit 13 (using the white wool), tie on the purple wool close up to the 13th st, and knit 4 p (purple), then finish the row with white.

31st Row.—Knit 13 (with the white wool), attach the purple wool right after the 13th stitch, and knit 4 p (purple), then finish the row with white.

When using two or more colours in this class of knitting, one of the wools is stretched across the fingers of the left hand just as in crochet, and the wool for the stitch taken from this by inserting the needle under it and drawing the loop through the stitch you are knitting on the left-hand needle. Keep the different wools at opposite sides of your work, so as not to tangle them, and see that the wools on the back of the work are kept even and not pulled too tightly, otherwise the work will pucker.

When using two or more colors in this type of knitting, one of the yarns is held across the fingers of your left hand just like in crochet, and the yarn for the stitch is taken from this by inserting the needle underneath and pulling the loop through the stitch on the left-hand needle. Keep the different yarns on opposite sides of your work to prevent tangling, and make sure the yarns at the back are even and not pulled too tightly; otherwise, your work will pucker.

32nd Row.—Purl 7 w (white), 1 p (purple), 12 w.

32nd Row.—Knit 7 w (white), 1 p (purple), 12 w.

33rd Row.—Knit 11 w (always slipping the 1st st), 1 p, 8 w.

33rd Row.—Knit 11 stitches (always slipping the first stitch), 1 purl, 8 stitches.

34th Row.—Purl 9 w, 1 p, 10 w.

34th Row.—Knit 9 stitches, 1 purl, 10 stitches.

35th Row.—Knit 9 w, 2 p, 9 w.

35th Row.—Knit 9 stitches, purl 2, knit 9 stitches.

36th Row.—Purl 10 w, 1 p, 9 w.

36th Row.—Purl 10 with yarn, 1 purl, 9 with yarn.

37th Row.—Knit 8 w, 1 p, 11 w.

37th Row.—Knit 8 stitches, 1 purl, 11 stitches.

38th Row.—Purl 12 w, 1 p, 7 w.

38th Row.—Knit 12 stitches, 1 purl, 7 stitches.

39th Row.—Knit 7 w, 1 p, 12 w.

39th Row.—Knit 7 with, 1 purl, 12 with.

40th Row.—Purl 12 w, 1 p, 7 w.

40th Row.—Purl 12 stitches, 1 purl, 7 stitches.

41st Row.—Knit 7 w, 1 p, 12 w.

41st Row.—Knit 7 with, 1 purl, 12 with.

42nd Row.—Purl 12 w, 1 p, 7 w.

42nd Row.—Purl 12 with yarn, 1 purl, 7 with yarn.

43rd Row.—Knit 7 w, 1 p, 1 w, 2 p, 9 w.

43rd Row.—Knit 7 with, 1 purl, 1 with, 2 purl, 9 with.

44th Row.—Purl 8 w, 4 p, 1 w, 3 p, 4 w.

44th Row.—Knit 8 stitches, 4 purl, 1 knit, 3 purl, 4 knit.

45th Row.—Knit 4 w, 8 p, 1 w, 2 p, 5 w.

45th Row.—Knit 4 with, 8 purl, 1 with, 2 purl, 5 with.

46th Row.—Purl 4 w, 5 p, 3 w, 4 p, 4 w.

46th Row.—Knit 4 stitches, 5 purl, 3 stitches, 4 purl, 4 stitches.

47th Row.—Knit 6 w, 1 p, 2 w, 1 p, 2 w, 4 p, 4 w.

47th Row.—Knit 6 with, 1 purl, 2 with, 1 purl, 2 with, 4 purl, 4 with.

48th Row.—Purl 5 w, 3 p, 1 w, 3 p, 1 w, 3 p, 4 w.

48th Row.—Knit 5 stitches, purl 3, knit 1, purl 3, knit 1, purl 3, knit 4.

49th Row.—Knit 3 w, 4 p, 2 w, 1 p, 2 w, 1 p, 7 w.

49th Row.—Knit 3, purl 4, knit 2, purl 1, knit 2, purl 1, knit 7.

50th Row.—Purl 5 w, 4 p, 3 w, 5 p, 3 w.

50th Row.—Knit 5, purl 4, knit 3, purl 5, knit 3.

51st Row.—-Knit 4 w, 2 p, 1 w, 8 p, 5 w.

51st Row.—-Knit 4 stitches, purl 2, knit 1, purl 8, knit 5.

52nd Row.—Purl 4 w, 4 p, 1 w, 4 p, 3 w, 1 p, 3 w.

52nd Row.—Knit 4, purl 4, knit 1, purl 4, knit 3, purl 1, knit 3.

53rd Row.—Knit 3 w, 3 p, 1 w, 4 p, 1 w, 3 p, 5 w.

53rd Row.—Knit 3 stitches, purl 3 stitches, knit 1 stitch, purl 4 stitches, knit 1 stitch, purl 3 stitches, knit 5 stitches.

54th Row.—Purl 10 w, 2 p, 1 w, 3 p, 4 w.

54th Row.—Knit 10 stitches, purl 2, knit 1, purl 3, knit 4.

55th Row.—Knit 7 w, 1 p, 6 w, 3 p, 3 w.

55th Row.—Knit 7 with, 1 purl, 6 with, 3 purl, 3 with.

56th Row.—Purl 2 w, 5 p, 4 w, 1 p, 1 w, 2 p, 5 w.

56th Row.—Knit 2, purl 5, knit 4, purl 1, knit 1, purl 2, knit 5.

57th Row.—Knit 4 w, 4 p, 1 w. 4 p, 1 w, 3 p, 3 w.

57th Row.—Knit 4 knit, 4 purl, 1 knit. 4 purl, 1 knit, 3 purl, 3 knit.

58th Row.—Purl 4 w, 1 p, 1 w, 4 p, 2 w, 2 p, 1 w, 1 p, 4 w.

58th Row.—Knit 4, purl 1, knit 1, purl 4, knit 2, purl 2, knit 1, purl 1, knit 4.

59th Row.—Knit 5 w, 2 p, 2 w, 8 p, 3 w.

59th Row.—Knit 5 with, 2 purl, 2 with, 8 purl, 3 with.

60th Row.—Purl 3 w, 4 p, 1 w, 2 p, 10 w.

60th Row.—Knit 3, purl 4, knit 1, purl 2, knit 10.

61st Row.—Knit 11 w, 3 p, 6 w.

61st Row.—Knit 11 stitches, 3 purls, 6 stitches.

62nd Row.—Purl 6 w, 1 p, 13 w.

62nd Row.—Purl 6, knit 1, purl 13.

Knit next 22 rows all white, then repeat from the 31st row three times more, ending with 30 rows of white.

Knit the next 22 rows in all white, then repeat from the 31st row three more times, finishing with 30 rows of white.

Press this band on the wrong side as in the brim, turn in each end to form an angle, and secure on the[22] wrong side with a few stitches made with the woollen thread, press the ends flat, then place the band round the hat in the manner illustrated and sew in place.

Press this band on the inside like at the brim, fold in each end to create an angle, and secure it on the[22] inside with a few stitches using the wool thread. Flatten the ends, then position the band around the hat as shown and sew it in place.

To Wash the Hat.

Wash the hat.

The covering and band are easily removed from the shape when it becomes necessary to clean the hat.

The cover and band come off easily when it's time to clean the hat.

Make a lather of warm soapy water, immerse the covering and press and squeeze through the hands, but do not rub, until it seems clean, then squeeze out all the water possible and rinse in clean warm water, again squeeze as dry as possible, and place immediately before the fire until nearly, but not quite, dry. Have the wrong side turned out. Press on the wrong side with a hot iron until quite dry, pull into shape, and replace over the buckram.

Make a lather with warm soapy water, immerse the item and press and squeeze it with your hands, but don’t rub it, until it appears clean. Then squeeze out as much water as you can and rinse it in clean warm water. Again, squeeze it as dry as possible, and place it immediately in front of the fire until it's nearly, but not completely, dry. Make sure the wrong side is facing out. Press the wrong side with a hot iron until it’s completely dry, pull it into shape, and put it back over the buckram.

The band, or covering, if it be made with coloured wool, should have a handful of salt added to the lather and rinsing water.

The band, or cover, if it's made with colored wool, should have a handful of salt added to the lather and rinsing water.

stocking top chevrons pointing right
Design No. 8. This Stocking Top is described on page 27.

Fancy Tops for Socks and Stockings.

Very pretty effects can be obtained for turnover stocking tops by working in plain knitting in two or three shades of wool. The designs illustrated are worked in grey wool, with black and white introduced just to show the contrast, and when worked in bright colours many of these would be very effective. For instance, saxe blue and a bright brown would be pretty on a grey sock, and emerald green and white on a navy sock is another combination; or the boy’s particular school colours can be introduced, giving a uniform touch to his rig-out.

You can create beautiful effects for turnover stocking tops by knitting in two or three shades of wool. The designs shown are made with grey wool, contrasting with black and white just to highlight the difference, and using bright colors would make many of these designs really striking. For example, saxe blue and bright brown would look nice on a grey sock, and emerald green with white on a navy sock is another great combo; you can also incorporate the specific school colors of a boy, adding a uniform touch to his outfit.

These tops are not at all difficult to work, and can be added to any sock directions. They are best commenced with six or eight rows of ribbing, as this makes them set well, and when the fancy design is completed the work is turned before commencing the sock itself. Care must be taken to see that you have the correct multiple of stitches for the particular design chosen, and, if necessary, add the required number to give this after the ribbing, decreasing them to the original number again, to get the even rib before commencing the sock.

These tops are really easy to make and can be included in any sock patterns. It's best to start with six or eight rows of ribbing since this helps them fit well. Once the fancy design is finished, turn the work before starting the sock itself. Make sure you have the correct multiple of stitches for the design you've chosen. If needed, add the right number of stitches after the ribbing, then decrease them back to the original number to achieve the even rib before starting the sock.

Another point that should be borne in mind is, that the wools must be allowed to run very loosely, or the design will become contracted. You can also quite easily prevent the wools becoming twisted together in the working, if in changing from one wool to another you weave the wools first over, and then under the shade previously used.

Another thing to keep in mind is that the wools need to be handled loosely, or the design will become cramped. You can also easily avoid the wools twisting together while you work by weaving the new wool over and then under the shade you used before when switching from one wool to another.

If you find you have the design contracted a little when finished, pressing with a hot iron over a damp cloth will often relieve this. In fact, all knitted garments are the better for being pressed in this way.

If you notice that your design has shrunk a bit after finishing, pressing it with a hot iron over a damp cloth can help fix this. In fact, all knitted clothing benefits from being pressed this way.

The directions given are for a sock for a boy of from six to seven years of age, and the leg measures 11½ inches to the base of the heel when the top is turned over; the foot measures seven inches from heel to toe.

The instructions provided are for a sock designed for a boy aged six to seven years. The leg length is 11½ inches to the heel when the top is folded down, and the foot length is seven inches from heel to toe.

stocking with diamond pattern at top
A FINISHED STOCKING SHOWING DESIGN No. 1.

The Sock.

The Sock.

Abbreviations Used.

Abbreviations Used.

K = knit; P = purl; N = narrow (decrease a stitch by knitting two stitches together); St = stitch or stitches.

K = knit; P = purl; N = narrow (decrease a stitch by knitting two stitches together); St = stitch or stitches.

Materials required: 4 ounces of Messrs. J. & J. Baldwin’s 4-ply grey “Beehive” Scotch Fingering, a half ounce each of white and black wool, and four No. 15 steel needles.

Materials needed: 4 ounces of Messrs. J. & J. Baldwin’s 4-ply grey “Beehive” Scotch Fingering, half an ounce each of white and black wool, and four No. 15 steel needles.

With grey wool cast on 64 st, 22 on each of two needles and 20 on the third needle. Work in rib of K 2, and P 2 for 8 rounds. Work one plain round, increasing your number of st to 70, then commence the fancy top, using the three wools as follows:

With gray wool cast on 64 stitches, 22 on each of two needles and 20 on the third needle. Work in a rib of K 2 and P 2 for 8 rounds. Work one plain round, increasing your number of stitches to 70, then start the fancy top, using the three yarns as follows:

10th and 11th Rounds.—4 grey (G), 3 white (W), 4 G, 3 black (B). Repeat.

10th and 11th Rounds.—4 gray (G), 3 white (W), 4 G, 3 black (B). Repeat.

12th and 13th Rounds.—2 B, 2 W, 3 G, 2 W, 2 B, 3 G. Repeat.

12th and 13th Rounds.—2 Black, 2 White, 3 Green, 2 White, 2 Black, 3 Green. Repeat.

14th and 15th Rounds.—2 W, 2 B, 3 G, 2 B, 2 W, 3 G. Repeat.

14th and 15th Rounds.—2 W, 2 B, 3 G, 2 B, 2 W, 3 G. Repeat.

16th, 17th, 18th, and 19th Rounds.—4 G, 3 B, 4 G, 3 W. Repeat.

16th, 17th, 18th, and 19th Rounds.—4 G, 3 B, 4 G, 3 W. Repeat.

20th and 21st Rounds.—2 W, 2 B, 3 G, 2 B, 2 W, 3 G. Repeat.

20th and 21st Rounds.—2 White, 2 Black, 3 Green, 2 Black, 2 White, 3 Green. Repeat.

22nd and 23rd Rounds.—2 B, 2 W, 3 G, 2 W, 2 B, 3 G. Repeat.

22nd and 23rd Rounds.—2 Black, 2 White, 3 Green, 2 White, 2 Black, 3 Green. Repeat.

24th and 25th Rounds.—4 G, 3 W, 4 G. 3 B. Repeat.

24th and 25th Rounds.—4 G, 3 W, 4 G. 3 B. Repeat.

Work a plain round in the grey wool and decrease your stitches to 64 again.

Work a plain round in the gray wool and decrease your stitches to 64 again.

Turn the work, and commence the sock in rib of K 3, P 1.

Turn the work, and start the ribbed section with K 3, P 1.

Work for 5½ inches, then commence shaping for the leg as follows: K 1, N, work in rib to the four last st of the round N, K 1, P 1.

Work for 5½ inches, then start shaping for the leg as follows: K 1, N, work in rib to the last four stitches of the round N, K 1, P 1.

Decrease in this way four times, with 7 rows between each decreasing.

Decrease in this way four times, with 7 rows in between each decrease.

Work an inch without shaping, then divide the st, putting half on to one needle for the heel, taking care that the decreasings made come in the centre of the needle.

Work an inch without shaping, then divide the stitches, putting half on one needle for the heel, making sure the decreases are centered on the needle.

The Heel.

The Heel.

Make an extra stitch, so that you have an odd number on the needle (you should then have 29 st), and knit and purl a row alternately (always slipping the first st) until you have worked the same number of rows as you have st on the needle, ending with a purl row.

Make one extra stitch so that you have an odd number on the needle (you should have 29 stitches), and then knit and purl a row alternately (always slipping the first stitch) until you've worked the same number of rows as you have stitches on the needle, ending with a purl row.

K 16, N, K 1, turn.

K 16, N, K 1, turn.

P 5, Purl 2 together, P 1, turn.

P 5, Purl 2 together, P 1, turn.

K 6, N, K 1, turn.

K 6, N, K 1, turn.

P 7, Purl 2 together, P 1, turn, and continue in this manner until all the stitches have been worked on to one needle again.

P 7, Purl 2 together, P 1, turn, and continue in this manner until all the stitches have been worked onto one needle again.

Pick up 14 loops at each side of the heel, and commence working in[25] rounds again for the foot, continuing the rib on the instep needles, but working in plain knitting for the under part of the foot.

Pick up 14 loops on each side of the heel and start working in[25] rounds again for the foot, continuing the rib on the instep needles while using plain knitting for the underside of the foot.

In the first round narrow at each side, by taking the two lowest stitches picked up from the side of the heel flap together.

In the first round, narrow at each side by taking the two lowest stitches picked up from the side of the heel flap together.

Repeat this decreasing three times, with 1 round between each. Continue the foot without further shaping for 3½ inches, when you will be ready for the toe.

Repeat this decreasing three times, with 1 round in between each. Keep knitting the foot without further shaping for 3½ inches, until you are ready for the toe.

The Toe.

The Toe.

Put half your st on the heel needle, and divide the remainder between the other two needles. Work the toe in plain knitting all round, decreasing at each end of the heel needle, and at the outer end of the other needles every other round, until you have only 20 st left in the round. Place these on to two needles, and cast off both needles together.

Put half your stitches on the heel needle, and divide the rest between the other two needles. Knit the toe in plain stitching all around, decreasing at each end of the heel needle, and at the outer end of the other needles every other round, until you have only 20 stitches left in the round. Place these on two needles and cast off both needles together.

For the Small Boy.

Design No. 2.

Design #2.

For this pattern the number of st used must give a multiple of 8.

For this pattern, the number of stitches used must be a multiple of 8.

photo of cuff
Design No. 2.

1st and 2nd Rounds.—3 G, 5 B. Repeat.

1st and 2nd Rounds.—3 G, 5 B. Repeat.

3rd and 4th Rounds.—1 B, * 1 G, 7 B. Repeat from *.

3rd and 4th Rounds.—1 B, * 1 G, 7 B. Repeat from *.

5th and 6th Rounds.—4 G, * 3 B, 5 G. Repeat from *.

5th and 6th Rounds.—4 G, * 3 B, 5 G. Repeat from *.

7th and 8th Rounds.—1 G, * W, 2 G, 1 B, 1 G, 1 B, 2 G. Repeat from *.

7th and 8th Rounds.—1 G, * W, 2 G, 1 B, 1 G, 1 B, 2 G. Repeat from *.

9th and 10th Rounds.—3 W, 5 G. Repeat.

9th and 10th Rounds.—3 W, 5 G. Repeat.

11th and 12th Rounds.—1 G, * 1 W, 2 G, 1 B, 1 G, 1 B, 2 G. Repeat from *.

11th and 12th Rounds.—1 G, * 1 W, 2 G, 1 B, 1 G, 1 B, 2 G. Repeat from *.

13th and 14th Rounds.—4 G, * 3 B, 5 G. Repeat from *.

13th and 14th Rounds.—4 G, * 3 B, 5 G. Repeat from *.

15th and 16th Rounds.—1 B, * 1 G, 7 B. Repeat from *.

15th and 16th Rounds.—1 B, * 1 G, 7 B. Repeat from *.

17th and 18th Rounds.—3 G, 5 B. Repeat.

17th and 18th Rounds.—3 G, 5 B. Repeat.

Design No. 3.

Design #3.

For this pattern the number of stitches used must give a multiple of 6.

For this pattern, the number of stitches used must be a multiple of 6.

Another pattern
Design No. 3.

Commence the border by working 2 plain rounds in the black wool, then 2 plain rounds in the white.

Commence the border by working 2 plain rounds in the black yarn, then 2 plain rounds in the white.

5th and 6th Rounds.—1 B, 5 W. Repeat.

5th and 6th Rounds.—1 B, 5 W. Repeat.

7th and 8th Rounds.—1 W, * 3 B, 3 W. Repeat from *.

7th and 8th Rounds.—1 W, * 3 B, 3 W. Repeat from *.

9th and 10th Rounds.—2 W, 1 B. Repeat.

9th and 10th Rounds.—2 W, 1 B. Repeat.

11th and 12th Rounds.—1 W, 3 B, 1 W, 1 B. Repeat.

11th and 12th Rounds.—1 W, 3 B, 1 W, 1 B. Repeat.

13th and 14th Rounds.—1 W, * 3 G, 3 W. Repeat from *.

13th and 14th Rounds.—1 W, * 3 G, 3 W. Repeat from *.

15th and 16th Rounds.—5 G, 1 W. Repeat.

15th and 16th Rounds.—5 G, 1 W. Repeat.

17th and 18th Rounds.—White.

17th and 18th Rounds.—White.

19th and 20th Rounds.—Black.

19th and 20th rounds.—Black.

4th Design.

4th Design.

For this pattern the number of stitches used must give a multiple of 10

For this pattern, the number of stitches used must be a multiple of 10.

yet another pattern
Design No. 4.

1st and 2nd Rounds.—White.

Rounds 1 and 2.—White.

3rd and 4th Rounds.—Black.

3rd and 4th Rounds.—Black.

5th and 6th Rounds.—1 B, 1 W. Repeat.

5th and 6th Rounds.—1 B, 1 W. Repeat.

7th and 8th Rounds.—White.

Rounds 7 and 8.—White.

9th and 10th Rounds.—1 W, * 2 B, 3 W, 2 G, 3 W. Repeat from *.

9th and 10th Rounds.—1 W, * 2 B, 3 W, 2 G, 3 W. Repeat from *.

11th and 12th Rounds.—4 B, 1 W, 4 G, 1 W. Repeat.

11th and 12th Rounds.—4 B, 1 W, 4 G, 1 W. Repeat.

13th and 14th Rounds.—1 W, * 2 B, 3 W, 2 G, 3 W. Repeat from *.

13th and 14th Rounds.—1 W, * 2 B, 3 W, 2 G, 3 W. Repeat from *.

15th and 16th Rounds.—White.

15th and 16th Rounds.—White.

17th and 18th Rounds.—1 B, 1 W, Repeat.

17th and 18th Rounds.—1 B, 1 W, Repeat.

19th and 20th Rounds.—Black.

19th and 20th Rounds.—Black.

21st and 22nd Rounds.—White.

21st and 22nd Rounds.—White.

Design No. 5.

Design #5.

For this pattern the number of stitches used must give a multiple of 11.

For this pattern, the number of stitches needed must be a multiple of 11.

pattern of diamonds
Design No. 5.

1st and 2nd Rounds.—White.

Round 1 and 2.—White.

3rd and 4th Rounds.—Black.

3rd and 4th Rounds.—Black.

5th and 6th Rounds.—3 G, 1 W, 2 B, 2 W, 2 B, 1 W. Repeat.

5th and 6th Rounds.—3 G, 1 W, 2 B, 2 W, 2 B, 1 W. Repeat.

Effective Patterns.

7th and 8th Rounds.—1 W, 1 G, 1 W, 2 B, 1 W, 2 G, 1 W, 2 B. Repeat.

7th and 8th Rounds.—1 W, 1 G, 1 W, 2 B, 1 W, 2 G, 1 W, 2 B. Repeat.

9th and 10th Rounds.—1 B, * 1 W, 2 B, 1 W, 4 G, 1 W, 2 B. Repeat from *.

9th and 10th Rounds.—1 B, * 1 W, 2 B, 1 W, 4 G, 1 W, 2 B. Repeat from *.

11th and 12th Rounds.—3 B, 1 W, 6 G, 1 W. Repeat.

11th and 12th Rounds.—3 B, 1 W, 6 G, 1 W. Repeat.

13th and 14th Rounds.—1 B, * 1 W, 2 B, 1 W, 4 G, 1 W, 2 B. Repeat from *.

13th and 14th Rounds.—1 B, * 1 W, 2 B, 1 W, 4 G, 1 W, 2 B. Repeat from *.

15th and 16th Rounds.—1 W, 1 G, 1 W, 2 B, 1 W, 2 G, 1 W, 2 B. Repeat.

15th and 16th Rounds.—1 W, 1 G, 1 W, 2 B, 1 W, 2 G, 1 W, 2 B. Repeat.

17th and 18th Rounds.—3 G, 1 W, 2 B, 2 W, 2 B, 1 W. Repeat.

17th and 18th Rounds.—3 G, 1 W, 2 B, 2 W, 2 B, 1 W. Repeat.

19th and 20th Rounds.—Black.

19th and 20th rounds.—Black.

21st and 22nd Rounds.—White.

21st and 22nd Rounds.—White.

Design No. 6.

Design #6.

For this pattern the number of stitches used must give a multiple of 8.

For this pattern, the number of stitches used must be a multiple of 8.

pattern of  diagonal stripes
Design No. 6.

1st and 2nd Rounds.—4 B, 4 G. Repeat.

1st and 2nd Rounds.—4 B, 4 G. Repeat.

3rd and 4th Rounds.—4 G, 4 B. Repeat.

3rd and 4th Rounds.—4 G, 4 B. Repeat.

5th and 6th Rounds.—Black.

5th and 6th Rounds.—Black.

7th and 8th Rounds.—3 G, 5 B. Repeat.

7th and 8th Rounds.—3 G, 5 B. Repeat.

9th and 10th Rounds.—2 G, * 2 W, 3 B, 3 G. Repeat from *.

9th and 10th Rounds.—2 G, * 2 W, 3 B, 3 G. Repeat from *.

11th and 12th Rounds.—2 G, * 1 B, 3 W, 1 B, 3 G. Repeat from *.

11th and 12th Rounds.—2 G, * 1 B, 3 W, 1 B, 3 G. Repeat from *.

13th and 14th Rounds.—1 G, * 3 B, 2 W, 3 G. Repeat from *.

13th and 14th Rounds.—1 G, * 3 B, 2 W, 3 G. Repeat from *.

15th and 16th Rounds.—4 B, * 3 G, 5 B. Repeat from *.

15th and 16th Rounds.—4 B, * 3 G, 5 B. Repeat from *.

17th and 18th Rounds.—Black.

17th and 18th Rounds.—Black.

19th and 20th Rounds.—4 B, 4 G. Repeat.

19th and 20th Rounds.—4 B, 4 G. Repeat.

21st and 22nd Rounds.—4 G, 4 B. Repeat.

21st and 22nd Rounds.—4 G, 4 B. Repeat.

Design No. 7.

Design #7.

Only two colours will be needed for this design, and the number of stitches used must give a multiple of 8.

Only two colors are needed for this design, and the number of stitches used must be a multiple of 8.

swastika pattern
Design No. 7.

1st and 2nd Rounds.—Black.

1st and 2nd Rounds. —Black.

3rd and 4th Rounds.—Grey.

3rd and 4th Rounds. — Grey.

5th and 6th Rounds.—1 B, 2 G, 4 B, 1 G. Repeat.

5th and 6th Rounds.—1 B, 2 G, 4 B, 1 G. Repeat.

7th and 8th Rounds.—1 B, 2 G, 1 B, 4 G. Repeat

7th and 8th Rounds.—1 B, 2 G, 1 B, 4 G. Repeat

9th and 10th Rounds.—1 B, 2 G, 1 B, 4 G. Repeat.

9th and 10th Rounds.—1 B, 2 G, 1 B, 4 G. Repeat.

11th and 12th Rounds.—7 B, 1 G. Repeat.

11th and 12th Rounds.—7 B, 1 G. Repeat.

13th and 14th Rounds.—3 G, 1 B, 2 G, 1 B, 1 G. Repeat.

13th and 14th Rounds.—3 G, 1 B, 2 G, 1 B, 1 G. Repeat.

15th and 16th Rounds.—3 G, 1 B, 2 G, 1 B, 1 G. Repeat.

15th and 16th Rounds.—3 G, 1 B, 2 G, 1 B, 1 G. Repeat.

17th and 18th Rounds.—4 B, 2 G, 1 B, 1 G. Repeat.

17th and 18th Rounds.—4 B, 2 G, 1 B, 1 G. Repeat.

19th and 20th Rounds.—Grey.

19th and 20th Rounds.—Gray.

21st and 22nd Rounds.—Black.

21st and 22nd Rounds.—Black.

Design No. 8.

Design #8.

This border works out a good deal wider than the others, and would perhaps be more suitable for a man’s stocking; or to reduce the width the stripes from each edge could be omitted. Stitches giving a multiple of 8 will be required.

This border is quite a bit wider than the others and might be more appropriate for a man’s stocking; alternatively, to narrow it down, the stripes from each edge could be removed. You’ll need stitches in multiples of 8.

1st and 2nd Rounds.—Black.

1st and 2nd Rounds.—Black.

3rd and 4th Rounds.—White.

3rd and 4th Rounds.—White.

5th and 6th Rounds.—Black.

5th and 6th Rounds.—Black.

7th and 8th Rounds.—Grey.

7th and 8th Rounds.—Gray.

9th and 10th Rounds.—5 G, 3 B. Repeat.

9th and 10th Rounds.—5 G, 3 B. Repeat.

11th and 12th Rounds.—6 G, * 1 B, 7 G. Repeat from *.

11th and 12th Rounds.—6 G, * 1 B, 7 G. Repeat from *.

13th and 14th Rounds.—2 G, * 1 W, 7 G. Repeat from *.

13th and 14th Rounds.—2 G, * 1 W, 7 G. Repeat from *.

15th and 16th Rounds.—1 G, * 3 W, 5 G. Repeat from *.

15th and 16th Rounds.—1 G, * 3 W, 5 G. Repeat from *.

17th and 18th Rounds.—3 W, 4 G, Repeat.

17th and 18th Rounds.—3 W, 4 G, Repeat.

19th and 20th Rounds.—2 W, * 4 B, 1 G, 3 W. Repeat from *.

19th and 20th Rounds.—2 W, * 4 B, 1 G, 3 W. Repeat from *.

21st and 22nd Rounds.—3 W, 5 G. Repeat.

21st and 22nd Rounds.—3 W, 5 G. Repeat.

Fancy Tops for Socks and Stockings.

23rd and 24th Rounds.—1 G, * 3 W, 5 G. Repeat from *.

23rd and 24th Rounds.—1 G, * 3 W, 5 G. Repeat from *.

25th and 26th Rounds.—2 G, * 1 W, 7 G. Repeat from *.

25th and 26th Rounds.—2 G, * 1 W, 7 G. Repeat from *.

27th and 28th Rounds.—6 G, * 1 B, 7 G. Repeat from *.

27th and 28th Rounds.—6 G, * 1 B, 7 G. Repeat from *.

29th and 30th Rounds.—5 G, 3 B. Repeat.

29th and 30th Rounds.—5 G, 3 B. Repeat.

31st and 32nd Rounds.—Grey.

31st and 32nd Rounds.—Gray.

33rd and 34th Rounds.—Black.

33rd and 34th Rounds.—Black.

35th and 36th Rounds.—White.

35th and 36th Rounds.—White.

37th and 38th Rounds.—Black.

37th and 38th Rounds.—Black.


Making a Child’s Overall from a Narrow Skirt.

Good quality washing materials for making children’s everyday frocks are now so very much more expensive than in pre-war days, that the economical woman who happens to have a number of washing skirts of the narrower type so popular a few years ago, would be wise to make some good use of them.

Good quality fabric for making kids' everyday dresses is now way more expensive than it was before the war, so a smart woman who has a few narrower washing skirts that were trendy a few years back should definitely find a way to make use of them.

Child in pinafore
THE OVERALL THAT CAN BE CUT FROM A NARROW SKIRT.

While it is a comparatively simple matter for the woman who makes her own clothes to remodel a full skirt into a narrow design quite successfully, it is not so simple to adapt a narrow design to a wider pattern. Even if one could match the material, it is never wise to use new fabric with old, and the freshness of the new material would only give emphasis to the fact that the other parts were slightly worn.

While it’s relatively easy for a woman who sews her own clothes to successfully turn a full skirt into a narrower style, it’s not as straightforward to adjust a narrow style to a wider cut. Even if you could find matching fabric, it’s generally not a good idea to mix new fabric with old, as the new material would only highlight the wear and tear of the older pieces.

Here is a suggestion that may not have occurred to everyone. Have you ever thought what really excellent little garments for the children can be made from the best parts of a cotton skirt? As an example, we are showing how the child’s overall illustrated can be cut from a two-piece skirt of quite the narrowest type (this design only measures 1⅜ yards round the hem) without even cutting into the parts that are likely to be the most worn.

Here’s a suggestion that might not have crossed everyone’s mind. Have you ever considered what great little outfits for kids can be made from the best sections of a cotton skirt? For example, we're showing how the child’s overall illustrated can be cut from a two-piece skirt of the narrowest type (this design only measures 1⅜ yards around the hem) without even cutting into the areas that are likely to get the most wear.

Whether the skirt used is made of linen, piqué, casement cloth, or any of the stouter washing fabrics, it would serve admirably for making this little frock that can either be worn as an overall over another frock, or as a little summer play frock without another dress underneath.

Whether the skirt is made of linen, piqué, casement cloth, or any of the sturdier washable fabrics, it would work perfectly for creating this little dress that can be worn either as an overall over another dress or as a standalone summer play dress without anything underneath.

The skirt made use of in this instance is a two-gored design, with a seam at each side, and to cut the pattern as shown on the diagram, the hem of the skirt should be unpicked, also the side seams from the waist to just below the hips, or just far enough to allow of the skirt being laid flat out on the table.

The skirt used here is a two-gored design, with a seam on each side. To cut the pattern as shown in the diagram, you need to unpick the hem of the skirt and the side seams from the waist down to just below the hips, or just far enough to lay the skirt flat on the table.

Easy to Make and to Slip On.

Take care to see that[29] you have the skirt placed so that there is an even fold at centre back and front, and the side seams back one another, then lay on your pattern. You will see that in placing the sleeve portion it comes over the side seam of the skirt, giving you two seams in the sleeve instead of one, but the second seam will come on the under-arm so that it will not in any way spoil the appearance of the garment. The collar and cuff portions will need to be lined in order to neaten them, and you will probably find sufficient from the cuttings to cut these out again, or if not, a small piece of white calico could quite well be used for this.

Make sure the skirt is positioned so that there's an even fold at the center back and front, with the side seams lined up with each other, then lay your pattern on top. You'll notice that when placing the sleeve piece, it overlaps the side seam of the skirt, creating two seams in the sleeve instead of one. However, the second seam will fall under the arm, so it won’t affect the look of the garment. The collar and cuff pieces will need to be lined for a polished finish, and you’ll likely find enough fabric from the cuttings to cut these out again. If not, a small piece of white cotton can work just as well for this.

pattern layout
A DIAGRAM FOR CUTTING OUT THE OVERALL FROM A SKIRT.

The back of the overall is cut down from neck to hem, and finished with a hem at each side, and fastened with buttons and buttonholes.

The back of the overall is designed with a cut from the neck to the hem, finished with a hem on each side, and secured with buttons and buttonholes.

Many varieties of trimming could be used for a little overall of this description. French knots worked in a contrasting colour along the hem and round the collar and cuffs would be effective, or some simple cross-stitch animal designs would look well.

Many types of trimming could be used to give a little extra detail to this description. French knots done in a contrasting color along the hem and around the collar and cuffs would look great, or some simple cross-stitch animal designs would also be nice.

Use Clark’s “Anchor” Coton à Broder, No. 12.

Use Clark’s “Anchor” Embroidery Cotton, No. 12.

A frock for a two-year old has been used as an example, but it would be quite possible to cut a larger size in a like manner, though it might be necessary to put a false hem of some other material.

A dress for a two-year-old has been used as an example, but it would be totally possible to cut a larger size in a similar way, although it might be necessary to add a fake hem made from a different material.

Stitchery.

Sewing.

If you are interested in Needlework, you will like the magazine “Stitchery” that is being edited by Flora Klickmann. It deals with practically every form of Needlecraft, plain and fancy, including Crochet. It is a high-class publication, printed in the same style as “Needlework Economies.”

Re-footing made Easy.

sock
A Hand-knit Sock showing the replaceable foot sections, and the method of reinforcing the heel.

This method of knitting hose renders it an easy matter to repair the heel and toe when these parts become worn. By simply undoing the end stitch of a row of crochet chain stitches, the sole, heel, or toe part can be almost instantly removed by pulling the thread and undoing the crochet. The chain stitches are used to join the different parts, which are worked separately and then joined together.

This method of knitting socks makes it easy to fix the heel and toe when they wear out. By just unpicking the end stitch of a row of crochet chain stitches, you can almost instantly remove the sole, heel, or toe by pulling the thread and undoing the crochet. The chain stitches are used to connect the different parts, which are made separately and then joined together.

When the worn part is removed, a piece exactly the same size is knitted and joined to the remainder of the sock with the row of chain stitches. In this way the leg and instep portions, which seldom wear out, may be made to serve for two or three renewals of the parts exposed to wear.

When the worn-out part is removed, a piece the same size is knitted and attached to the rest of the sock with a row of chain stitches. This way, the leg and instep sections, which rarely wear out, can be used for two or three repairs of the parts that do wear out.

It is just as easy to knit a sock or stocking in the new way as in the old, and the saving effected by the new way is great, especially now, when woollen thread is both scarce and expensive. The same may be said about cotton thread.

It’s just as easy to knit a sock or stocking using the new method as it is with the old one, and the savings from the new method are significant, especially now when wool yarn is both hard to find and pricey. The same goes for cotton yarn.

The sock or stocking is begun in the usual way, and may be made either plain or ribbed.

The sock or stocking is started in the usual way and can be made either smooth or ribbed.

The sock illustrated is a full-size man’s sock, and the joinings are shown in the dark line round the heel, along the side of the foot, and across the instep at the beginning of the front toe part.

The sock shown is a full-size men's sock, and the seams are indicated by the dark line around the heel, along the side of the foot, and across the instep at the start of the front toe area.

These joinings were made in black thread on the white sock in order to show the joinings, but in making a sock they must all be worked with the same thread as in the sock. Then the joinings are not visible on the outside, nor is there a seam on the inside, as the row of chain stitches forms a flat line.

These connections were made with black thread on the white sock to make the joins visible, but when making a sock, everything should be done with the same thread as the sock itself. This way, the joins aren't visible on the outside, and there's no seam on the inside, since the row of chain stitches creates a flat line.

Working the Leg.

Leg Day.

In the sock shown here 80 st were cast on three No. 12 knitting-needles. On these were worked 4 inches of ribbing—1 plain, 1 purl. Then 5 inches of plain knitting with a back seam.

In the sock shown here, 80 stitches were cast on using three size 12 knitting needles. Four inches of ribbing were worked—1 knit, 1 purl. Then, 5 inches of plain knitting with a back seam followed.

The Instep.

The Instep.

Divide for the heel, putting 20 st at each side of the back seam, all on one needle. Divide the 39 remaining st on to the two needles, and continue knitting on these (leaving the heel needle for the present), knit and purl alternate rows until the piece is 6 inches long. Put the 39 st on one needle, and leave this part aside for the present.

Divide for the heel, putting 20 stitches on each side of the back seam, all on one needle. Divide the 39 remaining stitches onto two needles, and continue knitting on those (set aside the heel needle for now). Knit and purl alternate rows until the piece is 6 inches long. Put the 39 stitches on one needle and leave this part aside for now.

The Heel.

The Heel.

Cast on 41 st on a needle in “slip loops,” that is, wind the thread once[31] round the top of the thumb, and take over the loop so formed on to the needle.

Cast on 41 stitches on a needle using “slip loops,” which means wrap the thread once[31] around the top of your thumb and then transfer the loop that's created onto the needle.

Renewing Worn Portions.

Knit the 41 loops, purling the 21st for the back seam, which is preserved for the entire heel.

Knit 41 stitches, purling the 21st for the back seam, which is kept for the whole heel.

Purl the next row, then knit and purl alternate rows until there are 24 rows in all.

Purl the next row, then knit and purl alternate rows until you have a total of 24 rows.

Closing the Heel.

Closing the heel.

1st Row.—Knit to the 9th st after the back seam, slip the 10th st, k next stitch, pull the slipped stitch over, k 1, turn (leaving 8 st).

1st Row.—Knit up to the 9th stitch after the back seam, slip the 10th stitch, knit the next stitch, pull the slipped stitch over, knit 1, turn (leaving 8 stitches).

2nd Row.—Slip 1st st and pull back to the 10th after the back seam, purl 10th and 11th together, purl next st, turn and repeat these 2 rows until all the stitches at each side have been taken in. Cut the thread, leaving a short end attached.

2nd Row.—Slip 1st st and pull back to the 10th after the back seam, purl 10th and 11th together, purl next st, turn and repeat these 2 rows until all the stitches at each side have been taken in. Cut the thread, leaving a short end attached.

The Sole.

The Sole.

There should now be 24 st at each side of the heel, and 23 along the top of it. Cast on a number equal to these, 71, with the “slip loops.” K and p alternate rows for 4 rows. Then decrease in every plain row in the 3rd and 4th st from each end, thus:—k 2, sl 1, k 1, pass the slipped st over, k to the 4th st from the end, k 4th and 3rd together, k 2.

There should now be 24 stitches on each side of the heel and 23 along the top of it. Cast on 71 stitches using the “slip loops.” Knit and purl alternating rows for 4 rows. Then decrease on every plain row in the 3rd and 4th stitches from each end like this: knit 2, slip 1, knit 1, pass the slipped stitch over, knit to the 4th stitch from the end, knit the 4th and 3rd together, knit 2.

Continue until the stitches are reduced to 39, to correspond with the stitches on the instep.

Continue until the stitches are reduced to 39, to match the stitches on the instep.

Knit this piece until it is exactly the same length as the instep portion.

Knit this piece until it matches the length of the instep part exactly.

parts of sock
How the new Toe and Heel for a Machine-knit Sock are worked.

The Toe.

The Toe.

Take two additional needles, cast on 20 st on one, and 19 on the other, following after those on the sole needle, making the “slip loops” as before. Join round, and k 2 rows plain.

Take two more needles, cast on 20 stitches on one and 19 on the other, following the stitches on the main needle, making the “slip loops” like before. Join in the round and knit 2 rows plain.

Decrease in the next round thus:—k[32] first 2 on the sole needle, sl 1, k 1, pass the slipped st over, k to the 4th st from the end of this needle, k 3rd and 2nd together, k 2.

Decrease in the next round like this:—k[32] first 2 on the sole needle, sl 1, k 1, pass the slipped st over, k to the 4th st from the end of this needle, k 3rd and 2nd together, k 2.

Knit first 2 st on next needle, sl 1, k 1, pass the slipped st over, k remainder of needle, k next needle to the last 4 st, k 4th and 3rd st together, k 2.

Knit the first 2 stitches on the next needle, slip 1, knit 1, pass the slipped stitch over, knit the rest of the needle, then on the next needle, knit to the last 4 stitches, knit the 4th and 3rd stitches together, then knit 2.

Knit 6 rounds. Decrease as before.

Knit 6 rounds. Decrease as you did previously.

Knit 5 rounds. Decrease. Knit 4 rounds. Decrease.

Knit 5 rounds. Decrease. Knit 4 rounds. Decrease.

Knit 3 rounds. Decrease.

Knit 3 rounds. Decrease.

Knit 2 rounds. Decrease.

Knit 2 rounds. Decrease.

Decrease in every 2nd round until there are 11 st remaining on the sole needle. Put back and front needles together, and taking a corresponding stitch from each needle, cast off 2 together. Draw the thread through last loop and cut it, leaving a short end.

Decrease every 2nd round until there are 11 stitches remaining on the sole needle. Bring the back and front needles together, and taking a matching stitch from each needle, cast off 2 together. Pull the thread through the last loop and cut it, leaving a short end.

The Method of Joining.

The Joining Method.

Commencing at the back part of the leg portion, place the heel in position, having the wrong sides turned towards you.

Starting at the back of the leg area, position the heel so that the wrong sides are facing you.

With a No. 1 steel crochet hook, make a chain on the end of the thread, insert the hook through the 1st st on the heel, and through the 1st st on the needle of the leg portion, draw a loop through these 2 together, and through the chain on the hook, insert the hook through the next st on the heel, slip off the joined st on the needle, insert the hook through the next st on the needle, draw a loop through the 2 st and the loop on the needle, repeat to the end of the needle, then take up the foot part, and put it in place on the heel. Join in the same way, inserting the hook through corresponding stitches. Continue up the side, across the instep and along to the heel again. Fasten the thread, leaving about an inch of it. Work the end into the following stitches to conceal it.

With a No. 1 steel crochet hook, make a chain at the end of the thread, insert the hook through the first stitch on the heel, and through the first stitch on the needle of the leg section. Draw a loop through these two together and through the chain on the hook. Insert the hook through the next stitch on the heel, slip off the joined stitch on the needle, insert the hook through the next stitch on the needle, and draw a loop through the two stitches and the loop on the needle. Repeat this until the end of the needle, then move to the foot part and position it on the heel. Join in the same way by inserting the hook through corresponding stitches. Continue up the side, across the top of the foot, and back to the heel again. Fasten the thread, leaving about an inch of it. Weave the end into the following stitches to hide it.

It can be readily seen that when any part is worn and requires to be renewed, the joining thread can be cut and unravelled as far as required.

It’s clear that when any part is worn out and needs to be replaced, the thread can be cut and unraveled as much as needed.

To Renew the Toe Portion.

To Refresh the Toe Area.

Undo the chain stitches along the front, cut the sole part in a line with the front, unpick the threads to get an even line of stitches, pick these up on a needle, and knit the toe piece exactly like the first one. Join to the front in the same manner.

Undo the chain stitches along the front, cut the sole part in a straight line with the front, unpick the threads to create an even line of stitches, pick these up on a needle, and knit the toe piece just like the first one. Attach it to the front the same way.

To Reinforce the Heel and Toe.

To Strengthen the Heel and Toe.

It is not generally known that these parts can be so reinforced that their durability is prolonged two or three times. The best method of doing this is shown in the sock illustrated.

It’s not widely recognized that these areas can be strengthened to extend their lifespan by two or three times. The most effective way to achieve this is demonstrated in the illustrated sock.

“Star Sylko” No. 5, matching the colour of the sock, is worked into the lines of knitted stitches, using a darning needle for the purpose.

“Star Sylko” No. 5, matching the color of the sock, is woven into the lines of knitted stitches, using a darning needle for that purpose.

Take up one side of each st on the needle, draw the thread through, working in perpendicular rows, come back on the other side of the stitches down to where the 1st row was commenced, and so on. In this way the cotton thread is all on the outside of the woollen knitting, and receives all the friction from the shoe, while it never comes next to the skin. The dark strip down the heel shows where the strengthening stitches have been worked in.

Take one side of each stitch on the needle, pull the thread through, working in perpendicular rows. Come back on the other side of the stitches down to where the first row started, and keep going. This way, the cotton thread stays on the outside of the wool knitting and takes all the wear from the shoe, while never touching the skin. The dark line down the heel indicates where the reinforcing stitches have been done.

To Re-Knit a Heel and Toe into a Machine-Knit Sock.

To Re-Knit a Heel and Toe into a Machine-Knit Sock.

In the machine-knit sock the heel and toe are not made in the same[33] way as in most of the hand-knit variety, but usually on the lines of the illustration at bottom of page. In the case of the heel, a portion of the leg has been worked to show how the heel is made straight on to this.

In the machine-knit sock, the heel and toe aren't made the same way as in most hand-knit socks, but usually based on the illustration at the bottom of the page. For the heel, a section of the leg has been worked to demonstrate how the heel is created directly onto it.

Repairing Machine-made Socks.

Cut away the heel at its base to the 1st decreasing st. Make a cut across the sole next the heel in a line with the 3rd decreasing at each side.

Cut away the heel at its base to the 1st decreasing stitch. Make a cut across the sole next to the heel in line with the 3rd decreasing stitch on each side.

Turn back 3 rows under the sole, where they must be secured with a flat seam, using a piece of the same kind of thread and a darning needle. Pick up the stitches at the base of the heel on to a knitting needle. Fasten the thread and knit a row. Then purl and knit alternate rows, taking the first 2 st together in every row until the st are reduced to one-third of those in the 1st row.

Turn back 3 rows under the sole, where they should be secured with a flat seam, using a piece of the same kind of thread and a darning needle. Pick up the stitches at the base of the heel onto a knitting needle. Secure the thread and knit a row. Then alternate between purling and knitting each row, taking the first 2 stitches together in every row until the stitches are reduced to one-third of those in the first row.

Continue working a plain and a purl row alternately on these stitches, increasing by picking up a loop at the end of each row from the side of the flap just worked, until you have closed the heel, and have the original number of stitches on the needle. Join to the sole part with a row of crochet chain stitches.

Continue working a knit row and a purl row alternately on these stitches, increasing by picking up a loop at the end of each row from the side of the flap you just worked, until you've closed the heel and have the original number of stitches on the needle. Join to the sole part with a row of chain stitches.

The Toe Part.

The Toe Part.

This is worked exactly like the heel, picking up one-half of the st round the foot part. Knit the toe part as in the heel, working back to close the toe in the same way, then join to the front part with a row of chain stitches.

This is done just like the heel, picking up half of the stitches around the foot part. Knit the toe part as in the heel, working back to close the toe in the same way, then join it to the front part with a row of chain stitches.

drawing vanity table and boxes under it
Band boxes covered with chintz to match the hangings give a pretty touch to a room. A large bow of plain colour serves to lift the lid. The waste paper receptacle matches the box.

How to Re-heel a Worn Sock.

When the heel only becomes worn out in a hand-knitted sock or stocking, it is an easy matter to replace the worn-out portion and the adjacent weak parts.

When the heel of a hand-knitted sock or stocking gets worn out, it's easy to replace the damaged area and the surrounding weak spots.

If possible, let the mending thread be a little finer in texture than that used in the stocking, and when not possible to match the thread in colour use white—in fact, many people prefer white heels and toes in their hosiery.

If you can, use a mending thread that’s a bit finer than the one used in the stocking. If you can't match the thread color, go with white—actually, a lot of people like having white heels and toes in their hosiery.

We are illustrating a grey sock re-heeled with white to show clearly how the work is done. Run a coloured thread through each stitch at the base of the heel in a straight line from side to side. In the same way run another piece of thread through the stitches at the top of the sole where it adjoins the heel “closing” portion, that is from the first to the last stitch on the centre of the heel to where the stitches at each side of the heel were raised.

We are showing a gray sock that has been re-heeled with white to clearly demonstrate how it's done. Thread a colored string through each stitch at the base of the heel in a straight line from side to side. Do the same by threading another piece of string through the stitches at the top of the sole where it meets the "closing" part of the heel, from the first to the last stitch in the center of the heel to where the stitches on each side of the heel were lifted.

Now count the number of rows in the heel before the “closing” was begun, and the number of stitches at each side of the back seam after the closing was finished. Take a note of these, as the piece re-knitted must fit exactly.

Now count the number of rows in the heel before the “closing” started, and the number of stitches on each side of the back seam after the closing was done. Make a note of these, as the piece you re-knit must fit perfectly.

Cut away the worn part that you wish to replace from the second row inside the marking thread, and the second row from each side where the side stitches were taken up. Pick out the cut threads from each side of the heel until you come to the “raised” stitches, which you may leave for the present as they cannot ravel.

Cut away the worn section that you want to replace from the second row inside the marking thread, and the second row from each side where the side stitches were taken up. Remove the cut threads from each side of the heel until you reach the “raised” stitches, which you can leave for now since they won’t unravel.

Pick out the cut threads from the rows inside the marking threads in the same way. The marking thread should be through every stitch so that they cannot ravel.

Pick out the cut threads from the rows inside the marking threads in the same way. The marking thread should go through every stitch so that they can't unravel.

Take up the stitches at the base of the heel and re-knit exactly as it was before and close it in the same way. Tie the thread when the last row in the heel closing is done, cut it and work the end in through the stitches.

Take the stitches at the base of the heel and re-knit them just like they were before, then finish it off the same way. Tie the thread when you finish the last row of the heel closing, cut it, and weave the end in through the stitches.

Thread a darning needle with a length of the same kind of thread and fasten the thread to the beginning of the heel at the right side. * Run the needle behind the next of the “raised” stitches on the sole at the base of that stitch, bring it back to the heel, and running it inwards through the first stitch where it was brought out bring it out through the next heel stitch and repeat from * up to the stitches on the needle which are connected to those on the thread in the same way, slipping off each stitch when joined. Work down the other side in the same way, fasten off the thread and cut it. Work in the end of the thread through a few stitches. Remove the marking threads. This heel will have no seam.

Thread a darning needle with a length of the same type of thread and attach it to the start of the heel on the right side. * Run the needle behind the next of the “raised” stitches on the sole at the base of that stitch, pull it back to the heel, and push it inward through the first stitch where it came out, then bring it out through the next heel stitch and repeat from * up to the stitches on the needle that are connected to those on the thread in the same manner, slipping off each stitch once it's joined. Work down the other side in the same way, secure the thread, and cut it. Weave in the end of the thread through a few stitches. Remove the marking threads. This heel will have no seam.

heel of sock being mended

Slippers you can Make.

black slippers
A PAIR OF MEN’S SLIPPERS.

Footwear, like everything else, is exceedingly high-priced at present, and to know how to economize in this direction is a serious problem. But have you ever thought of making your slippers? This is really quite possible. Indeed, there is no reason why very presentable shoes and slippers cannot be made at home. In nearly every household the materials are already at hand. Pieces of velvet, tweed, felt or cloth are all suitable, and to show what can be done in this way we illustrate here two pairs of comfortable slippers made from oddments.

Footwear, like everything else, is really expensive these days, and figuring out how to save money in this area is a serious issue. But have you ever considered making your own slippers? This is definitely doable. In fact, there’s no reason why you can’t create stylish shoes and slippers at home. Most households already have the necessary materials. Pieces of velvet, tweed, felt, or fabric all work well, and to demonstrate what can be done this way, we have illustrated two pairs of comfy slippers made from leftover materials.

The first is a neat pair made from a piece of left-over dress material, in black and white woollen check, a bit of red flannel for lining and some navy serge coating for the soles, which are formed over the usual cardboard. Then the pair of men’s slippers were built up on a pair of leather soles with fleecy lining. Grey tweed left over from making a boy’s suit was utilised, and a scrap of blue flannel shirting forms the lining.

The first is a tidy pair made from some leftover dress fabric, in black and white wool check, a bit of red flannel for the lining, and some navy serge for the soles, which are shaped over the usual cardboard. Then, the men’s slippers were constructed on leather soles with soft lining. Grey tweed leftover from making a boy’s suit was used, and a piece of blue flannel shirt material makes up the lining.

plaid slippers
SLIPPERS MADE FROM CHECK MATERIAL.

You will probably see the advantage of making these at home, and any comfortable old slipper can be cut up for a pattern.

You’ll likely recognize the benefit of making these at home, and any comfy old slipper can be used as a pattern.

They are made in the same way if you make the soles yourself, but with the purchased slipper sole there is a slight difference in the manner of attaching the upper.

They are made the same way if you make the soles yourself, but with a purchased slipper sole, there's a slight difference in how the upper is attached.

The Check Slippers.

The Check Slippers.

In cutting the upper, no turnings will need to be allowed for the upper edge, but allow a margin of a quarter-inch around the side which comes next to the sole. Cut both lining and material the same size.

In cutting the upper, no allowances need to be made for the upper edge, but leave a margin of a quarter-inch around the side that will be next to the sole. Cut both the lining and the material to the same size.

The Sole.

The Sole.

Cut this out in stiff cardboard, then cut a covering for it from the lining material, allowing a half-inch margin all round. Place the cardboard on the centre, and draw the edges of the lining together from opposite sides with crossing stitches, using stout linen thread for this purpose and a coarse sewing needle. The cardboard must be[36] covered smoothly and securely with the flannel and gatherings made at the heel and toe parts. The upper side of this sole is the inside of the shoe, and the stitching underneath. Now lay this sole on another piece of cardboard, and cut out the shape again just one-eighth of an inch larger all round. Lay this on the felt or piece of tweed intended for the outer sole and cut out the shape. Take the cardboard pattern for this sole and cut away a quarter-inch margin around. This smaller shape is put between the inner and outer soles when making up the shoe. Stitch up the side seams in material and lining. Press both seams out flat, place opposite to each other and tack the lining along the top edge to the check material. Now bind the edges together with a strip of ribbon or narrow tape. It is as well to stiffen the back of the slipper a little with an interlining of thin cardboard or tailor’s canvas.

Cut this out of stiff cardboard, then cut a covering for it from the lining material, leaving a half-inch margin all around. Place the cardboard in the center and draw the edges of the lining together from opposite sides with crossing stitches, using strong linen thread and a coarse sewing needle. The cardboard must be[36] covered smoothly and securely with the flannel, making gathers at the heel and toe parts. The upper side of this sole is the inside of the shoe, with the stitching underneath. Now place this sole on another piece of cardboard and cut out the shape again, just one-eighth of an inch larger all around. Lay this on the felt or piece of tweed meant for the outer sole and cut out the shape. Take the cardboard pattern for this sole and cut away a quarter-inch margin around it. This smaller shape goes between the inner and outer soles when making the shoe. Stitch up the side seams of the material and lining. Press both seams flat, place them opposite each other, and tack the lining along the top edge to the check material. Now bind the edges together with a strip of ribbon or narrow tape. It’s a good idea to stiffen the back of the slipper a bit with an interlining of thin cardboard or tailor’s canvas.

Now take up the flannel covered sole and place the upper over it, having the smooth side of the sole turned from you; sew the edge of the upper very securely to the wrong side of the sole, putting the stitches into the flannel only, and about an eighth of an inch from the extreme edge. Lay the small cardboard sole over the one just put in and secure it with a couple of stitches, place the tweed sole on top of it with its edge overlapping evenly all round. Using thick black thread, the stronger the better, slip-stitch the sole through the inside edge to the upper where it turns in under the first sole. It is necessary to notch the edge of the cardboard stiffening where it overlaps the sole, in order to make it lie flat.

Now take the flannel-covered sole and place the upper over it, with the smooth side of the sole facing away from you; sew the edge of the upper securely to the underside of the sole, inserting the stitches into the flannel only, about an eighth of an inch from the very edge. Lay the small cardboard sole over the one you just attached and secure it with a couple of stitches, then place the tweed sole on top, making sure its edge overlaps evenly all around. Using thick black thread, the stronger the better, slip-stitch the sole through the inside edge to the upper where it folds under the first sole. It's important to notch the edge of the cardboard stiffening where it overlaps the sole to ensure it lies flat.

The Men’s Slippers.

Men's Slippers.

The same directions apply to these with the exception of the mode of attaching the ready-made sole. Turn in both edges of the uppers and tack securely around, then top-sew together, place over the sole and stitch the sewn edges to the middle section of the sole, turning back the leather edge for this purpose. No binding was used for this slipper, but the lining had its edge turned in as well as the material, then the lining was tacked with the turned in edge coming a little above the material so as to form a narrow piping around the top.

The same instructions apply to these, except for how to attach the pre-made sole. Fold in both edges of the uppers and secure them with tacks all the way around, then sew them together at the top. Position this over the sole and stitch the sewn edges to the middle part of the sole, folding back the leather edge for this step. No binding was used for this slipper, but the lining's edge was folded in along with the material. Then, the lining was tacked with the folded edge slightly above the material to create a narrow piping around the top.

Artistic Crochet
Edited by FLORA KLICKMANN

Contains beautiful designs in Crochet for useful and decorative purposes. It is uniform with this volume, and issued by the same publishers.

Mending a Man’s Shirt.

cuffs laid out
CUFFS FOR ATTACHING TO WHITE SHIRTS.

One of the many expensive necessaries in these expensive days is a man’s white shirt. In many cases the finished article is treble the price it was in 1914. This is partly due, of course, to the increase in the cost of labour, as there is a considerable amount of skilled work entailed in the cutting out and putting together of a man’s white shirt. And the high price is partly to be accounted for by the increased cost of materials.

One of the many pricey essentials these days is a man’s white shirt. In many cases, the final product costs three times what it did in 1914. This is partly because of the rise in labor costs, as a significant amount of skilled work goes into cutting and assembling a man’s white shirt. Additionally, the high price can also be attributed to the increased cost of materials.

But with all the care in the world, shirts will still wear out, and must somehow be replaced. Fortunately this difficulty is not such a serious one as it at first appears; a shirt can quite easily be renovated—and without having that amateurish look that so often just spoils things.

But no matter how careful you are, shirts will still wear out and will eventually need to be replaced. Luckily, this problem isn't as big as it seems at first; a shirt can be easily restored—without looking cheap or amateurish, which often ruins the whole vibe.

Repairing Shirt Tails.

Fixing Shirt Tails.

The first parts to go, very often, in a man’s shirt are the tails. Well, the simplest way to deal with this is to cut them off right across, above the weak places. This is really far more satisfactory than patching. A piece of calico or longcloth from another discarded article is not difficult to get. Measure the same size as the portion cut off. Hem round three sides. Run and fell the fourth side to the shirt itself.

The first parts to go in a man's shirt are often the tails. The easiest way to deal with this is to cut them off straight across, just above the weak spots. This is actually much more satisfying than patching. You can easily find a piece of calico or longcloth from another old item. Measure it to the same size as the section you cut off. Hem around three sides and attach the fourth side directly to the shirt.

Perhaps you did not know, as I did not myself until recently, that many of the essential details which go to make up the shirt, can be purchased separately. In this way a weak front or collar, or the cuffs can be removed, a new one substituted, and you have a new shirt without its cost.

Maybe you weren't aware, like I wasn't until recently, that many of the key components that make up a shirt can be bought separately. This way, you can replace a worn-out front, collar, or cuffs with new ones, and you'll have a new shirt without the full price.

two collars
TWO KINDS OF COLLAR BANDS.

Cuffs are parts that soon show signs of wear, and frayed cuffs gives the shirt—and the man—a weary look. In this case, unpick the cuffs if possible, if not, cut them off close up. The new cuffs can be bought into which the sleeve is inserted, and the shirt regains its sprightly appearance. At the time of writing, the price of these cuffs is 6½d. and 8½d. per pair, and the result is well worth this small expenditure.

Cuffs are parts that quickly show signs of wear, and frayed cuffs give the shirt—and the person wearing it—a tired look. In this case, unpick the cuffs if you can; if not, cut them off close to the sleeve. You can buy new cuffs that you can insert the sleeve into, and the shirt will get its lively appearance back. As of now, the price of these cuffs is 6½d. and 8½d. per pair, and the result is well worth this small expense.

white fabric with seam down center
A FRONT FOR A SHIRT FASTENING AT THE BACK.

Another method of repairing the cuffs is to cut off the frayed cuff, and put on a narrow band. In this case, separate cuffs would be worn. You do not even need to make these bands yourself. They can be bought ready for use.

Another way to fix the cuffs is to cut off the frayed part and attach a narrow band. In this case, you'd wear separate cuffs. You don't even have to make these bands yourself; you can buy them ready to use.

About Collar Bands.

About Collar Bands.

Most women have, at one time or another, struggled with the shirt collar-bands of their menfolk. When it is your first one, you start off quite happily. After all, you say, it is a simple matter to cut such a band, and will only require a small piece of material. But you soon find out that it is not so simple as it looks, and, being shaped, needs more material than you had thought for. And when you have finished it, you have neither satisfied yourself, nor the owner of the shirt. Men often assume a superior indifference to clothes, but there are certain things about which no indifference is visible, one being the collar band of their shirt. Collar-bands are cut in a scientific manner, and even experienced workers, knowing that they are not very easy to make, will probably be as thankful as less advanced[39] workers, to buy them shaped and stitched, ready for applying to the shirt. These collar-bands can be bought singly or in half dozens, and can be supplied opening at the front or back, according to the fastening of the shirt for which they are needed. The present price of these collar-bands is 3d. each. They are made in white calico, also in sateen for coloured shirts.

Most women have, at some point, dealt with the collar bands of their partners' shirts. When you start making your first one, you feel pretty good about it. After all, you think it's just a straightforward task that only needs a little bit of fabric. But you quickly realize it's not as easy as it appears and that it actually requires more material than you expected. By the time you finish, you're likely to feel unsatisfied, and the shirt owner won't be happy either. Men often act like they don’t care about clothes, but there are some things they definitely care about, like the collar band of their shirt. Collar bands need to be cut in a precise way, and even seasoned seamstresses, knowing how tricky they can be to make, would appreciate being able to buy them pre-shaped and stitched for attaching to the shirt. These collar bands can be purchased individually or in sets of six and come with openings at the front or back, depending on how the shirt fastens. The current price for these collar bands is 3d each. They are available in white calico as well as in sateen for colored shirts.

Fronts that you can Buy.

When Buttonholes are Torn.

When Buttonholes Are Torn.

“But,” says someone, “buttonholes are my trouble. You can’t, surely, buy new buttonholes to replace the broken ones?” True, but the case is by no means hopeless. If this is your difficulty two courses are open to you. Either refront the shirt, or else an additional front can be worn outside the white shirt. This latter plan would perhaps be too warm in the summer, though an extra front is a useful addition in the winter. The use of separate fronts and cuffs help to solve the ever-present laundry problem, as these can be sent to the laundry for stiffening and polishing, while the unstiffened shirts can be washed at home, thus effecting a very considerable saving in expense.

“But,” says someone, “buttonholes are my problem. You can’t really buy new buttonholes to replace the broken ones, right?” That’s true, but it’s not hopeless. If this is your issue, you have two options. Either you can refront the shirt, or you can wear an additional front outside the white shirt. The second option might be too warm in the summer, but an extra front is definitely useful in the winter. Using separate fronts and cuffs helps tackle the ongoing laundry challenge since you can send those out for stiffening and polishing while washing the unstiffened shirts at home. This way, you can significantly save on costs.

white fabric with v-opening
A FRONT FOR A SHIRT FASTENING IN FRONT.

If, however, the separate front is objected to, you can buy fronts for letting into worn shirts. There are two kinds, the front in one piece for shirts fastening at the back, and the dividing front for shirts fastening in front. These are supplied square, as shown in the illustration. There are two qualities, price 9½d. and 1/-.

If you don’t want to use a separate front, you can buy fronts to attach to worn-out shirts. There are two types: one-piece fronts for shirts that fasten at the back, and divided fronts for shirts that fasten in the front. They come in square shape, as shown in the illustration. There are two qualities, priced at 9½d. and 1/-.

To apply the new front, first tack it on to the old front, then cut it to the shape required, allowing sufficient margin to turn in a fell. Then cut away the unnecessary material at the back from the shirt, leaving here sufficient to turn in a fell. In this way you have practically a new shirt again.

To attach the new front, start by tacking it to the old one, then cut it to the needed shape, making sure to leave enough margin to tuck it in. After that, remove the excess material from the back of the shirt, leaving enough to tuck in as well. This way, you essentially have a brand-new shirt again.

These are the portions that are most likely to show signs of stress and wear. Should any rents occur elsewhere, a little patch must be added.

These are the areas that are most likely to show signs of stress and wear. If any tears happen in other places, a small patch should be added.

A Patch may be Necessary.

A patch might be needed.

It is hardly necessary to remind you that it is better to mend and patch with material that is not quite new. Very often a pillow-case that is worn in one part will supply a sufficient amount of sound material for re-tailing a shirt.

It’s hardly necessary to remind you that it’s better to fix and patch with material that isn’t completely new. Often, a pillowcase that’s worn in one spot can provide enough good fabric for repairing a shirt.

In looking through the shirts of your menfolk, you will probably find one wants a new collar-band, another new cuffs, another a front, and so on. They will not all need repairing in every direction. But even if they did, and you had to get several new portions for one shirt, it would be well worth your while, as the cost of these portions is very slight.

While sorting through your men's shirts, you'll likely notice that one needs a new collar, another needs new cuffs, and yet another needs a new front, and so on. They won't all require repairs in every area. But even if they did, and you had to replace several parts on one shirt, it would still be worth it since the cost of these parts is pretty minimal.


Mending a Collar.

Men’s collars are among those articles that one had come to regard as useless as soon as they are torn or worn, and therefore at the first sign of disrepair to be replaced by new ones. Yet collars nowadays are a far more expensive item than they were a few years back; a frequent supply of new collars means a considerable outlay. Before discarding the torn collar, therefore, it is well to see if it is not possible to repair it, and it nearly always is possible.

Men’s collars are one of those items that people tend to see as useless once they’re torn or worn out, so they’re usually replaced at the first sign of damage. However, collars today are much more expensive than they were just a few years ago; constantly buying new collars can really add up. Before throwing away a damaged collar, it’s a good idea to check if it can be repaired, and it almost always can be.

A FLAP TEAR AND HOW TO MEND IT.
A BUTTONHOLE TEAR AND HOW TO MEND IT

The tear usually occurs in the little projecting flap for the buttonhole, either where this piece joins the main part of the collar, or the buttonhole itself. Two such tears are illustrated. Now either of these can be very easily mended with a piece of tape. First of all, wash all the starch out of the collar. When quite dry, tack a small piece of tape over the tear, as illustrated, and machine it in place. This makes a perfectly neat mend, and is quite easy to do. Moreover when the collar is starched again, the tape does not show.

The tear typically happens in the small flap for the buttonhole, either where this piece connects to the main part of the collar or the buttonhole itself. Two examples of such tears are shown. Either of these can be easily fixed with a piece of tape. First, wash all the starch out of the collar. Once it's completely dry, place a small piece of tape over the tear, as shown, and sew it in place with a machine. This creates a perfectly neat repair and is pretty straightforward. Plus, when the collar is starched again, the tape won’t be visible.


The Wisdom of Preventive Mending.

We do not, nowadays, spend long hours bending over fine stitchery that is destined for no really useful purpose. To efficiently understand how to mend and how to make is our more practical aim. A distinctive and imperative branch of this knowledge is the art of preventive mending.

We don’t spend long hours now hunched over delicate stitching that has no real useful purpose. Our more practical goal is to efficiently learn how to repair and create. A unique and essential part of this knowledge is the skill of preventive mending.

From the gracious days of our grandmothers, or our even more remote ancestors, comes a lavender-scented remembrance of patiently executed needlework, almost unbelievably fine; wonderful samplers were made and monumental pictures depicting Bible scenes were toiled over until the last of the innumerable stitches was filled in, and the triumph ready to be framed and hung up on the wall of the best parlour.

From the elegant days of our grandmothers and even further back to our ancestors, we have a lavender-scented memory of painstakingly done needlework, almost incredible in its delicacy; beautiful samplers were created and grand pictures showing Bible scenes were worked on until the last of countless stitches was completed, ready to be framed and displayed in the best parlor.

Some of us possess examples of these forgotten arts, bead necklaces so finely constructed that, entirely handmade and needle-threaded as they were, they altogether surpass the pretty ornaments of the present day, made upon apache looms. Samplers, too, we fondly cherish, if we are fortunate enough to have had one or two handed down from mother to daughter in our family.

Some of us have examples of these forgotten crafts, bead necklaces so carefully made that, being completely handmade and threaded by needle, they far exceed the pretty jewelry of today, made on Apache looms. We also cherish samplers, if we are lucky enough to have one or two passed down from mother to daughter in our family.

The Day of the Ready-Mades.

The Day of the Ready-Mades.

But life to-day is more strenuous; the pride of the needlewoman must, in the majority of cases, have a more practical aim. We do not despise the lavender-scented sweetness and tranquility—sometimes we even sigh for the qualities that can only come to perfection in days of unhurried calm—but we recognise the every-day usefulness of the modern needlewoman and applaud the sanity of her methods.

But life today is more intense; the pride of the seamstress must, in most cases, have a more practical purpose. We don’t overlook the lavender-scented sweetness and tranquility—sometimes we even long for the qualities that can only be achieved in times of unhurried calm—but we acknowledge the everyday usefulness of the modern seamstress and appreciate the practicality of her approach.

mother teachign daughter to mend
Children may be taught that darning is really quite an interesting occupation.

Microscopic stitching is a delightfully interesting pursuit for the woman of leisure. The busy girl or the house-mother, harassed with many cares, would not find such sewing a sedative for tense and weary nerves; but the capable woman with quick, deft fingers and mind alert, finds it both interesting and exhilarating, in its practicality, to sit down and either make or mend something.

Microscopic stitching is a wonderfully intriguing activity for the woman with time on her hands. The busy girl or the overwhelmed housewife, burdened with numerous responsibilities, wouldn’t find such sewing to be a relief for frazzled nerves; but the skilled woman with nimble fingers and a sharp mind finds it both engaging and refreshing. It’s practical for her to sit down and either create or repair something.

Mending and altering are two branches of the great art of Needlecraft which no woman can afford to despise in these days of ready-made frocks and shop-bought costumes. Turnings may be insufficient, buttons sewn on with too scant stitches, hooks and eyes trembling to fall off, but these deficiencies very easily can be put to rights. And the business girl would find herself sorely pressed for time to do the necessary shopping, matching trimmings, and the travelling to and from the dressmaker for fittings-on, while not her time alone but her pocket also would seriously suffer if the ready-to-wear[42] gowns and walking-suits were suddenly to be banished from our drapery stores.

Mending and altering are two aspects of the important art of Needlecraft that no woman can ignore in today's world of ready-made dresses and store-bought outfits. If seams are too loose, buttons are sewn on with weak stitches, or hooks and eyes are about to fall off, these issues can be easily fixed. A working woman would find herself really pressed for time to manage shopping, matching trims, and traveling to and from the tailor for fittings, and not only would her time be affected, but her budget would also take a hit if ready-to-wear[42] dresses and suits were suddenly removed from our stores.

A shop-bought costume that doesn’t fit, however, isn’t cheap at any price. Learn, therefore, how to make alterations in the most common-sense and practical fashion, and take preventive measures, before the garment is worn for the first time, to overcome the little deficiencies that we may expect to discover in the “ready-mades.”

A store-bought costume that doesn’t fit isn’t worth the money, no matter the price. So, learn how to make adjustments in a sensible and practical way, and take steps to fix any minor issues before wearing the garment for the first time, to address the little flaws we might find in the “ready-mades.”

Tools for the Practical Needlewoman.

Tools for the Practical Sewing Skills.

Chief among the aids for the practical needlewoman, taking first rank among her valuable assistants, comes the sewing-machine. For hard wear and every-day use machine-stitching is generally much neater and stronger than hand sewing, and the pace, of course, is far quicker. Her sewing-machine is a good friend to the busy woman who has most need to practise the art of preventive mending, for strength and speed are two of her chief demands.

Chief among the tools for the practical seamstress, taking the top spot among her valuable assistants, is the sewing machine. For durability and everyday use, machine stitching is usually much neater and stronger than hand sewing, and, of course, it’s much faster. Her sewing machine is a great ally for the busy woman who needs to master the art of preventive mending, as strength and speed are two of her main priorities.

It pays to understand one’s sewing-machine, and to treat it with tender care. Rough usage, or careless handling through ignorance of the rightful functions of the different delicate pieces may lead to dire disaster. A handbook of instructions is always given when the machine is purchased: cherish this book, for if it is mislaid you are at sea without your chart. The inexperienced girl who makes her early attempt to fathom the mysteries of the sewing-machine will find that a little personal instruction (which may be had at the depôt of her own make of machine) will be more helpful than an hour spent in trying to solve intricate problems by the aid of the printed page. Later on, however, the printed directions will read lucidly enough when her mind is conversant with the everyday workings of the machine, and an intelligent glance at her useful little handbook will disclose to her the cause and the remedy of the defective action.

It’s important to understand how your sewing machine works and to treat it with care. Rough handling or careless use due to not knowing how the different delicate parts function can lead to serious issues. A manual is always provided when you buy the machine: hold onto this book, because if you lose it, you’ll be lost without guidance. The inexperienced person who is just starting to figure out the sewing machine will find that a little personal instruction (which is available at the dealer of her specific machine brand) will be more useful than spending an hour trying to figure out complicated problems just using the manual. However, later on, the printed instructions will be clear once she gets familiar with how the machine works daily, and a quick look at her handy manual will reveal the cause and solution to any problems she encounters.

Keep the machine scrupulously clean and thoroughly well oiled. To do this is again to recognise the wisdom of preventive measures. An un-oiled, dirty machine will always cause trouble in working, for when the parts do not run smoothly, dropped and uneven stitches are a frequent embarrassment.

Keep the machine impeccably clean and well-oiled. Doing this is about understanding the importance of preventive measures. A dirty, un-oiled machine will always create problems during operation because when the parts don’t run smoothly, dropped and uneven stitches are a common hassle.

woman at table cleaning machine
Open and turn back, so that when the oil has soaked through the clogged dirt it may be carefully cleaned away.
The Sewing Machine.

Oil in every part, and open and turn back so that when the oil has soaked through, the clogged dirt may be carefully cleaned away.

Oil in every area, and open and turn back so that when the oil has soaked through, the blocked dirt can be carefully cleaned away.

A capacious mending basket is a necessity for the practical worker, and it is all the more convenient if it stands upon legs, table height, and can be carried about to be stationed[43] just within comfortable reach of the mender’s right hand.

A large mending basket is essential for the practical worker, and it’s even more convenient if it’s on legs at table height and can be easily moved to be positioned[43] within comfortable reach of the mender’s right hand.

woman sewing with machine
Her sewing-machine is a good friend to the busy woman who practises the art of preventive mending.

Keep always some tailor’s canvas for use as stiffening, buckram for millinery, white leno, and fine black lining, rolls of old linen and flannel for patching, stray pieces of lace, and left-over lengths of embroidery or insertions. Roll up all oddments in soft, clean muslin with tape or label attached, on which is written a list of the trifles to be found within your treasury.

Always keep some tailor’s canvas for stiffening, buckram for hats, white leno, and fine black lining. Have rolls of old linen and flannel for patching, stray pieces of lace, and leftover lengths of embroidery or insertions. Roll up all the odd bits in soft, clean muslin with tape or a label attached, listing the items inside your collection.

If you frequently find your tape measure mislaid, try this plan, and thus prevent the long searching that interrupts your sewing. Cut as long a piece off your tape as will stretch from end to end of your machine, and paste it along the front edge of the stand. It thus will be always at hand when required, and will serve at any rate for all the shorter measurements required.

If you often lose your tape measure, try this tip to avoid the long searches that interrupt your sewing. Cut a piece of tape that stretches from one end of your sewing machine to the other, and stick it along the front edge of the stand. This way, it will always be available when you need it and will work for all the shorter measurements you need.

It is a good plan to assemble your hooks and eyes on safety pins. Slip the opened pin through the separate hooks and eyes, then when they are all securely dangling, firmly close your safety pin, and they are ready for use when needed and will not get tangled and twisted together as so often happens if they are kept in a box.

It's a smart idea to put your hooks and eyes on safety pins. Open the pin and thread it through the individual hooks and eyes. Once they're all hanging securely, close your safety pin tightly. This way, they're ready for use when needed and won't get tangled and twisted together like they often do if stored in a box.

Keep odd buttons in glass bottles. No more hunting in the dark and dust! You can see the button for which you are searching, and by shaking the bottle can bring it near to the top, where it can be easily reached. Bone or pearl buttons for underwear, or any others that are not affected by exposure, may be securely fixed upon a hairpin. Straighten out one of the long hairpins, bend back one end about a quarter or half an inch, run the point through the holes, and when your buttons are neatly crowded together turn up the other end to hold them securely.

Keep odd buttons in glass bottles. No more searching in the dark and dust! You can see the button you're looking for, and by shaking the bottle, you can bring it close to the top, where it’s easy to reach. Bone or pearl buttons for underwear, or any others that won’t be damaged by exposure, can be securely attached to a hairpin. Straighten out one of the long hairpins, bend back one end about a quarter or half an inch, push the point through the holes, and when your buttons are neatly packed together, turn up the other end to hold them securely.

Aids to Strength and Durability.

Strength and Durability Aids.

We have heard that in China it is the custom to pay the family doctor to keep his patients in good health rather than to call him in only after illness has laid the sufferer low. Many of us applaud this system, but have neither the opportunity nor, perhaps, the courage, to defy conventions in England.

We’ve heard that in China, it’s common to pay the family doctor to keep patients healthy instead of just calling him when someone gets sick. Many of us admire this system, but we don’t have the opportunity, or maybe even the courage, to challenge traditions in England.

But why not pursue the same wise course in dealing with household mending? It works admirably.

But why not take the same smart approach when it comes to fixing things around the house? It does wonders.

Take that proverbial stitch that “saves nine” in very good time, even before there is any apparent need for for it, and you’ll find it will work miracles.

Take that proverbial stitch that “saves nine” in good time, even before there seems to be any need for it, and you’ll find it works wonders.

Preventive Mending.

Stockings, for instance. The toes and heels of children’s stockings may be neatly darned before they are worn[44] for the first time, for this purpose using crochet silk or mercerised thread, which is less bulky and clumsy than wool. Insist on frequent change of hosiery, and forbid the wearing of any stocking that shows even the tiniest hole. To prevent those long running ladders which are almost impossible to mend, sew a band of silk or cotton, or a border cut from an old stocking, round each hem of the new pair. Hose supporters (chief cause of these destructive ladders) will seldom cut through this double band. Or another excellent plan may be adopted. Take a round brass ring and double crochet closely over it to make a soft, firm covering. Sew this securely into position upon the stocking top with neat, strong stitches, and always insert the clip of the suspender within this ring. You will thus make it impossible for the tension to strain the stocking beyond the area enclosed by the ring.

Stockings, for example. The toes and heels of kids' stockings can be neatly darned before they’re worn for the first time, using crochet silk or mercerized thread, which is less bulky and clumsy than wool. Insist on changing hosiery frequently, and don’t allow the wearing of any stocking that has even the tiniest hole. To prevent those long runs that are nearly impossible to fix, sew a band of silk or cotton, or use a border cut from an old stocking, around the hem of each new pair. Hose supporters (the main cause of these destructive runs) will rarely cut through this double band. Alternatively, you can take a round brass ring and double crochet closely over it to create a soft, firm covering. Sew this securely into place on the top of the stocking with neat, strong stitches, and always insert the clip of the suspender inside this ring. This way, you’ll keep the tension from straining the stocking beyond the area enclosed by the ring.

In the knees of children’s stockings small shields may be placed, pieces cut from other stockings and fastened in so neatly that they are quite inconspicuous and not at all uncomfortable.

In the knees of children's stockings, small patches can be inserted, cut from other stockings and attached so neatly that they’re hardly noticeable and not uncomfortable at all.

The “ready-mades,” whether visiting frocks, walking suits, or underwear, as was hinted in a previous paragraph, cry out loudly for preventive mending. For instance, sleeves should be stitched in by machine, for on ready-made clothes the machine stitching is not always carefully done, and a weak place in the sleeve seam will quickly give way under strain and start an ugly tear.

The "ready-mades," whether they're dresses, casual outfits, or underwear, as mentioned earlier, really need some preventative repair. For example, sleeves should be sewn in by machine, since the machine stitching on ready-made clothes isn't always done well, and a weak spot in the sleeve seam will easily give way when under stress, leading to an unsightly rip.

Embroidery with scalloped or pointed edging should be machined strongly all round the extreme edges, the machine needle patiently following the circuitous course of the pattern. This will double the life of embroidered lace, preventing frayed untidiness and breaks, gaps and tears.

Embroidery with scalloped or pointed edges should be stitched securely all around the outer edges, with the machine needle carefully following the intricate path of the design. This will extend the life of embroidered lace, preventing fraying, untidiness, and any breaks, gaps, or tears.

To prevent an embroidery flounce from ragging out before the petticoat itself is any the worse for wear, neatly hem the edge as soon as it threatens to fray or gets torn by an accidental mis-step, and add a bordering of Valenciennes or fine Torchon lace.

To stop the embroidery flounce from fraying before the petticoat itself shows any signs of wear, neatly hem the edge as soon as it looks like it might unravel or gets torn by an accidental misstep, and add a trim of Valenciennes or fine Torchon lace.

Buttons should receive careful attention when any ready-made garment is bought. The trimness of effect and the general prettiness of coat or costume may be entirely spoilt if one of a set of distinctive buttons is allowed to drop off and get lost. Therefore sew on all buttons at the time of your purchase. Stitch carefully with a strong thread; when you have sewn through and through the button half a dozen times, wind your thread round and round the strands which hold the button, between the button and the cloth, making a sort of shank. Treat boot and shoe buttons in the same way.

Buttons deserve close attention whenever you buy a ready-made garment. The neat look and overall appeal of a coat or outfit can be completely ruined if one of its unique buttons falls off and gets lost. So, make sure to sew on all buttons right after you purchase the item. Use a strong thread and stitch carefully; once you've sewn through the button several times, wrap the thread around the strands holding the button, between the button and the fabric, creating a little shank. Do the same for boot and shoe buttons.

It is wise to strengthen bed-linen with broad tape laid on at the corners, inconspicuously stitched into position, so that an added firmness is given to the sheets where the clothes-pegs might do most damage.

It’s smart to reinforce bed linens with wide tape placed at the corners, discreetly sewn in place, so that the sheets are sturdier where the clothespins could cause the most damage.

Look closely into the wool-worked buttonholing at your blanket ends. You may, with advantage, stitch fresh buttonhole edgings that will keep the neat turn-over, when the blanket is in use, for a longer time than if the shop-bought edging were left to suffice.

Look closely at the wool-worked buttonholing on the ends of your blanket. You might want to add new buttonhole edgings that will maintain the neat fold when the blanket is in use for a longer time than if you just relied on the store-bought edging.

Remember that half-an-hour spent weekly in preventive mending, will save the busy housewife hours of darning and patching later on.

Remember that half an hour spent weekly on preventive mending will save the busy housewife hours of darning and patching later on.


For Keeping out the Wind.

The value of old Kid Gloves.

The value of old Kid Gloves.

With furs advanced 80 per cent. in price in some cases, and every sort of leather and skin at a premium, it is evident that many who would like new furs, and a leather waistcoat for motoring, will have to forego these for a while, now that such items have become so expensive.

With fur prices jumping 80 percent in some cases, and all kinds of leather and skin at a premium, it's clear that many people who want new furs and a leather vest for driving will have to hold off for a while since these items have become so costly.

Those who are studying economy, however, will find an excellent substitute for the leather, and the fur skins, in the old kid gloves that have got beyond even the cleaner’s kindly aid. It is always the fingers and thumb that go; the remainder of the glove will be a serviceable bit of kid. These pieces can be used in a variety of ways, and since they are impervious to wind, they may save you many a chill—or more serious illness,—if you find a new thick winter coat beyond your purse in these hard times.

Those studying economics, however, will find a great alternative to leather and fur in old kid gloves that are beyond even the cleaner's help. It's usually the fingers and thumb that wear out; the rest of the glove is still a useful piece of kid leather. These pieces can be repurposed in many ways, and since they block the wind, they can save you from getting chilly—or even facing a more serious illness—if a new thick winter coat is out of your budget during these tough times.

Cut off the fingers and thumb, remove the fasteners, cut the glove up to the top at the front opening, and spread it out flat—as you see in the small illustration. There will be a little fulness at the thumb-pieces, but this can be doubled over and stitched down flat.

Cut off the fingers and thumb, take off the fasteners, cut the glove up to the top at the front opening, and lay it out flat—as shown in the small illustration. There will be a bit of extra material at the thumb sections, but this can be folded over and sewn down flat.

glove laid flat and open
Here is the piece of Glove with the fingers cut off.
gloves laid out
This shows some of the gloves stitched on the flannel inter-lining.

Perhaps your thickest coat is not nearly thick enough for the piercing east winds that come to us in the early part of the year, finding out our weak spots.

Perhaps your thickest coat is not nearly warm enough for the biting east winds that arrive in the early part of the year, uncovering our weaknesses.

For an Under-coat or Waistcoat.

For an undercoat or vest.

If you wish to avoid the cost of a new big coat, why not make a small sleeveless coat, or a waistcoat to wear under your outdoor coat? For this you will need about 1½ yards of silk for the outside, some thin flannel for the interlining, and some more silk, or other suitable material for the lining. I suggest silk, because this slips on so easily, and the outer coat, in turn, slips on easily over the silk waistcoat. It takes so little material that in all probability you can get enough out of the silk lining of some discarded coat or underskirt. Then of course there are the old gloves. Cut out the silk, outer and lining, and the flannel, by the same pattern. Deal with the flannel first. Onto this stitch the pieces of glove—they merely want pinning in place first of all, and then run the machine round each fragment. Put them on as they will best cover the flannel, it doesn’t matter how irregular it all is, so long as the flannel is completely covered. It doesn’t look elegant, as you are doing it; that again, is unimportant, as it is all hidden by the silk. If you have[46] not enough gloves for your needs, a few bits of chamois leather will help you out.

If you want to skip buying a new big coat, why not make a small sleeveless coat or a vest to wear under your outdoor coat? For this, you’ll need about 1½ yards of silk for the outside, some thin flannel for the interlining, and some more silk or another suitable material for the lining. I recommend silk because it goes on easily, and the outer coat will slide on smoothly over the silk vest. It requires so little material that you could probably use the silk lining from an old coat or underskirt. Then, of course, there are your old gloves. Cut out the silk for the outer layer, lining, and flannel using the same pattern. Start with the flannel. Sew on the pieces of glove; just pin them in place first and then run the machine around each piece. Place them so they cover the flannel well; it doesn't matter how irregular it looks as long as the flannel is fully covered. It won’t look elegant while you’re doing it, but that’s not important since it will all be hidden by the silk. If you don’t have enough gloves for your project, a few pieces of chamois leather can help out.

Then make up the little undercoat, with the glove-covered flannel as interlining, the kid against the lining, and you will find you have something that keeps out the wind in a way a woollen hug-me-tight could never do. And the glove-lined garment takes up so little room that it does not add to one’s bulk; in addition, it is very light in weight—a great advantage.

Then create the small undercoat, using glove-covered flannel as the interlining, with the kid leather against the lining, and you'll discover you've made something that blocks the wind in a way that a woolen hug-me-tight never could. The glove-lined garment is so compact that it doesn't add to your bulk; plus, it's incredibly lightweight—a significant benefit.

The idea is capable of various developments. A velvet stole edged with a little fur could be interlined in the same way. It would be light and warm, and a real comfort on cold days. It is quite surprising how the kid interlining adds to the warmth of a garment.

The concept can be developed in multiple ways. A velvet stole trimmed with a bit of fur could be lined similarly. It would be lightweight and cozy, a true comfort on chilly days. It's quite surprising how the kid interlining enhances the warmth of a piece of clothing.

A chest protector, like the one we illustrate, is invaluable for the girl who has a weak chest, and is out in all weathers. This again is quite easy to make.

A chest protector, like the one we show, is essential for a girl with a weak chest who is outside in all types of weather. This is also pretty easy to make.

In a garment like this, or any large surface, it is as well to run the machine down the material after the pieces are all joined up; this “quilts” it and holds it together.

In a piece of clothing like this, or any large fabric, it's a good idea to run the machine down the material after all the pieces are sewn together; this "quilts" it and keeps it all together.

hour glass shape with ties in the middle
The back portion is a little longer than the front.
Front is pleated
Showing the front of the Chest Protector.

For Men’s Waistcoats.

For Men's Vests.

Many men complain that they feel cold at their back, even though they are wearing the thickest of vests. This is probably due to the fact that the material used in making the back of the waistcoat is many degrees thinner than that used for the fronts. The defect can be easily remedied, however, if you have three or four old pairs of gloves.

Many guys complain that they feel cold in their back, even though they’re wearing the thickest vests. This is likely because the material used for the back of the waistcoat is significantly thinner than what’s used for the front. However, the issue can be easily fixed if you have three or four old pairs of gloves.

Cut out a piece of stout black lining, the size of the back piece of the waistcoat. Stitch the portions of the gloves to the wrong side of this lining. They will not need to come below the strap at the waist-line. Then turn in the edges, and apply this to the inside of the waistcoat (glove pieces inside of course), and run it neatly all round, taking care that it does not show above the top of the waistcoat at the back. It will keep it better in place if you run a line of stitching down the centre of the back, from top to bottom, after the lining has been run on all round.

Cut out a piece of sturdy black lining that matches the size of the back piece of the waistcoat. Sew the glove pieces to the inside of this lining. They shouldn’t extend below the waistline strap. Then, fold in the edges and attach this to the inside of the waistcoat (glove pieces on the inside, of course) and stitch it neatly all around, making sure it doesn’t peek out above the top of the waistcoat at the back. It will stay in place better if you stitch a line down the center of the back, from top to bottom, after the lining has been sewn all around.

You will have a perfectly neat looking garment that simply looks like a waistcoat with black lining at the back.

You will have a perfectly neat-looking garment that just looks like a waistcoat with black lining in the back.

I advise this lining being put on by hand rather than by machine.

I recommend that this lining be applied by hand instead of by machine.


An Apron you can make from a Summer Skirt.

The attractive little apron illustrated on this page has been made with the expenditure of very little time and trouble, from a straight-gathered cotton voile skirt.

The cute little apron shown on this page was made with very little time and effort, using a straight-gathered cotton voile skirt.

The simple gathered full type of skirt has been very popular for the summer frock during the last two or three years, and when this has lost its freshness for dress wear, the material will often be found to be in quite good enough condition to turn to account in the manner suggested.

The simple gathered full type of skirt has been very popular for summer dresses over the past two or three years, and when it has lost its freshness for dress wear, the fabric is often still in good enough condition to be repurposed in the suggested way.

At the top of the page the skirt is shown before its transformation; the two lower figures give the front and back views of the apron when finished, and you will see that it is quite a becoming little garment of the fashionable button-on-the-shoulder style, with straps crossing at the back.

At the top of the page, the skirt is displayed before it changes; the two lower figures show the front and back views of the finished apron, and you'll see that it's a really cute little outfit in the trendy button-on-the-shoulder style, with straps crossing at the back.

To make the apron, first take your skirt and rip the gathers away from the band at the top, measure 30 inches from the centre front of the skirt folded together, and cut away the extra fulness from the back. The larger portion you have then forms the apron. If the skirt you are using happens to be one that fastens with a seam at the centre front, it will be best to use the back of the skirt for the centre front of the apron, to avoid a seam down the centre.

To make the apron, first take your skirt and detach the gathers from the band at the top. Measure 30 inches from the center front of the skirt, which should be folded together, and cut away the extra fullness from the back. The larger portion you have left will be the apron. If the skirt you’re using has a seam that fastens at the center front, it’s better to use the back of the skirt for the center front of the apron to avoid having a seam down the center.

woman in full skirt
The Gathered Skirt which was used for the making of the Apron.
drawing of woman in full apron
The back and front views of the finished Apron.

Unless the skirt is a very short one, you will find it will be quite long enough without making any alteration in the hem, but as most skirts have a fairly deep hem, it would be quite possible to let this down if necessary.

Unless the skirt is really short, you’ll find it’s long enough without changing the hem. However, since most skirts have a pretty deep hem, it would be easy to let it down if needed.

To form the curved sides for the under-arm, measure 12 inches along the top edge from the centre front, and cut a half-circle 7 inches deep and 12 inches across in each side of the apron.

To create the curved sides for the underarm, measure 12 inches along the top edge from the center front, and cut a half-circle that is 7 inches deep and 12 inches wide on each side of the apron.

Now take the piece you cut away from the back of the skirt, and from this cut a straight double strip 12 inches long and 4 inches deep for the front yoke band, and two further double strips each 17 inches long and[48] 4 inches wide for the shoulder straps. Mitre one end of each of the shoulder straps and slant the other ends, taking 2 inches off the length for the outer edge of the strap. If your skirt should not be full enough to give sufficient material for the double straps, they could quite well be lined with some other material, or could even be made a little narrower.

Now take the piece you cut from the back of the skirt, and from this, cut a straight double strip that is 12 inches long and 4 inches deep for the front yoke band, along with two more double strips, each 17 inches long and 4 inches wide for the shoulder straps. Angle one end of each shoulder strap and taper the other ends, cutting off 2 inches from the length for the outer edge of the strap. If your skirt isn’t full enough to provide enough material for the double straps, you can easily line them with a different fabric or even make them a bit narrower.

Finish the back edges of the apron with narrow hems, also the armholes. Gather the front and place between the double yoke band. The backs are also gathered and placed between the slanting ends of the shoulder straps, putting the shortest part of the strap towards the back.

Finish the back edges of the apron with narrow hems, and do the same for the armholes. Gather the front and insert it between the double yoke band. The backs are also gathered and positioned between the slanting ends of the shoulder straps, with the shortest part of the strap facing towards the back.

Cross the straps at the back of the apron, and fasten the mitred ends to the yoke band with buttons and buttonholes. Your little apron is then complete.

Cross the straps at the back of the apron, and attach the angled ends to the yoke band with buttons and buttonholes. Your little apron is now finished.

looks like an orthodox priest with long spindle
SPINNING WITH A DISTAFF IN BRITTANY.
Photo by
M. Parsons.


Knitting Your Own Woollen Spencers.

Provided you are fond of knitting and can work fairly quickly, you will find it a great economy to make your own woollen spencers.

If you enjoy knitting and can work fairly quickly, you'll find it really cost-effective to make your own woolen vests.

If you are careful to select wool of good quality, you will be well rewarded for the time spent in making, as hand-knitted woollens can always be relied upon to show less shrinkage with constant washing than even the most reliable makes of all-wool woven underwear.

If you choose high-quality wool, you'll be rewarded for the time you put into making it, as hand-knitted wool garments tend to shrink less with regular washing than even the most dependable brands of all-wool woven underwear.

looks like a bed jacket with a ribbon tie in front
The Cross-over Front gives a double protection over the chest.

Here is a practical little design that is very easily made, and very comfortable for wearing, the cross-over front giving a double protection over the chest.

Here’s a handy little design that’s super easy to make and really comfortable to wear, with the crossover front providing extra protection over the chest.

Materials required.

Required materials.

7½ ounces of 4-ply white A.A. “Peacock” Fingering, and 4 No. 13 steel needles.

7½ ounces of 4-ply white A.A. “Peacock” Fingering, and 4 No. 13 steel needles.

Abbreviations used.

Used abbreviations.

K = knit; p = purl; st = stitch or stitches.

K = knit; p = purl; st = stitch or stitches.

The Back.

The Return.

The body section is worked in one piece, and is commenced from the back.

The body section is made in one piece, starting from the back.

Cast on 100 st.

Cast on 100 stitches.

Knit 20 rows of ribbing, 1 plain and 1 purl alternately.

Knit 20 rows of ribbing, alternating between 1 knit and 1 purl.

Now commence working a plain and a purl row alternately, knitting plain the first 4 st and the last 4 st of both the plain and the purl rows. These plain stitches prevent the edges of the work from curling up, and give a flat under-arm seam.

Now start knitting a plain row and a purl row alternately, knitting the first 4 stitches and the last 4 stitches of both the plain and the purl rows. These plain stitches keep the edges of the work from curling up and create a flat under-arm seam.

Work 60 rows in this way, increasing 1 st in the 6th st from each end of every 15th row. Continue for 5 more rows, which will bring you to the armhole.

Work 60 rows like this, increasing 1 stitch in the 6th stitch from each end of every 15th row. Keep going for 5 more rows, which will take you to the armhole.

86th Row.—Cast off 12 st, p to 4 st from the end of the row, k 4.

86th Row.—Cast off 12 sts, purl to 4 sts from the end of the row, knit 4.

87th Row.—Cast off 12 st, k to the end of the row.

87th Row.—Cast on 12 stitches, knit to the end of the row.

Cast off 1 st at the commencement of each of the next 4 rows. This should leave you with 80 st on the needle.

Cast off 1 stitch at the beginning of each of the next 4 rows. This should leave you with 80 stitches on the needle.

Now work 49 rows, a plain and a purl row alternately, slipping the 1st st of every row. In these rows purl the return rows right across, omitting the four plain st at each end.

Now work 49 rows, alternating between a plain row and a purl row, slipping the 1st stitch of every row. In these rows, purl the return rows all the way across, omitting the four plain stitches at each end.

the spancer laid out flat
The Body Section when ready for joining up.

The Front.

The Front.

To divide the st for the fronts, k 34 st on to a spare needle, cast off 12 st for the back of the neck, and on the remaining 34 st work one front as follows:

To divide the 34 stitches for the fronts, move 34 stitches onto a spare needle, cast off 12 stitches for the back of the neck, and with the remaining 34 stitches, work one front as follows:

1st Row.—Cast off 2 st, k to the end of the row.

1st Row.—Cast off 2 sts, knit to the end of the row.

2nd Row.—Slip 1, p to the end of the row.

2nd Row.—Slip 1, p to the end of the row.

3rd Row.—Cast off 2 st, k to the end of the row.

3rd Row.—Bind off 2 stitches, knit to the end of the row.

4th Row.—Slip 1, p to the end of the row, then cast on 6 st to form the front border.

4th Row.—Slip 1, purl to the end of the row, then cast on 6 stitches to create the front border.

On these 36 st work 30 rows, a plain and a purl row alternately, working the 6 border st plain in every row, and slipping the 1st st when turning from the armhole edge.

On these 36 stitches, work 30 rows, alternating between a plain row and a purl row, keeping the 6 border stitches plain in every row, and slipping the first stitch when turning from the armhole edge.

In the next row increase 1 st in the 7th st. Work 35 more rows, and increase 1 st in the 7th st from the border edge in every 6th row.

In the next row, increase 1 stitch in the 7th stitch. Work 35 more rows, and increase 1 stitch in the 7th stitch from the border edge every 6th row.

Now in the next 4 plain rows increase 1 st in the 2nd st from the armhole edge, and after working the next plain row cast on 12 st for the front of the armhole.

Now in the next 4 plain rows, increase 1 stitch in the 2nd stitch from the armhole edge, and after working the next plain row, cast on 12 stitches for the front of the armhole.

Now work 60 rows, a plain and a purl row alternately, continuing the increasings from the front edge, with 5 rows between, and working 4 plain st in every row to form the seam from the armhole edge. In the 31st and 51st rows, k the 6th and 7th st from the armhole edge together to decrease a little to shape for the waist. Work 20 rows of ribbing; cast off. Reverse the directions for the right front.

Now work 60 rows, alternating between a knit and a purl row, continuing the increases from the front edge, with 5 rows between, and knit 4 stitches in every row to create the seam from the armhole edge. In the 31st and 51st rows, knit the 6th and 7th stitches from the armhole edge together to decrease a little for shaping the waist. Work 20 rows of ribbing; then cast off. Reverse the instructions for the right front.

To finish the neck, pick up the back of the 6 st, cast on for the border, k 80 rows; cast off. Stretch this strip round the back of the neck, and sew into position. Sew up the

To finish the neck, pick up the back of the 6 stitches, cast on for the border, knit 80 rows; bind off. Stretch this strip around the back of the neck and sew it into place. Sew up the

(Concluded on page 52).

(Concluded on __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).


A Child’s Knitted Petticoat.

This little petticoat is made to fit a child of from four to five years, and measures 20 inches from the neck to the lower edge of the skirt.

This little petticoat is designed to fit a child aged four to five years and measures 20 inches from the neck to the bottom edge of the skirt.

looks like little knit dress with scalloped hem and cap sleeves
This will fit a child of 4-5 years.

Materials Required.

Required Materials.

Five ounces of Messrs. J. & J. Baldwin’s White “Beehive” 4-ply Scotch Fingering, 1 pair of long No. 10 bone needles, and a set of No. 11 steel needles.

Five ounces of J. & J. Baldwin’s White “Beehive” 4-ply Scotch Fingering, 1 pair of long size 10 bone needles, and a set of size 11 steel needles.

Abbreviations Used.

Used Abbreviations.

K = knit; P = purl; O = over (put the wool over and make a stitch); N = narrow (knit two stitches together); st = stitch or stitches.

K = knit; P = purl; O = over (bring the yarn over and make a stitch); N = narrow (knit two stitches together); st = stitch or stitches.

Cast on 291 st.

Cast on 291 stitches.

1st Row.—Plain.

1st Row.—Simple.

2nd Row.—Purl.

2nd Row.—Purl.

3rd Row.—K 2, * O, K 4, K 3 together, K 4, O, K 1, repeat from * to the end of the row, ending with K 2.

3rd Row.—K 2, * O, K 4, K 3 together, K 4, O, K 1, repeat from * to the end of the row, ending with K 2.

4th Row.—Plain.

4th Row.—Basic.

Repeat the 3rd and 4th rows 32 times, or until the skirt is the length required.

Repeat the 3rd and 4th rows 32 times, or until the skirt is the desired length.

69th Row.—K 6, K 3 together, * K 9, K 3 together, repeat from * to the end of the row.

69th Row.—K 6, K 3 together, * K 9, K 3 together, repeat from * to the end of the row.

70th Row.—Purl.

70th Row.—Knit.

71st Row.—K 5, K 3 together, * K 7, K 3 together, repeat from * to the end of the row.

71st Row.—Knit 5, knit 3 together, * Knit 7, knit 3 together, repeat from * to the end of the row.

72nd Row.—Purl.

72nd Row.—Knit.

73rd Row.—K 4, K 3 together * K 5, K 3 together, repeat from * to the end of the row.

73rd Row.—K 4, K 3 together * K 5, K 3 together, repeat from * to the end of the row.

74th Row.—Purl.

74th Row.—Knit.

You should now have 147 st on the needle. Make a row of holes for the ribbon by repeating K 4, O, N, all the way along and purling a return row.

You should now have 147 stitches on the needle. Create a row of holes for the ribbon by repeating K 4, O, N all the way across and purling a return row.

back of dress with ribbon tied at top of back and around the waist
It measures 20 inches from neck to lower edge.

The Bodice.

The Corset.

Knit 48 plain rows, purling[52] the 6th st from each end of the row on the right side of the work.

Knit 48 plain rows, purling[52] the 6th stitch from each end of the row on the right side of the piece.

Now divide for the armholes thus: K 36 st on to a spare needle, K 75, and slip the remaining 36 st on to a spare needle.

Now divide for the armholes like this: Knit 36 stitches onto a spare needle, knit 75, and slip the remaining 36 stitches onto a spare needle.

On the 75 centre st continue as follows: K 1, N, K plain to the end of the row. Repeat this row 21 times, then work 40 plain rows without decreasing.

On the 75 center stitches, continue as follows: Knit 1, Purl, Knit plain to the end of the row. Repeat this row 21 times, then work 40 plain rows without decreasing.

This brings you to the neck of the petticoat. To form the shoulder sections, K 15, cast off 23 st (or up to 15 st from the other end of the row), 1 on the remaining st, K 36 rows. Cast off. Work up the other shoulder in the same way.

This brings you to the neck of the petticoat. To create the shoulder sections, K 15, cast off 23 sts (or up to 15 sts from the other end of the row), 1 on the remaining sts, K 36 rows. Cast off. Work on the other shoulder the same way.

Now on the 36 st at each side of the work, knit up the backs to correspond with the front, forming the armhole slopes by decreasing 1 st in the first 9 rows turned from the armhole edge in each case. When working the backs, cast off all the st when the neck is reached. Sew the shoulder strap from each side of the front to the 15 cast-off st from the armhole edge of each back, and finish the neck by picking up all the loops along the edge and working 6 rows of ribbing, making holes for threading ribbon in the third row.

Now on the 36th stitch at each side of the work, knit up the backs to match the front, creating the armhole slopes by decreasing 1 stitch in the first 9 rows from the armhole edge each time. When knitting the backs, bind off all the stitches when you reach the neck. Attach the shoulder straps from each side of the front to the 15 bound-off stitches from the armhole edge of each back, and finish the neck by picking up all the loops along the edge and knitting 6 rows of ribbing, making holes for threading the ribbon in the third row.

The Sleeves.

The Sleeves.

Pick up on to the No. 12 needles all the loops round the armhole edge, and work 20 rounds, a plain and a purl round alternately, in every other round decreasing 2 st; these decreasings should be made over the top of the armhole slope at each side, thus forming a gusset for the under-arm. Finish with 6 rows of ribbing.

Pick up the loops around the armhole edge using No. 12 needles and knit for 20 rounds, alternating between a plain round and a purl round. In every other round, decrease 2 stitches; these decreases should be made at the top of the armhole slope on each side to create a gusset for the underarm. Finish with 6 rows of ribbing.


Woollen Spencers

Wool Sweaters

(Concluded from page 50).

(Continued from __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__).

under-arm seams, leaving a half-inch opening above the ribbing in the right-hand seam.

underarm seams, leaving a half-inch opening above the ribbing in the right seam.

The Sleeves.

The Sleeves.

Pick up the loops round the armhole edge on to 3 needles. Put 18 st from each side of the under-arm seam on to 1 needle (36 st in all), and divide the remaining loops on to the others.

Pick up the loops around the armhole edge onto 3 needles. Place 18 stitches from each side of the underarm seam onto 1 needle (36 stitches in total), and divide the remaining loops onto the other needles.

Work 5 rounds, then in the next round decrease 1 st at each end of the under-arm needle. Repeat these 6 rounds twice.

Work 5 rounds, then in the next round decrease 1 stitch at each end of the underarm needle. Repeat these 6 rounds twice.

Work for 8 inches without decreasing, then for the next 4 inches decrease 1 st at each end of the under-arm needle in every 6th row. Finish with 30 rows of ribbing, and cast off.

Work for 8 inches without decreasing, then for the next 4 inches decrease 1 stitch at each end of the underarm needle every 6th row. Finish with 30 rows of ribbing, and cast off.

If you wish to have elbow sleeves, finish the sleeve with 15 rows of ribbing after working the 8 inches without decreasing.

If you want to add elbow sleeves, finish the sleeve with 15 rows of ribbing after knitting 8 inches without decreasing.

The bodice crosses over at the front, and fastens with ribbon ties at the neck and waist. Thread the ribbon from the left front of the waist through the opening in the right-hand seam, and make a slot over the left seam, to correspond by knitting a small strap (12 rows on 4 st), and sewing it on to the seam just above the ribbing; thread the ribbon from the right front through this, and tie the ends together at the back.

The bodice overlaps in the front and ties with ribbons at the neck and waist. Pull the ribbon from the left front of the waist through the opening in the right seam, and create a slot over the left seam by knitting a small strap (12 rows on 4 stitches) and sewing it onto the seam just above the ribbing; pull the ribbon from the right front through this and tie the ends together at the back.


A Practical Way to Teach Girls Dressmaking.

Girl in dark dress
A GIRL WEARING THE FROCK SHE HAS MADE

Some of the ladies who have headed sewing parties, or collected garments for the soldiers and sailors, during the past few years, could a tale unfold of the mysterious articles that many very willing workers have produced in their anxiety to help. No sooner was war declared than hundreds of women, from every grade in society, stepped forward, ready to make something; but what of the shirts 6 ft. long, the neckbands made of flannel—not ones, nor twos, but dozens of them, calling forth a special warning from the daily Press?

Some of the women who have organized sewing parties or gathered clothes for soldiers and sailors in the past few years could share some intriguing stories about the unusual items many enthusiastic volunteers have crafted in their eagerness to help. As soon as war was declared, hundreds of women from all walks of life stepped up, eager to create something; but what about the shirts that were 6 feet long and the neckbands made of flannel—not just one or two, but dozens of them, prompting a special warning from the daily press?

And it must be borne in mind, that many of these needlewomen must have passed through our schools—elementary or secondary—and have spent a couple of hours every week, for six or seven years, “learning needlework”; likewise, the garments required were not novelties, they are worn by men in time of peace as well as war.

And we have to remember that many of these seamstresses must have gone through our schools—whether elementary or secondary—and have spent a couple of hours each week for six or seven years “learning needlework.” Also, the types of garments needed weren’t new; they are worn by men in both times of peace and war.

Such a result of “learning needlework” gives one “furiously to think.” Has the training in the schools fitted the girls for making and mending garments for themselves and others—remodelling old ones, and generally using the needle as a help towards comfort and economy in the home?

Such a result of "learning needlework" really makes you think. Has the training in schools prepared the girls for making and mending clothes for themselves and others—updating old ones, and generally using the needle to help with comfort and saving money at home?

This brings us to a very pertinent question. Is it possible to give the girls at school such a training in the cutting out and making of garments that the work loses it terrors, and comes within the grasp of them all? Experience has proved that cutting out paper garments from elaborate diagrams, bristling with “inches in” and “inches down,” is of very small practical value. The secret of success lies in getting the girls to measure a real wearer, and then to make a pattern, which they can properly “try on” for themselves, from these measurements.

This brings us to a very relevant question. Is it possible to train the girls at school in cutting out and creating garments in a way that makes the work less intimidating and accessible to all of them? Experience has shown that cutting out paper garments from detailed diagrams filled with “inches in” and “inches down” is not very practical. The key to success is getting the girls to measure an actual person and then create a pattern that they can properly “try on” for themselves based on these measurements.

Take, for example, the making of a frock, such as the girl is wearing in the picture. This child of twelve or thirteen, was one of a class of thirty or forty, in which every girl made a similar dress for herself. All measuring, making of patterns, cutting out of the material, fixing and sewing—everything in fact, from beginning to end, was done by the girls themselves.

Take, for example, the making of a dress, like the one the girl is wearing in the picture. This twelve or thirteen-year-old was part of a group of thirty or forty, where each girl made a similar dress for herself. All measuring, pattern making, material cutting, assembling, and sewing—everything from start to finish was done by the girls themselves.

one girl measuring another at neck
THE FIRST MEASUREMENT FOR THE YOKE.

To begin with, they arranged themselves in pairs, and each girl cut a yoke, cuff and sleeve pattern for her companion. It was not necessary to make a paper pattern of the skirt of the frock. No material was cut until the patterns were satisfactory.

To start, they partnered up, and each girl made a yoke, cuff, and sleeve pattern for her partner. There was no need to create a paper pattern for the skirt of the dress. No fabric was cut until the patterns were just right.

A yoke is an exceedingly useful and necessary part of many garments, but it is not, as a rule, considered an easy thing to cut a pattern of one to fit a particular wearer; but these girls found it simple enough, by working on the following plan.

A yoke is a very useful and essential part of many garments, but usually, it's not considered easy to cut a pattern that fits a specific wearer; however, these girls found it simple enough by following this plan.

trying the pattern out on girl
TESTING THE YOKE PATTERN.

The illustration shows one girl taking the neck[54] measurement of her friend; this is the only one required for cutting the pattern. It should be found, by holding the tape loosely around the neck, so that the head moves easily with it in position.

The illustration shows one girl measuring the neck[54] of her friend; this is the only measurement needed for cutting the pattern. It should be taken by holding the tape loosely around the neck, allowing the head to move easily in position.

girl measuring another girl's arm
GETTING THE WIDTH OF THE SLEEVE.

An oblong piece of paper—newspaper will serve quite well—measuring the neck length one way and one-and-a-half times the same the other, was then cut out. Thus, if the neck is 12 in., the paper will be 12 in. by 18 in. (See Fig. 1). The method adopted of getting the yoke from this, will be seen by following each step in the sketches. The two shorter sides were folded together as in Fig. 2, forming a double piece. The two top corners were brought over until they met in the middle, as in Fig. 3, and then the triangular pieces cut off, leaving a double piece, as in Fig. 4. Care must be taken in the next step to bring the slanting edge (A) next to the two open straight edges, over to the bottom edges D; thus A and D lie exactly over each other, and the second slanting edge B covers the fold C.

A rectangular piece of paper—newspaper works well—measuring the neck length one way and one-and-a-half times that length the other way, was then cut out. So, if the neck is 12 inches, the paper will be 12 inches by 18 inches. (See Fig. 1). The method used to create the yoke from this will be clear by following each step in the sketches. The two shorter sides were folded together as shown in Fig. 2, creating a double piece. The two top corners were brought over until they met in the middle, as in Fig. 3, and the triangular pieces were cut off, leaving a double piece, as in Fig. 4. Care must be taken in the next step to bring the slanting edge (A) next to the two open straight edges over to the bottom edges D; thus A and D lie exactly on top of each other, and the second slanting edge B covers the fold C.

more measuring
THE UNDER-ARM LENGTH OF THE SLEEVE.
Taking the Measurements.

The pattern begins now to look something like a yoke, and is soon[55] complete. Two pieces must be cut off, one to form the neck and the other the shoulder. Fig. 6 shows clearly how this is done, and when it is finished a yoke pattern, as in Fig. 7, is the result. The illustration gives some idea of the “fit” of a yoke cut in this way. The girls were very critical about the neck and shoulder curves, and the width across the back and front; many little alterations were made before the pattern was considered satisfactory, and good enough to cut out the material from.

The pattern now starts to resemble a yoke and is soon[55]complete. Two pieces need to be cut off, one for the neck and the other for the shoulder. Fig. 6 clearly shows how this is done, and once it's finished, the result is a yoke pattern, as shown in Fig. 7. The illustration gives a good idea of the “fit” of a yoke cut this way. The girls were quite particular about the neck and shoulder curves, as well as the width across the back and front; many small changes were made before the pattern was deemed satisfactory and ready to cut the fabric from.

more arm measuring
FINDING THE LENGTH OF THE SLEEVE.

Having made a satisfactory yoke pattern, the next thing to tackle was the sleeve. An oblong piece of paper was again necessary, and its dimensions were found in the manner shown in the two pictures. The measure was slipped loosely around the top of the arm, and three or four inches added to allow for the arm movement. This gave the width required, and the length was found by holding the measure on the top of the shoulder, as the girl is doing in the illustration, and then carrying it around the bent elbow to the wrist.

Having created a decent yoke pattern, the next step was to work on the sleeve. An oblong piece of paper was needed again, and its size was determined as shown in the two pictures. The measuring tape was wrapped loosely around the top of the arm, and three or four inches were added to account for arm movement. This provided the required width, and the length was measured by placing the tape on top of the shoulder, as shown in the illustration, then wrapping it around the bent elbow to the wrist.

final arm or rather writst measuring
TAKING THE WRIST MEASUREMENT.

When this oblong was folded in half, lengthwise, it faintly resembled[56] a sleeve, but, to shape it properly, two other dimensions were necessary. The next two photographs show the girls getting them. The length of the under-arm sleeve is about three quarters of the full length, and the wrist the same fraction of the width at the top of the arm. The girls discovered these things for themselves, and marked with the rounded end of the scissors, a slightly curved line from the wrist to the under-arm position. This double piece was then cut away.

When this rectangle was folded in half lengthwise, it looked a bit like a sleeve, but to shape it correctly, two other dimensions were needed. The next two photos show the girls figuring that out. The length of the under-arm sleeve is about three-quarters of the full length, and the wrist is the same fraction of the width at the top of the arm. The girls discovered these details on their own and marked a slightly curved line from the wrist to the under-arm area with the rounded end of the scissors. This double piece was then cut away.

The shaping of the top of the sleeve requires a little more judgment and care. The pattern was opened out flat, and a convex curve made from one side to the top, joining a slightly concave one starting from the other. Thus they obtained the foundation of any sleeve pattern. It can easily be made wider or narrower, longer or shorter, according to the dictates of fashion.

The shaping of the top of the sleeve takes a bit more judgment and care. The pattern was laid out flat, and a curved line was drawn from one side to the top, connecting to a slightly inward curve starting from the opposite side. This created the basic structure of any sleeve pattern. It can easily be adjusted to be wider or narrower, longer or shorter, depending on fashion trends.

As the frock the girls made on this occasion had sleeves with cuffs, two or three inches deep, the pattern was shortened accordingly, before the material was cut.

As the dress the girls made for this occasion had sleeves with cuffs that were two or three inches deep, the pattern was shortened accordingly before the fabric was cut.

The girls were only beginners, so they cut patterns of the collar and cuffs in paper, and fitted all the parts on the material before cutting out.

The girls were just starting out, so they cut collar and cuff patterns from paper and fitted all the pieces onto the fabric before cutting them out.

The cuff and waistband were straight pieces of material cut to the required sizes.

The cuff and waistband were straight strips of fabric cut to the needed sizes.

first diagram of pattern (seven pieces)
MAKING THE YOKE PATTERN.
Cutting out the Pattern.

For the collar pattern, the neck length was taken, as for the yoke pattern, and an oblong piece of paper cut out, this length one way and half of it the other. (See Fig. 1). This was folded in half to form a square, and creased across the middle, as in the diagram. One of the two open corners was folded over to the crease, and the triangular pieces thus formed were cut off, as in Fig. 3. A curved line was next marked, connecting one end of the slanting edge, A, with the bottom end, C, of the fold. By measuring the length of the slanting edge A, B, along the fold, a new point D was found, and[57] a curve was made parallel to the first curve, connecting B and D (See Fig. 4). The double paper was cut along the curves, and thus the pattern of half the collar was obtained.

For the collar pattern, the neck length was measured, just like for the yoke pattern, and a rectangular piece of paper was cut out, this length one way and half of it the other. (See Fig. 1). This was folded in half to create a square and creased across the middle, as shown in the diagram. One of the two open corners was folded over to the crease, and the triangular pieces that formed were trimmed off, as in Fig. 3. A curved line was then drawn, connecting one end of the slanting edge, A, with the bottom end, C, of the fold. By measuring the length of the slanting edge A, B, along the fold, a new point D was identified, and[57] a curve was created parallel to the first curve, connecting B and D (See Fig. 4). The double paper was cut along the curves, and thus the pattern for half the collar was produced.

diagram of pattern (five pieces)
MAKING THE COLLAR PATTERN.

It was found that the collar for the frock fitted better when made in two parts and in double material. Thus, in cutting out the cloth, four pieces, the size and shape of the pattern, were required.

It was discovered that the collar for the dress fit better when made in two parts and with double fabric. Therefore, in cutting out the cloth, four pieces, matching the size and shape of the pattern, were needed.

The length required for the skirt was found by fitting on the yoke pattern, and then measuring from the middle of the front straight down, adding two or three inches for the hem.

The length needed for the skirt was determined by fitting it on the yoke pattern, then measuring straight down from the middle of the front, adding two or three inches for the hem.

The frock in the illustration was made from double width serge, and it was found practicable to get the skirt from one-and-a-half widths, the other half serving for the yoke. The pair of sleeves came out of a full width. This planning and arranging involved no end of simple but interesting calculation, and the reality of it all made a strong appeal to the girls.

The dress in the picture was made from double-width serge, and it turned out to be feasible to make the skirt from one-and-a-half widths, with the other half used for the yoke. The sleeves were cut from a full width. This planning and organizing involved a lot of straightforward yet intriguing calculations, and the practicality of it all really appealed to the girls.

One point of supreme importance was most carefully impressed—that was—“the way of the cloth”; certainly, if this goes wrong, the garment is ruined, and just as certainly it is a thing that will never be mastered “theoretically”—it must be learnt by actually cutting out of material.

One critical point was emphasized—“the way of the cloth.” If this goes wrong, the garment is ruined, and it's definitely something that can't be mastered “theoretically”—it must be learned by actually cutting out of material.

The cutting of the sleeves from one pattern is another bit of “practical politics” which arises when a garment such as this is being made. There is no reason why the pair should not be cut together, so long as the two right, or two wrong sides are placed together. The use of French chalk for marking out the pattern on the cloth was encouraged.

The removal of the sleeves from one pattern is another example of "practical politics" that comes into play when making a garment like this. There's no reason why the two pieces shouldn't be cut at the same time, as long as the two right sides or two wrong sides are facing each other. The use of French chalk for marking the pattern on the fabric was recommended.

The making up of the frock afforded many opportunities for practice in neat, strong stitching, combined with beauty. Suitable cottons and needles were used, nothing finer than No. 40 cotton will stand the wear and tear of every-day life. Where possible, the sewing machine was used, but the parts[58] sewn with it were first carefully tacked.

The making of the dress offered plenty of chances to practice neat, strong stitching along with making it look good. Suitable cotton and needles were chosen, with nothing finer than No. 40 cotton able to handle the wear and tear of daily life. When possible, the sewing machine was used, but the pieces[58] sewn with it were first carefully tacked.

The question of decoration aroused no end of discussion and interest the whole time the frocks were being made, and urged many a slow worker on to greater efforts. The yokes, cuffs and collars were stitched with contrasting coloured thread, and the variety of decoration was delightful. Simple hand-worked stitches are generally more effective, as well as more economical, than bought trimmings.

The topic of decoration sparked endless conversation and interest while the dresses were being made, motivating many slow workers to put in extra effort. The yokes, cuffs, and collars were stitched with contrasting colored thread, and the range of decorations was delightful. Simple hand-stitched designs are usually more effective and economical than purchased trims.

Of course, any difficult stitch or piece of fixing—for example, the placing of the box pleats—was always practised on a piece of “scrap” material or paper, before the frock was tackled; but when the young needlewomen realised they were “trying” a stitch or a piece of fixing, because they needed to use it in the making of the frock, they put a good deal more zest into the work than if it was a mere “needlework exercise.” No new material was ever torn up for these practices—odd bits of any shape or size were used, and a bag of such pieces was always at hand, in sewing lesson, for this purpose.

Of course, any challenging stitch or repair—like placing the box pleats—was always practiced on some “scrap” material or paper before starting on the dress; but when the young seamstresses realized they were “trying out” a stitch or a repair because they needed it for the dress, they put a lot more energy into the work than if it was just a simple “sewing exercise.” No new material was ever wasted for these practices—random bits of any shape or size were used, and a bag of such pieces was always available during sewing lessons for this purpose.

On the score of both economy and efficiency, one would plead that the tearing up of good flannel and calico for the “sewing lesson” should be rigidly tabooed. Probably no other subject offers such unique opportunities in our schools for inculcating habits of thrift and economy, with increased efficiency in the teaching.

Regarding both cost and efficiency, it’s advisable that using good flannel and calico for the “sewing lesson” should be strictly prohibited. Likely, no other subject provides such unique opportunities in our schools to instill habits of saving and frugality while also enhancing teaching effectiveness.

The distress of nations, with its awful promise of misery and poverty in the future, gives this branch of a girl’s education an added importance. Surely we must neglect no opportunity of improving it!

The struggles of nations, with their terrible promise of suffering and poverty ahead, make this part of a girl’s education even more crucial. We must certainly not miss any chance to enhance it!

Books of Cheerfulness

Books of Happiness

By FLORA KLICKMANN

By Flora Klickmann

THE FLOWER-PATCH AMONG THE HILLS
AND
BETWEEN THE LARCH WOODS AND THE WEIR

THE FLOWER-PATCH AMONG THE HILLS
AND
BETWEEN THE LARCH WOODS AND THE WEIR

Overflowing with humour, bubbling with smiles, yet never out of sound of the soughing of the pines, the scold of the squirrel, the call of the birds, and the delicious pungent scent of wood-smoke. Books to laugh over, to think over, and to be thankful for.

The Art of Blouse Making.

short blouse dark bows at chest, each wrist and waist
The Blouse is fastened with eyelet holes and ribbon velvet.

With an up-to-date pattern and good material, the making of one’s own blouses is but a delightful pastime, as well as a very profitable one. The material for the blouse shown here cost very little, just a few shillings would, in fact, pay for the paper pattern, two yards of the material, a dozen little bone rings and two yards of narrow velvet ribbon for the lacings, but the cost of a similar blouse ready-made would be at least four times as much.

With a modern pattern and good fabric, making your own blouses is not only a fun hobby but also quite rewarding. The fabric for the blouse pictured here was inexpensive; just a few shillings would actually cover the cost of the paper pattern, two yards of fabric, a dozen small bone rings, and two yards of narrow velvet ribbon for the laces. In contrast, buying a similar ready-made blouse would cost at least four times more.

The various pieces were all cut out by a paper pattern, which was pinned on the material, and on which there was an allowance of a quarter inch margin. The collar, cuffs, and yoke were cut double. The last three items had their edges all turned inwards, to the depth of the margin allowed, then both pieces of each were tacked together with their edges perfectly even.

The different pieces were all cut out using a paper pattern that was pinned to the fabric, which included a quarter-inch margin. The collar, cuffs, and yoke were cut double. The edges of those last three items were all turned inward to the depth of the margin, and then both pieces of each were tacked together with their edges perfectly aligned.

The little turned back cuff had the two pieces stitched together on the wrong side on the outer edge and sides, then turned inside out and the edges tacked flat. The inside edge was tacked in between the two pieces of the large cuff and secured with a row of stitching.

The small turned-back cuff had two pieces sewn together on the wrong side along the outer edge and sides, then flipped inside out and the edges tacked flat. The inside edge was tacked between the two pieces of the large cuff and secured with a row of stitches.

The sleeves were joined with a French seam, then both ends were turned into a narrow hem, which was tacked carefully. The edge at the lower end was gathered to fit the cuff with top stitch set evenly, and for this the same kind of thread as used in the faggoting was employed.

The sleeves were connected with a French seam, then both ends were folded into a narrow hem, which was tacked down carefully. The edge at the bottom was gathered to fit the cuff with evenly spaced top stitching, and for this, the same type of thread used in the faggoting was used.

The fronts had the edges cased with a piece of the material for a depth of two inches. The back was joined to the fronts in the underarm seam by a French seam as in the sleeve, then the entire top portion of back and front and the armholes were turned into a narrow hem, and tacked securely, the front edges gathered as in the sleeve, to fit the yoke.

The fronts had the edges covered with a piece of the material for a depth of two inches. The back was attached to the fronts in the underarm seam with a French seam like in the sleeve, then the entire top section of the back and front and the armholes were folded into a narrow hem and secured in place, with the front edges gathered like in the sleeve to fit the yoke.

Narrow strips of stiff paper were tacked underneath the lines where the different parts were to be joined, and then the faggoting was commenced by beginning at the right[60] front edge, as shown on this page.

Narrow strips of stiff paper were attached underneath the lines where the different parts were supposed to connect, and then the faggoting started by beginning at the right[60] front edge, as shown on this page.

Bring out the thread through the edge of the yoke, carry it down in a straight line to top front edge, and insert the needle down through the material, bring it out above the stitch just formed, which you draw up evenly, now repeat this stitch through the edge of the yoke one-eighth of an inch from the first stitch, and so on from one side to the other. Make all joining in the thread on the back of the hem.

Bring the thread through the edge of the yoke, run it straight down to the top front edge, and push the needle down through the fabric, bringing it out just above the stitch you just made, which you should pull tight. Now repeat this stitch through the edge of the yoke, one-eighth of an inch from the first stitch, and continue this from one side to the other. Make sure all thread joins are on the back of the hem.

When the faggoting is finished, the hems are worked with a row of stem stitch, which keeps them in place and gives a neat finish.

When the faggoting is done, the hems are stitched with a row of stem stitch, which holds them in place and gives a tidy finish.

The eyelet holes were next worked, and the method is shown in the diagram. Quarter-inch bone rings are used. Place each in position on the material and tack around, then work over in close buttonhole stitch, having the top of the stitches resting on the material. The centre of the eyelet hole is cut away on the back. The front and cuffs are laced through these holes, which are set opposite each other, with narrow velvet.

The eyelet holes were then created, and the method is illustrated in the diagram. Use quarter-inch bone rings. Position each one on the fabric and tack it down, then cover it with a tight buttonhole stitch, ensuring the tops of the stitches sit on the fabric. Cut away the center of the eyelet hole from the back. The front and cuffs are laced through these holes, which are placed opposite each other, using narrow velvet.

At the waist line there is a narrow casing of muslin on the inside, to take the tape, tie-string or elastic, and the lower end is neatly hemmed. The edges of the collar, cuffs, etc., may have a row of machine, or hand stitching on the right side, or they may be joined by stitching on the wrong side and then turned out.

At the waist, there's a narrow muslin casing on the inside for the tape, tie-string, or elastic, and the lower end is neatly hemmed. The edges of the collar, cuffs, etc., might have a row of machine or hand stitching on the right side, or they could be attached with stitching on the wrong side and then turned out.

Looks like stringing of a corset
This shows the method of faggoting, the stem-stitched hem, and the raised eyelet hole.

Decorative Stitches for Children’s Clothes.

How to decorate the simple garments made at home is a question one frequently meets.

How to decorate the simple clothes made at home is a question people often encounter.

five types of decorative stiches
SOME PRETTY EFFECTS IN TACKING STITCH

Children’s overalls and frocks, little boys’ tunics, and blouses for the elder girls, usually need some trimming or decoration, and it is often difficult to find just the right kind. This is especially the case with coloured garments, and those for which lace is unsuitable. Many people like a little embroidery, but it is not always easy to get an entirely suitable pattern. Some require more time than the home worker is able to give, and some are more elaborate than is desirable for the garment.

Children's overalls and dresses, little boys' tunics, and blouses for older girls usually need some trimming or decoration, and it can often be hard to find just the right kind. This is especially true for colored clothing and those where lace isn't suitable. Many people prefer a bit of embroidery, but it's not always easy to find a pattern that works perfectly. Some patterns take more time than a home crafter can commit to, and others can be too elaborate for the garment.

A simple kind of stitchery is usually resorted to, and very often meets the case, and one may see little frocks and tunics of inexpensive materials, with quite a note of distinction given by the pretty stitching on the hems and bands.

A basic type of sewing is often used, and it usually fits the situation well. You can see small dresses and tops made from affordable materials, enhanced by the lovely stitching on the hems and bands that adds a touch of style.

The favourite and most frequently seen among the stitches so used, are the French knot, stem stitch and feather stitch. It is with the idea of suggesting other stitches and arrangements, that these diagrams and illustrations are given, and with[62] attention to a very few simple directions, the most diffident worker may be sure of a good result.

The most popular and commonly used stitches are the French knot, stem stitch, and feather stitch. These diagrams and illustrations are meant to suggest additional stitches and patterns, and with just a few simple instructions, even the most inexperienced crafter can achieve a great outcome.

One feature of decorative stitchery of this kind, is that it may also be constructional, that is, that where a hem is to be decorated, it need not first be stitched with the machine, the decoration does the work of the machine. This point is not always realised by the home worker, who usually makes the garment with the sewing machine, and then proceeds to decorate it, adding French knots and perhaps stem stitch to hide the machining.

One aspect of this type of decorative stitching is that it can also serve a functional purpose. This means that when you're adding a decorative hem, you don't need to sew it with the machine first; the decorative stitching can do that job for you. Many home sewers might not realize this, as they typically sew the garment with a machine and then go back to add decorations like French knots or stem stitches to cover up the machine stitching.

Some machining is often necessary, but much can be dispensed with, without detriment to the garment, and this makes it possible to do, at any rate, part of the home dressmaking, away from the noise and busy atmosphere almost inseparable from a room dominated by a sewing machine.

Some machining is often needed, but a lot can be skipped without harming the garment. This makes it possible to do, at least part of the home dressmaking, away from the noise and hectic environment that usually comes with a room dominated by a sewing machine.

five more stitches
EFFECTIVE BORDERS FOR CHILDREN’S FROCKS.

In making a little magyar overall, like that illustrated, for instance, the side seams and opening may be sewn with a machine, the hems and neck prepared as if for machining, and then the decoration applied. The home worker, whose husband has a rooted objection to having a sewing machine at work when he comes home in the evening, cuts out and machines part of her work during the day, and has only the pleasant part to do by hand in the evening, while she is free to talk, or listen to the day’s news.

In making a simple Hungarian overall, like the one shown, you can sew the side seams and openings with a machine, prepare the hems and neck as if for machine sewing, and then add the decorations. The home worker, whose husband strongly objects to her using a sewing machine when he gets home in the evening, cuts out and machines part of her work during the day. In the evening, she only has the enjoyable part to finish by hand while she chats or listens to the day’s news.

The Belt and Sleeves.
Y stitch or herringbone on hem and different design for sleeves
HOW THE HEM AND SLEEVES ARE FINISHED.

The value of the simple tacking stitch as a trimming is not fully realised. On another page are shown some very distinctive effects in this stitch, and in the frock illustrated the stitch is used in conjunction with the Y stitch which is shown and described.

The value of the simple tacking stitch as a trim isn't fully appreciated. On another page, some very unique effects of this stitch are shown, and in the illustrated dress, the stitch is used along with the Y stitch that is explained and demonstrated.

The worker who has not yet used the tacking stitch as a decorative stitch must be careful on a few points, however. The stitch must not be too long, and the length and spacing must be as even as possible.

The worker who hasn't used the tacking stitch as a decorative stitch yet needs to pay attention to a few things, though. The stitch shouldn't be too long, and the length and spacing should be as even as possible.

A novice might make an experiment on a little garment of brown calico, holland or écru-coloured casement cloth.

A beginner might try an experiment on a small piece of brown calico, cotton fabric, or light beige curtain material.

looks like herringbone stittches on belt loops
THE STITCHES USED FOR THE BELT OF THE CHILD’S FROCK.

Turn up the hems on the right side of the garment, and with turkey-red embroidery cotton of medium[64] thickness, make the first row of tacking about where the hem would be machined. The first row is the most important and needs the most care.

Turn up the hems on the right side of the garment, and with medium-thickness turkey-red embroidery cotton, make the first row of tacking about where the hem would be sewn. The first row is the most important and requires the most attention.

diagram to show method of working Y stitch
THE STITCH THAT IS COMBINED WITH TACKING STITCH ON THE FROCK BELOW.

As a general rule no tacking stitch used as a decoration should be more than half-an-inch in length, and the space between proportionately less. The space between may be equal to the stitch, or may be half or a quarter its length, but neither stitch or space should be longer than half-an-inch, or the result may be a series of long threads, apt to become loops if suddenly caught.

As a general rule, no decorative tacking stitch should be longer than half an inch, and the spaces in between should be proportionately shorter. The space between stitches can be the same as the stitch length, or can be half or a quarter of the stitch's length, but neither the stitch nor the space should exceed half an inch. Otherwise, the result might be a series of long threads that could easily get caught and become loops.

For the experiment, make the stitches about one-third of an inch, and the space between either the same or very small—about one-tenth of an inch. An inch measure at hand to test the first few stitches will quickly help the eye to guess the correct length of the remainder without effort. After the first row, the most difficult part is over, as the second and succeeding rows will be exactly the same length.

For the experiment, make the stitches about one-third of an inch apart, and keep the space in between either the same or very small—around one-tenth of an inch. Having an inch ruler nearby to check the first few stitches will quickly help you estimate the correct length for the rest without much effort. Once you finish the first row, the hardest part is done since the second and subsequent rows will be exactly the same length.

drawing of dress
A CHILD’S FROCK DECORATED WITH TACKING STITCH AND Y STITCH.

Three rows of stitching close together will result in a pattern of red oblongs, with regular spaces between them. These may become squares if more rows are added.

Three rows of stitching close together will create a pattern of red rectangles, with even gaps between them. These might turn into squares if more rows are added.

All the illustrations on pages 61 and 62 are based on the tacking stitch, and may be applied to the decoration of a hem, or the border of belt or neck.

All the illustrations on pages 61 and 62 are based on the tacking stitch and can be used to decorate a hem or the edge of a belt or neckline.

Pretty Fancy Stitches.

An illustration on page 63 shows the treatment of the two-inch hem on the child’s frock. The vertical bar repeated at regular intervals round the hem is[65] filled with a variation of the Y stitch, the working of which is shown in diagrams A, B and C on page 64.

An illustration on page 63 shows how to treat the two-inch hem on the child's dress. The vertical bar repeated at regular intervals around the hem is[65] filled with a variation of the Y stitch, which is demonstrated in diagrams A, B, and C on page 64.

The pattern should be arranged on the sleeves, neck and belt, as shown in the sketch.

The pattern should be placed on the sleeves, neck, and belt, as shown in the sketch.

The position of each vertical bar should be accurately measured, and marked with a pencil, and a line drawn down the centre of each bar will help to keep the stitch equal on each side.

The position of each vertical bar should be measured precisely and marked with a pencil. Drawing a line down the center of each bar will help keep the stitching even on both sides.

six more stitches
SOME VARIATIONS OF THE Y STITCH.
The working of this stitch is shown on page 70.

Part II.
Household Economies and Fancy Finishes.


The Nursery Casement Curtain.

pretty crochet insert with roosers and chickens
An Insertion that can be used lengthwise on a Curtain.

A very delightful little casement curtain is shown on page 95. This would be eminently suitable for the Animal and Bird Nursery, and will appeal to a child; and these little muslin curtains with filet crochet tops are so very effective both from inside and outside the window.

A very cute little window curtain is shown on page 95. This would be perfect for the Animal and Bird Nursery and would definitely appeal to a child. These little muslin curtains with crochet top designs are really effective both from the inside and outside the window.

As will be seen, the crochet presents no difficulty, but it must be done evenly to look well. A diagram is given for working the strip, from which the open and solid meshes can be counted.

As you'll see, the crochet is easy, but it needs to be done evenly to look good. A diagram is provided for working the strip, which shows how to count the open and solid stitches.

The heading on the curtain shown is worked in Ardern’s No. 36 cotton. This measures 15½ inches wide by 3 inches deep. To make this a little longer or deeper, a coarser cotton could be used, though, of course, much depends on the individual worker as to the size it actually works out. But filet crochet is best done as closely as possible.

The heading on the curtain shown is made with Ardern’s No. 36 cotton. It measures 15½ inches wide by 3 inches deep. To make this a bit longer or deeper, a thicker cotton could be used, although the final size really depends on the individual worker. However, filet crochet is best done as closely as possible.

Two of these little curtains would be wide enough for some windows, but it will be quite easy to repeat the design, or part of it, if required. Double crochet is worked along the top and bottom of the curtain strip to give a nice firm edge.

Two of these little curtains would be wide enough for some windows, but it's pretty easy to repeat the design, or part of it, if needed. Double crochet is done along the top and bottom of the curtain strip to create a nice, firm edge.

If quite a narrow curtain strip is preferred, the insertion showing the two ducks and the rabbit repeated, would be good. Or this insertion could be used at the bottom of a little curtain, providing there is little or no fulness in the curtain. If used at the bottom of a full curtain, the design would, of course, be completely lost.

If a narrow strip of curtain fabric is preferred, the design featuring the two ducks and the rabbit would work well when repeated. Alternatively, this design could be used at the bottom of a small curtain, as long as there is little to no fullness in the fabric. If it’s placed at the bottom of a full curtain, the design would, of course, be completely lost.

This narrower insertion would also look very pretty to trim a white cloth for the tray or table, and it could either be let in round the sides of the cloth, or a strip would look well let in across each corner.

This narrower trim would also look really nice to decorate a white cloth for the tray or table, and it could either be added around the edges of the cloth, or a strip would look good added diagonally across each corner.

The cock and duck insertion is one that would be very effective where a strip is wanted to hang lengthwise down the sides of a curtain, or for any other purpose where a lengthwise strip is required. A separate diagram is not included for this, as this is merely a different arrangement of the birds, and the illustration is sufficiently large for the number of meshes between each pattern to be counted.

The cock and duck insertion is one that would be very useful when you need a strip to hang lengthwise down the sides of a curtain or for any other purpose that requires a vertical strip. A separate diagram isn’t included for this since it's just a different arrangement of the birds, and the illustration is large enough to count the number of meshes between each pattern.


The Advantage of Coloured Knitting Cottons.

Many people do not care for all-white quilts and bedspreads, considering them cold-looking, even though they undoubtedly give a look of freshness to a bed, when they are first put on.

Many people don't like all-white quilts and bedspreads, seeing them as cold-looking, even though they definitely give a fresh look to a bed when they're first put on.

And there can be no doubt but what there is a need for colour in our furnishings no less than in our dress, in our dull climate. White bedspreads look charmingly cool and refreshing on a hot, sunny July day—but alas, so few of our days, even in July, are hot and sunny; and there are all the other months of the year to be provided for.

And there’s no doubt that we need color in our furnishings just as much as in our clothing, especially in our dreary climate. White bedspreads look beautifully cool and refreshing on a hot, sunny July day—but unfortunately, so few of our days, even in July, are actually hot and sunny; and we need to think about all the other months of the year, too.

photo is black and white
A BEDSPREAD IN BLUE AND WHITE.

Hence the vogue of the coloured bedspread, with its splashes of pink, or blue, or heliotrope flowers and green leaves on a white ground.

Hence the trend of the colorful bedspread, with its bursts of pink, or blue, or purple flowers and green leaves on a white background.

Now that knitting has returned to us, and will undoubtedly stay, we find a revival of the knitted quilt of our grandmother’s day. But once more the objection is raised that the all-white quilt, while undoubtedly handsome, looks chilly, and shows every slightest mark.

Now that knitting is back in style and is definitely here to stay, we’re seeing a resurgence of the knitted quilt reminiscent of our grandmother's time. However, the same criticism comes up again: the all-white quilt, although undeniably beautiful, feels cold and reveals even the tiniest stain.

Few people know what pretty effects can be obtained from white knitting combined with colour. Strutt’s “Milford” Knitting Cotton comes in several dozen very pretty shades, all guaranteed to wash well.

Few people know what beautiful effects can be achieved from white knitting combined with color. Strutt’s “Milford” Knitting Cotton comes in several dozen lovely shades, all guaranteed to hold up well in the wash.

A Leaf Cluster Pattern.

The counterpane here illustrated is in pale blue and white, and is quite a feature in a pale blue bedroom.

The bedspread shown here is in light blue and white, and it really stands out in a light blue bedroom.

Other colours you can obtain are various pinks, greens, pale cream, with the intervening tones right up to full orange, heliotrope, salmon, half-a-dozen different blues, from palest forget-me-not to navy blue, crimson, fawn, and various tints of brown.

Other colors you can get are various shades of pink, green, pale cream, with in-between tones all the way to bright orange, heliotrope, salmon, and half a dozen different blues, from light forget-me-not to navy blue, crimson, fawn, and various shades of brown.

But, undoubtedly, for bedspread purposes, there is nothing like the pinks or the blues.

But, without a doubt, for bedding, there’s nothing quite like the pinks or the blues.

It is best to use patterns that are worked in separate diamonds or squares, and joined later on. This saves a tanglement of various balls, as is inevitable if several colours are all going at once on a large piece of work. When the work is in squares, each alternate square can be in colour; when the work is in diamonds, that begins with one stitch and increase each row till the widest point, and then decrease to the opposite point. Half the diamond is worked in white, and when the widest point is reached the cotton is broken off and the coloured ball joined on, the remaining half being worked in colour.

It's better to use patterns that are created in separate diamonds or squares and joined later. This avoids the mess of multiple yarn balls, which is bound to happen if using several colors all at once on a large project. When working with squares, each alternate square can be in color; when using diamonds, start with one stitch and increase each row until you reach the widest point, then decrease to the opposite point. Half of the diamond is worked in white, and when the widest point is reached, cut the white yarn and join the colored yarn to work the remaining half in color.

The pattern here illustrated is the old fashioned leaf-cluster so often seen in ancient knitted counterpanes.

The pattern shown here is the traditional leaf-cluster often found in vintage knitted bedcovers.

The bedspread is worked in small diamonds, which are joined together by over-sewing.

The bedspread is made up of small diamonds that are stitched together.

Use Strutt’s “Milford” Knitting Cotton No. 8, in white and in pale blue (or any other colour required), and a pair of No. 14 steel needles.

Use Strutt’s “Milford” Knitting Cotton No. 8, in white and pale blue (or any other color you need), and a pair of No. 14 steel needles.

Abbreviations Used.

Abbreviations Used.

K = knit a plain stitch; P = purl; O = over, that is, bring the thread forward and pass it over the right hand needle, in order to make an

K = knit a plain stitch; P = purl; O = over, which means bringing the thread forward and passing it over the right-hand needle to create an

extra stitch; N = narrow, that is, knit two stitches together.

extra stitch; N = narrow, which means knit two stitches together.

With the white cotton, cast on one stitch.

With the white cotton, cast on one stitch.

1st Row.—K 3 stitches into the one stitch cast on.

1st Row.—K 3 stitches into the one stitch cast on.

2nd Row.—O, K, O, K, O, K.

2nd Row.—O, K, O, K, O, K.

3rd Row.—O, K, P 3, K 2.

3rd Row.—O, K, P 3, K 2.

4th Row.—O, K 3, O, K, O, K 3.

4th Row.—Oh, K 3, Oh, K, Oh, K 3.

5th Row.—O, K 2, P 5, K 3.

5th Row.—O, K 2, P 5, K 3.

6th Row.—O, K 5, O, K, O, K 5.

6th Row.—Oh, K 5, Oh, K, Oh, K 5.

7th Row.—O, K 3, P 7, K 4.

7th Row.—O, K 3, P 7, K 4.

8th Row.—O, K 7, O, K, O, K 7.

8th Row.—Oh, okay 7, oh, okay, oh, okay 7.

9th Row.—O, K 4, P 9, K 5.

9th Row.—O, K 4, P 9, K 5.

10th Row.—O, K 9, O, K, O, K 9.

10th Row.—Oh, K 9, Oh, K, Oh, K 9.

11th Row.—O, K 5, P 11, K 6.

11th Row.—O, K 5, P 11, K 6.

12th Row.—O, K 11, O, K, O, K 11.

12th Row.—Oh, K 11, Oh, K, Oh, K 11.

13th Row.—O, K 6, P 13, K 7.

13th Row.—O, K 6, P 13, K 7.

14th Row.—O, K 7, cast off one (i.e., slip a stitch on to the right hand needle without knitting it, knit the next stitch, draw the slipped stitch over the knit one), K 9, N, K 7.

14th Row.—Oh, K 7, cast off one (i.e., slip a stitch onto the right-hand needle without knitting it, knit the next stitch, pull the slipped stitch over the knit one), K 9, N, K 7.

15th Row.—O, K 7, P 11, K 8.

15th Row.—O, K 7, P 11, K 8.

16th Row.—O, K 8, cast off 1, K 7, N, K 8.

16th Row.—Oh, K 8, cast off 1, K 7, N, K 8.

17th Row.—O, K 8, P 9, K 9.

17th Row.—O, K 8, P 9, K 9.

18th Row.—O, K 9, cast off 1, K 5, N, K 9.

18th Row.—O, K 9, remove 1, K 5, N, K 9.

19th Row.—O, K 9, P 7, K 10.

19th Row.—O, K 9, P 7, K 10.

20th Row.—O, K 10, cast off 1, K 3, N, K 10.

20th Row.—O, K 10, take off 1, K 3, N, K 10.

21st Row.—O, K 10, P 5, K 11.

21st Row.—O, K 10, P 5, K 11.

22nd Row.—O, K 11, cast off 1, K, N, K 11.

22nd Row.—Oh, K 11, let go 1, K, N, K 11.

23rd Row.—O, K 11, P 3, K 12.

23rd Row.—O, K 11, P 3, K 12.

24th Row.—O, K 12, knit 3 stitches together, K 12.

24th Row.—Oh, K 12, knit 3 stitches together, K 12.

25th Row.—O, K to end of row.

25th Row.—O, K to the end of the row.

26th, 27th, 28th and 29th Rows.—Like 25th Row. Break off white cotton at end of 29th Row, and join on the blue cotton.

26th, 27th, 28th and 29th Rows.—Same as 25th Row. Cut the white cotton at the end of the 29th Row and attach the blue cotton.

30th Row.—Knit the whole row; end with the last 2 stitches knit together.

30th Row.—Knit the entire row; finish by knitting the last 2 stitches together.

31st Row.—Purl, ending with the last 2 stitches purled together.

31st Row.—Purl, finishing with the last 2 stitches purled together.

32nd Row.—Like 30th.

32nd Row.—Like 30th.

33rd and 34th Rows.—Like 31st.

33rd and 34th Rows.—Like 31st.

35th Row.—Like 30th.

35th Row.—Same as 30th.

36th Row.—Like 31st.

36th Row.—Similar to 31st.

37th Row.—Like 30th.

37th Row.—Same as 30th.

Repeat from 30th Row twice over, making 3 times in all. Then continue working the purl and plain knitting for alternate rows till you have only one stitch left. Break off the blue cotton and cast off.

Repeat from 30th Row twice, making it three times in total. Then keep alternating between purl and plain knitting until you have just one stitch left. Cut the blue cotton and cast off.

In joining the diamonds, use white cotton when uniting the white portions, and blue cotton for the blue portions.

In connecting the diamonds, use white cotton for the white parts and blue cotton for the blue parts.

Diagram of more: Y STITCH AND LOOP STITCH AND THEIR VARIATIONS
See the article on page 61.

The Cynthia Knitted Stripe.
Suitable for a Toilet Runner.

Abbreviations Used.

Abbreviations Used.

K = knit a plain stitch; P = purl; O = over, that is, bring the thread forward to the front of the work, and pass it round over the right hand needle, in order to make an extra stitch; N = narrow, that is, knit two stitches together; S = slip a stitch.

K = knit a plain stitch; P = purl; O = over, meaning bring the yarn forward to the front of the work and wrap it around the right-hand needle to create an extra stitch; N = narrow, which means knit two stitches together; S = slip a stitch.

Use Strutt’s Knitting Cotton, No. 8, 3 threads, and a pair of No. 12 steel needles.

Use Strutt’s Knitting Cotton, No. 8, 3 threads, and a pair of No. 12 steel needles.

Cast on 91 stitches for a runner, about 12 inches wide, or 118 for a runner 16 inches wide. If something wider than this is needed, cast on multiples of 27, with an extra 10 stitches.

Cast on 91 stitches for a runner about 12 inches wide, or 118 for a runner 16 inches wide. If you need something wider than this, cast on multiples of 27, plus an extra 10 stitches.

knit blanket with diagonal lace squares

Notice that after the first piece of plain knitting, each alternate row is like the 19th.

Notice that after the first piece of plain knitting, each alternate row is like the 19th.

Knit 18 rows plain.

Knit 18 rows plain.

19th Row, and each alternate row.—* S 1, K 9, P 17. Repeat from * till only 10 stitches remain on needle. Knit these 10 plain.

19th Row, and each alternate row.—* S 1, K 9, P 17. Repeat from * until only 10 stitches remain on the needle. Knit these 10 plain.

20th Row.—* S 1, K 10, O, N, O, N, K 4, O, N, O, N, K 4. Repeat from *, K 10.

20th Row.—* S 1, K 10, O, N, O, N, K 4, O, N, O, N, K 4. Repeat from *, K 10.

21st Row.—Like 19th.

21st Row.—Like 19th.

22nd Row.—* S 1, K 11, O, N, O, N, K 4, O, N, O, N, K 3. Repeat from *, K 10.

22nd Row.—* S 1, K 11, O, N, O, N, K 4, O, N, O, N, K 3. Repeat from *, K 10.

24th Row.—S 1, K 12, O, N, O, N, K 4, O, N, O, N, K 2. Repeat from *, K 10.

24th Row.—S 1, K 12, O, N, O, N, K 4, O, N, O, N, K 2. Repeat from *, K 10.

26th Row.—* S 1, K 13, O, N, O, N, K 4, O, N, O, N, K 1. Repeat from *, K 10.

26th Row.—* S 1, K 13, O, N, O, N, K 4, O, N, O, N, K 1. Repeat from *, K 10.

28th Row.—* S 1, K 14, O, N, O, N, K 4, O, N, O, N. Repeat from *, K 10.

28th Row.—* S 1, K 14, O, N, O, N, K 4, O, N, O, N. Repeat from *, K 10.

30th Row.—* S 1, K 15, O, N, O, N, K 4, O, N, K 1. Repeat from *, K 10.

30th Row.—* S 1, K 15, O, N, O, N, K 4, O, N, K 1. Repeat from *, K 10.

32nd Row.—* S 1, K 10, O, N, K 4,[72] O, N, O, N, K 4, O, N. Repeat from *, K 10.

32nd Row.—* S 1, K 10, O, N, K 4,[72] O, N, O, N, K 4, O, N. Repeat from *, K 10.

34th Row.—* S 1, K 11, O, N, K 4, O, N, O, N, K 5. Repeat from *, K 10.

34th Row.—* S 1, K 11, O, N, K 4, O, N, O, N, K 5. Repeat from *, K 10.

36th Row.—Like 20th.

36th Row.—Like 20th.

38th Row.—Like 22nd.

38th Row.—Similar to 22nd.

40th Row.—Like 24th.

40th Row.—Similar to 24th.

42nd Row.—Like 26th.

42nd Row.—Like 26th Row.

44th Row.—Like 28th.

44th Row.—Similar to 28th.

45th Row.—Like 19th.

45th Row.—Similar to 19th.

Then knit 19 rows plain knitting. Go back and repeat from the 19th row.

Then knit 19 rows in plain knitting. Go back and repeat from the 19th row.


The Economy Quilt.

Bedclothes become an expensive item when there are several beds for young people to be made up, as well as those for their elders. Yet warmth is essential, if their health is to be maintained.

Bedclothes become a pricey item when there are multiple beds for young people to set up, as well as those for their elders. Yet warmth is crucial if their health is to be kept up.

In the winter, there usually comes a night of sudden cold, so raw and so intense, that it seems next to impossible to put too much on the beds. Every spare blanket is turned out, and every eider-down, and still there is not enough! Next morning someone is sure to say they never got warm all night!

In the winter, there often arrives a night of sudden cold, so biting and intense that it feels nearly impossible to have too many blankets on the beds. Every spare blanket is pulled out, and every comforter, and still, it’s not enough! The next morning, someone is bound to say they never got warm all night!

Of course, eider-downs are ideal. They are warm without being heavy. But real eider-downs are expensive. Here is a substitute that was popular in our grandmothers’ day. It is simply a quilt formed of small bags, sewn together like patchwork, each bag containing a certain amount of snippets and clippings. Very simple, isn’t it? And yet these quilts, that cost practically nothing, are invaluable in the cold weather. Put one of these over the outside of the bed, and the sleeper keeps as snug and warm as though under a couple of down quilts.

Of course, eider-downs are perfect. They’re warm without being heavy. But genuine eider-downs are pricey. Here’s a substitute that was popular in our grandmothers’ time. It’s simply a quilt made of small bags, stitched together like patchwork, with each bag filled with bits and pieces. It’s really straightforward, isn’t it? And yet these quilts, which cost almost nothing, are priceless in cold weather. Just throw one of these over the bed, and the person sleeping stays as cozy and warm as if they were under a couple of down quilts.

One great advantage of this quilt is the ease with which it can be made. A child can always run up a little bag; a child can also cut up snippets, if it is old enough to be allowed to use a scissors. Mother can run round a few bags with her sewing machine, just before putting it away after doing needlework. In this way the bags accumulate in a surprising manner; and joining them together, a few at a time, either by hand or with the machine, is not laborious or brain-wearing work.

One big advantage of this quilt is how easy it is to make. A child can easily whip up a little bag, and if they're old enough to use scissors, they can also cut up scraps. Mom can quickly sew together a few bags on her sewing machine right before she puts it away after finishing her other needlework. This way, the bags pile up unexpectedly, and joining them together—whether by hand or with the machine—doesn’t take much effort or mental strain.

The Method I Always Adopt.

My Go-To Method.

For some years now, I have made it a rule always to have one of these quilts on hand. If I do not need it myself, when it is finished, I always know someone who can put it to good use. Any woman who has an elastic family and a non-elastic purse, is glad of one for a gift.

For some years now, I've made it a habit to always have one of these quilts ready. If I don’t need it myself once it's done, I always know someone who can really use it. Any woman with a big family and a tight budget appreciates one as a gift.

I save every scrap of material that would otherwise be wasted. If it is not new, I have it washed and thoroughly dried. All this waste goes into a bag that I keep hanging up in a cupboard in my bedroom. I never allow a large amount to accumulate, lest moth should get at it. I have seldom more than a couple of handfuls at one time waiting to be dealt with.

I save every bit of material that would otherwise go to waste. If it’s not new, I get it washed and thoroughly dried. All this waste goes into a bag that I keep hanging in a cupboard in my bedroom. I never let a large amount build up, so moths don’t get to it. I usually have just a couple of handfuls at a time waiting to be sorted.

On my chest of drawers I keep a box. In this there is always a pair of sharp scissors. When I have a few moments idle—between the lights when it is too dark to see much else, or when my eyes are too tired to do work requiring close attention—I cut up a few of the scraps from the bag into snippets about an inch square[73] sometimes smaller, never larger. I put these in the box.

On my dresser, I have a box. Inside it, there's always a pair of sharp scissors. When I have a few free moments—between lights when it’s too dark to see much else, or when my eyes are too tired for detailed work—I cut up some scraps from the bag into pieces about an inch square[73] sometimes smaller, never larger. I store these in the box.

Worked in Sections.

Then again, whenever I have any bits from dressmaking, or mending, or darning, it has become second nature with me to cut them up there and then into snippets, and put them in the box. In fact, I always have the snippet box on the table beside my work box when I am sewing, and the bits go in as a matter of course as I go along. It keeps me so tidy. Everything comes in useful, even fragments of darning wool, ravellings and basting threads!

Then again, whenever I have any scraps from sewing, repairing, or mending, it’s become second nature for me to cut them up right away into little pieces and toss them in the box. In fact, I always keep the scrap box on the table next to my sewing box when I’m working, and the pieces go in automatically as I go along. It really helps me stay organized. Everything is useful, even bits of darning wool, loose threads, and basting threads!

I save any scraps of material large enough to make the bags; a useful size is five or six inches by three inches. I run up three sides of these when I have a spare moment; put in a small handful of snippets, and close up the end. These I put in a drawer till I have time to join them together.

I keep any leftover material that's big enough to make bags; a good size is about five or six inches by three inches. I sew up three sides of these whenever I have a little free time, add a small handful of bits and pieces, and then seal up the end. I store these in a drawer until I have time to put them all together.

I always machine mine together, as it is the quickest way.

I always put mine together using a machine, since it’s the fastest method.

Do not fill the bags anything like full, or the quilt will be impossibly heavy. If you fill the bag about a third full, or at most a very loose half-full, that will be quite enough. Each little bag just wants a slight thickness inside, to give the extra warmth, much the same as we sometimes line quilts with a layer of cotton wool between two cotton covers.

Do not fill the bags too full, or the quilt will end up being too heavy. If you fill the bag about a third full, or at most a loosely half-full, that will be plenty. Each small bag just needs a little thickness inside to provide extra warmth, similar to how we sometimes line quilts with a layer of cotton wool between two cotton covers.

quile of rectangles
SECTION OF THE ECONOMY QUILT.

The reason we put the clippings in little bags, instead of into one bag, is to keep the stuff evenly distributed over the surface of the bed. Otherwise, every time the sleeper turned[74] over, or disarranged the coverings, there would be the chance of all the clippings slipping over, and collecting themselves on the one side or the other of the bed, or possibly all falling to the foot of the bed.

The reason we put the clippings in small bags instead of one big bag is to keep the material evenly spread out across the surface of the bed. Otherwise, every time the sleeper turned over or messed up the covers, there would be a chance of all the clippings sliding over and gathering on one side or the other of the bed, or maybe even all falling to the foot of the bed.

A quilt made of the bags, not too full, can be shaken and kept thoroughly aired.

A quilt made from the bags, not too full, can be shaken out and kept well-aired.

Almost any sort of material can be used for the bags, provided it is not too delicate in colour, as one does not want to have a quilt of this sort frequently going to the cleaners. Strong stuffs are best, such as cretonne, serge, stout print, sateen—anything in fact that will stand some wear.

Almost any kind of material can be used for the bags, as long as it’s not too delicate in color, since you don’t want to be taking a quilt like this to the cleaners all the time. Durable fabrics are ideal, like cretonne, serge, heavy print, sateen—basically anything that can handle some wear.

Mix cotton clippings with wool clippings in each bag. Obviously the quilt will not need any lining, as the back will be fairly neat. If you like, you can finish the edge with a cord; but I myself always aim to get the outside bags all of one colour scheme; this in itself makes a certain finish—a kind of border—and I just leave it at that. After all, these quilts are not for ornament so much as stern utility; nevertheless, they can be made to look really pretty, if a little care and taste is expended on the placing of the various colours and designs.

Mix cotton clippings with wool clippings in each bag. Obviously, the quilt won’t need any lining since the back will look pretty neat. If you want, you can finish the edge with a cord; but I personally aim to keep the outer bags all in one color scheme; this alone adds a nice finish—a sort of border—and I just leave it at that. After all, these quilts are more about function than decoration; still, they can look really nice with a little effort and thought put into the arrangement of the different colors and patterns.


To Finish the Hems of Blankets.

hem stitch for blankets

Turn down a hem a little more than ½ an inch, having a ball of wool ready (Andalusian or 3-ply white will do), fasten in the end with a darning needle. Having the working end of wool out at the top of hem, ready for the crochet hook (a coarse steel hook is best), catch up a chain stitch with the hook and * bring the wool across the hook as for doing a stitch, insert the hook at the bottom of hem, catch wool on opposite side, the opposite way to lifting the thread as in crocheting, that is hooking the wool in a downward movement from right to left, draw loop through and up level with the top of line. Take out the hook and make one loop, just drawn up to lie in two straight lines and slip through loop on needle, afterwards doing a chain stitch, and repeat from *. A little practice will soon show that done in this way the stitches are not twisted but lay flat, like the machine finish.

Turn down the hem a little more than ½ an inch, having a ball of wool ready (Andalusian or 3-ply white will work), and secure the end with a darning needle. With the working end of the wool at the top of the hem, ready for the crochet hook (a coarse steel hook is best), pick up a chain stitch with the hook and bring the wool across the hook as if making a stitch. Insert the hook at the bottom of the hem, catch the wool on the opposite side, going the opposite direction from lifting the thread as in crocheting; that is, hook the wool in a downward motion from right to left, draw the loop through and up to the level of the top of the line. Remove the hook and make one loop, just drawn up to create two straight lines, and slip it through the loop on the needle, then do a chain stitch and repeat from *. A little practice will quickly show that when done this way, the stitches are not twisted but lie flat, much like a machine finish.


Doing up an Eiderdown.

In the days of our grandmothers, eiderdowns were considered a luxury, things to be taken care of and kept well covered. At the present time, however, they are found on nearly every bed, varying from those made of sateen and chintz to those made of satin and silk.

In our grandmothers' time, eiderdowns were seen as a luxury, items to be cherished and kept well protected. Nowadays, though, you can find them on almost every bed, ranging from ones made of sateen and chintz to those made of satin and silk.

crochet insertion of ducks and bunnies
A NARROW INSERTION FOR A NURSERY CASEMENT CURTAIN.
See the article on page 67.

I suppose it is because “familiarity breeds contempt” that we do not take the care of ours that our grandmothers did of theirs, and that therefore they became so much sooner soiled and worn out. If your eiderdown is getting shabby, why not clean it and re-cover it yourself?

I guess it's because "familiarity breeds contempt" that we don't take care of our things like our grandmothers took care of theirs, which is why they got so much dirtier and wore out faster. If your comforter is looking shabby, why not clean it and recover it yourself?

If anybody is not willing to give up a little time and trouble to the success of this venture, let them not so much as contemplate cleaning and re-covering an eiderdown at home, for though quite easy it is a little tiresome, and the only two things really needed outside a few yards of chintz are patience and common sense. To explain: patience will be needed, for an eiderdown takes some time to dry when once wet, and common sense to choose the right day on which to do it.

If anyone isn't willing to invest a little time and effort into the success of this project, they shouldn't even think about cleaning and recovering a comforter at home. While it's not too difficult, it can be a bit tedious. The only things really needed, aside from a few yards of fabric, are patience and common sense. To clarify: patience is important because a comforter takes a while to dry once it’s wet, and common sense is needed to pick the right day to do it.

The first thing to do is to choose a hot day, as the eiderdown must be dried out-of-doors, and the brighter the day the quicker it will dry, added to which the sunshine fluffs up the down better than any fire does.

The first thing to do is to choose a hot day, as the eiderdown needs to be dried outside, and the sunnier the day, the faster it will dry. Plus, the sunshine makes the down fluff up better than any fire can.

After well brushing and shaking the quilt, whip it well with a little cane to loosen the feathers and to get out whatever dust you can. Have ready a bath half full of warm—not hot—water, into which dissolve a small packet of Lux. Be sure before putting the quilt in that the soap is well melted, as otherwise it is apt to stick in lumps to the covering, whatever it may be.

After thoroughly brushing and shaking the quilt, give it a good whip with a little cane to loosen the feathers and remove any dust. Prepare a bath filled halfway with warm—not hot—water, and dissolve a small packet of Lux in it. Make sure the soap is completely melted before adding the quilt, as otherwise, it may clump and stick to the covering, no matter what it is.

Dip half of the quilt in first and souse it up and down before dipping in the rest. You will be surprised at the amount of dirt that “pours” out. It seems incredible that an eiderdown could be so dirty without showing it plainly.

Dip half of the quilt in first and soak it up and down before dipping in the rest. You'll be surprised at how much dirt “pours” out. It’s hard to believe that a comforter could be so dirty without looking obviously so.

When the whole quilt is wet, continue to dip it up and down in the water for some time, gently squeezing it between your hands. It does not matter if the colour runs, as the dye will not affect the down, and as you are re-covering it, why, the streaky case will not be seen.

When the entire quilt is wet, keep dipping it up and down in the water for a while, gently squeezing it between your hands. It's okay if the color runs, as the dye won't affect the down, and since you're re-covering it, the streaky case won't be visible.

Let it soak in the water for about an hour, occasionally stirring it in the bath, kneading and squeezing it so as to loosen the dirt. When you think it is clean, empty the bath and refill with hotter water, but no soap. Rinse well and continue[76] in fresh waters until the soap is completely rinsed out.

Let it soak in the water for about an hour, occasionally stirring it in the bath, kneading and squeezing it to loosen the dirt. When you think it’s clean, drain the bath and refill it with hotter water, but don’t add any soap. Rinse thoroughly and keep going in fresh water until all the soap is completely rinsed out.[76]

Wring out thoroughly and hang over the edge of the bath to drain. At the end of twenty minutes wring out again, and it is much better if you can get another person to help with it, as it is much too big to do alone. Next, take it out into the garden and hang it on a line, the higher the better, but anywhere where the wind can blow through it.

Wring it out completely and hang it over the edge of the tub to drain. After twenty minutes, wring it out again, and it’s much easier if you can get someone else to help since it’s too big to handle alone. Then, take it out into the garden and hang it on a line, as high as you can, but anywhere the wind can get to it.

And here is needed the patience; for it will take two days—probably three days, and possibly a week—to dry in the open, for an eiderdown is very thick, and the down being close it is difficult for the air to penetrate. Never let it stay out after the sun is off it, as it quickly absorbs the damp and only delays the process of drying. Frequently turn it while hanging on the line, and shake it well to loosen the feathers.

And here patience is necessary; it will take two days—maybe three days, and possibly a week—to dry outside, since an eiderdown is very thick, and the close-packed down makes it hard for the air to get through. Make sure not to leave it out after the sun goes down, as it quickly absorbs moisture and just delays the drying process. Often turn it while it’s hanging on the line, and shake it well to loosen the feathers.

I generally find that three days is enough to dry my quilts thoroughly, but I always leave them spread out on the grass on a clean sheet for one whole day in the sunshine after the drying to fluff up the feathers. It is wonderful how the heat makes them swell and become light and fluffy.

I usually find that three days is enough to dry my quilts completely, but I always leave them spread out on the grass on a clean sheet for a full day in the sun afterward to fluff up the feathers. It’s amazing how the heat makes them expand and become light and fluffy.

filet pattern for rooster, bunny, back of bunny, duck, duckling, chick and chicken
A DIAGRAM FOR THE CASEMENT CURTAIN SHOWN ON PAGE 95.

When all this is finished, take your little cane and whip it all over hard, as though you were beating a carpet. Turn it often as this helps to loosen the down inside.

When all this is done, take your little cane and whip it really hard, like you're beating a carpet. Turn it frequently since this helps to loosen the down inside.

This completes the cleaning process, which is simple but complete, and then you are ready for the re-covering.

This wraps up the cleaning process, which is straightforward yet thorough, and then you're set for the re-covering.

The new cover, needless to say, depends entirely upon individual choice whether it is to be satin, silk, sateen or chintz.

The new cover, of course, completely depends on personal choice whether it’s satin, silk, sateen, or chintz.

I always use a pretty chintz corresponding to the curtains and hangings of the bedroom the quilt belongs to. One side I cover with this, and the other side I use a self-coloured sateen or casement cloth to tone.

I always use a nice chintz that matches the curtains and decorations of the bedroom that the quilt belongs to. I cover one side with this, and on the other side, I use a solid-colored sateen or lightweight fabric to coordinate.

It is impossible for me to give the amount of material necessary, as eiderdowns vary tremendously in size. There are many different widths in what is called a double-bedded quilt, as also in the single-bedded ones. For large-sized ones you will have to have a seam down the centre, as no material is wide enough to cover it completely; but, for a single-width quilt, a forty-inch goods will be wide enough.

It’s impossible for me to provide the exact amount of material needed, since eiderdowns come in a wide range of sizes. There are many different widths in what’s referred to as a double bed quilt, as well as in the single bed ones. For larger sizes, you’ll need to have a seam down the center, as no material is wide enough to cover it completely; however, for a single-width quilt, forty-inch fabric will be wide enough.

Re-covering the Quilt.

The last quilt I covered was for a brown room with a china-blue carpet patterned in white, and so I chose a willow-pattern[77] chintz with a reverse side of brown sateen, and it was really one of the most successful I have done.

The last quilt I made was for a brown room with a light blue carpet patterned in white, so I picked a willow-pattern chintz with a brown sateen backing, and it turned out to be one of the best I've done.

First of all, machine-stitch the two widths of material together, being careful to match the design on the right side, and carefully press the seam flat. Then spread out on the floor the sateen—also seamed—and, laying the eiderdown upon it, run a tacking thread all round the edge, being careful to stretch the quilt to its fullest, so as not to make the cover too tight. After this run a line of stitching around each and every little eyelet, of which there are many; these hold the cover in position for the next step.

First, machine-stitch the two widths of material together, making sure to align the design on the right side, and then press the seam flat. Next, lay the seamed sateen out on the floor and place the eiderdown on top of it. Use a tacking thread to stitch all around the edge, ensuring you stretch the quilt as much as possible to avoid making the cover too tight. After that, sew a line of stitching around each little eyelet, of which there are many; these will keep the cover in place for the next step.

Taking a long thread of a bright-coloured cotton, carefully follow out the design of the quilting, which, in my particular case, was a very elaborate scroll, tacking the stitches right through the quilt to the new piece of material. If the design is very complicated this needs patience; but nowadays eiderdowns are more often quilted in straight lines, with perhaps a diamond centre.

Taking a long piece of brightly colored cotton thread, carefully trace the quilting design, which, in my case, was a very intricate scroll, tacking the stitches all the way through the quilt to the new piece of fabric. If the design is really complicated, it requires patience; but these days, comforters are more often quilted in straight lines, maybe with a diamond in the center.

Always tack your pattern on the plain side of the material, as it is so much easier to stitch on the machine later on if there is no pattern to dazzle your eyes.

Always pin your pattern on the plain side of the fabric, as it's much easier to sew on the machine later if there isn't a pattern to distract your eyes.

I would impress on whoever tries this re-covering to be very careful about keeping exactly to the quilting pattern, as on this altogether depends the success of the whole undertaking. It would be most disappointing if, after having finished, you should find that owing to careless tacking the covering was crooked or cramped or drawn. It takes patience and care, but is quite easy and most satisfying.

I want to emphasize to anyone attempting this re-covering to be very careful about sticking closely to the quilting pattern, as the success of the entire project depends on it. It would be really disappointing if, after finishing, you discovered that due to careless tacking, the covering turned out crooked, cramped, or pulled. It requires patience and attention, but it's quite easy and very rewarding.

When you have completed the outlining, lay the quilt on the floor again and tack on the chintz, doing exactly as you did with the sateen, only omitting to outline the quilting, as it is not necessary to have it on both sides.

When you've finished the outlining, spread the quilt on the floor again and pin down the chintz, just like you did with the sateen, but skip the outlining on the quilting since it's not needed on both sides.

Next, where the threads outline the eyelets take a stiletto and punch the holes through both sides and button-hole them all round through the double materials. In doing this use silk the colour of the plain-coloured side, as it looks so much nicer than the reverse way.

Next, where the threads outline the eyelets, take a stiletto and punch holes through both sides and buttonhole them all around through the double materials. When doing this, use silk that matches the color of the plain side, as it looks much nicer than the opposite approach.

And now all is ready for the machine. If your quilt is in two colours, thread the machine with the silk matching the sateen and use a bobbin threaded with a shade to match the reverse. Carefully follow out the design which you have outlined, spreading the quilt as wide as possible so as not to get it puckered.

And now everything is ready for the machine. If your quilt has two colors, thread the machine with silk that matches the sateen and use a bobbin with thread that matches the back. Carefully follow the design you’ve outlined, spreading the quilt out as wide as you can to avoid puckering.

When all the stitching is finished you will be delighted to see that both sides of the quilt are stitched in their own respective colourings.

When all the stitching is done, you'll be pleased to see that both sides of the quilt are stitched in their own unique colors.

Take out the tacking threads around the edge, and turning down the edge of the “right side” of the quilt insert a narrow piping cord and sew in by machine. Next turn in the edges of the other side, and hem by hand down to the edge of the cord. This gives a very nice finish as well as a very neat one.

Remove the tacking threads from the edge, and while turning down the edge of the “right side” of the quilt, insert a narrow piping cord and sew it with a machine. Next, fold in the edges of the other side, and hem it by hand all the way to the edge of the cord. This creates a nice and tidy finish.

To anybody who desires a frill, though these are not always the prevailing fashion—there being fashions in eiderdowns as in other things—after taking out the tacking thread around the edge of the quilt, insert the frill instead of the cord and stitch firmly by machine. In using a frill be sure to have it made of[78] the two materials the same as the cover, putting the plain to the plain and the fancy to the fancy. Then hem down as with the cord.

To anyone who wants a frill, even though they aren’t always in style—just like other trends—first, remove the tacking thread around the edge of the quilt, then replace the cord with the frill and sew it securely by machine. Make sure the frill is made from the same two materials as the cover, matching the plain with the plain and the fancy with the fancy. After that, hem it down just like you would with the cord.

A very handsome edge can be made if a thick cord be used similar to those used in upholstery work, but covered tightly with material before sewing to the cover. The pulling tightly of the material covering the cord gives a sort of “cable” effect, and is really very pretty.

A really attractive edge can be created using a thick cord like those used in upholstery, but it should be wrapped tightly in fabric before stitching it to the cover. Pulling the fabric tightly around the cord creates a "cable" effect, which looks really nice.

When completed I feel sure you will be pleased with the look of your new eiderdown. It costs so little—not more than a few shillings at the outside.

When it's done, I’m sure you’ll be happy with how your new comforter looks. It’s so affordable—no more than a few shillings at most.

still more decorative stitches (five)
SUGGESTIONS FOR CURTAIN BORDERS.
See the article on page 61.

Patchwork Quilts.

That useful branch of oldtime needlework, the patchwork quilt, has been revived, and this revival is due to the exigency of economy during war-time. The price of all kinds of materials being so very high, and the need for economy so great, have led to many useful devices, in order to maintain a reasonable amount of comfort during these trying times, and not the least of these is the patchwork quilt.

That useful type of traditional needlework, the patchwork quilt, has made a comeback, and this revival is largely because of the need to save money during wartime. With the prices of all kinds of materials being so high and the need for frugality so pressing, people have come up with many practical solutions to keep a reasonable level of comfort during these challenging times, and one of the best of these is the patchwork quilt.

quilt of triangles
A simple pattern showing triangles in three colours.

The smallest scraps of cotton, silk, or other material can be utilised and made into coverings, which in many cases may be made very artistic, and durable. In order to carry out the colour scheme of the bedroom for which it is intended, it is necessary to combine only those colours which are found in the other furnishings.

The tiniest pieces of cotton, silk, or other fabrics can be used to create coverings that can be quite artistic and long-lasting. To match the color scheme of the bedroom for which they are intended, it’s important to combine only those colors that are present in the other furnishings.

The usual size of a quilt for a double bed is 6 ft. by 5 ft., or if the bed be very large, 6 ft. by 6 ft. The single bed size is 5 ft. by 4 ft. For a child’s cot, 4 ft. by 3 ft. is the average size.

The standard size of a quilt for a double bed is 6 ft. by 5 ft., or if the bed is extra large, 6 ft. by 6 ft. The size for a single bed is 5 ft. by 4 ft. For a child's cot, the average size is 4 ft. by 3 ft.

corner of quilt
To form the sides of the padded quilt illustrated on the next page.

Many of the more artistic kind are made up into bedspread size, which is longer than the quilt, and allows for a fall over each side. The size of a bedspread is usually from 72 to 90 inches, by from 90 to 100 inches.

Many of the more artistic ones are made in bedspread size, which is longer than a quilt and allows it to drape over each side. A bedspread typically measures between 72 to 90 inches wide and from 90 to 100 inches long.

block quilt
An effective design for silk patchwork: black and white squares, machined or quilted diagonally in green.

The pieces of material, which are all of the same kind in each quilt, are cut up into triangles, squares, points, circles, etc., and care must be taken to have the sizes of the different shapes exactly alike. The edges are turned in, then the various pieces[80] topsewn together on the wrong side according to the pattern. It is a good plan to make the quilt in sections, then unite all together.

The pieces of fabric, which are all the same type in each quilt, are cut into triangles, squares, shapes, circles, etc., and it's important to make sure the sizes of the different shapes are exactly the same. The edges are folded in, and then the various pieces[80] are sewn together on the back side according to the pattern. It's a good idea to make the quilt in sections and then join them all together.

Diagram of diamonds
A diagram showing a two-colour star design.

A quilt of this kind must have a lining, and if wanted to give additional warmth an interlining of some kind. Cotton wadding, strips of old white flannel, or any colour which will not run in the washing, sewn together. Old woollen underwear thoroughly washed and with worn pieces cut away, can be made use of, as well as light colour tweeds, etc., but all pieces must be lightly sewn together with flat seams, then tacked on the lining. See that this lining fits the quilt exactly, turn in the edges of both, tack together, then machine stitch or sew the edges together. Blanket stitch may be worked over the edge with coarse coloured silk, embroidery thread, or No. 5 “Peri-Lusta.”

A quilt like this needs a lining, and if you want to add extra warmth, you should include some kind of interlining. You can use cotton batting, strips of old white flannel, or any color that won't bleed in the wash, sewn together. Old wool underwear that has been thoroughly washed with worn pieces cut away can also be used, along with light-colored tweeds, etc. However, all pieces must be lightly sewn together using flat seams, and then tacked onto the lining. Make sure this lining fits the quilt perfectly, turn in the edges of both, tack them together, and then either machine stitch or sew the edges together. You can also use a blanket stitch over the edge with thick colored silk, embroidery thread, or No. 5 “Peri-Lusta.”

quilt of hexagons
To form a padded quilt.

The quilt is now ready for the “quilting,” without which it would not be complete. This is done on the sewing machine if one be at hand, otherwise hand-sewing[81] with coloured thread, matching or contrasting with the work, is done in running stitch, with here and there a backstitch to make it secure. Use a long sewing needle with “Peri-Lusta” thread, any required colour, No. 8. The lines of sewing can be formed into diamond shape, squares, herringbone shape, zig-zag, or any other form liked.

The quilt is now ready for the “quilting,” which is essential for its completion. This can be done on a sewing machine if one is available; otherwise, hand-sewing[81] with colored thread, either matching or contrasting with the design, is done using a running stitch, with a backstitch here and there for security. Use a long sewing needle with “Peri-Lusta” thread in any needed color, No. 8. The sewing lines can be arranged in diamond shapes, squares, herringbone patterns, zig-zag, or any other preferred design.

About Quilting.

The following designs are easily made, and will only require scraps of material found lying idle in most households. Old sheets can be made use of for the lining, or perhaps faded casement curtains, which can be washed and bleached, or tinted to match.

The following designs are easy to make and will only need scraps of material that are usually found lying around most homes. Old sheets can be used for the lining, or maybe faded window curtains, which can be washed and bleached or dyed to match.

fleur-de-lis
An appliqué design to border a plain bedspread. This was carried out in two shades of blue.

Triangles in Three Colours.

Triangles in Three Colors.

This is intended for scraps of silk too small to allow of variety in the shape. They are all cut into triangles, and the colours arranged to form hexagonal shapes. There are only three colours, and of each you will require two triangles to form the hexagonal shape. Place the six triangles with a point of each in the centre, no two of same colour coming together, turn in and topsew the edges of each of two sides together. Make several of this shape before joining together, then topsew all the hexagonals, which will be found to fit into each other. Finish in the manner already directed.

This is for scraps of silk that are too small for a variety of shapes. They are all cut into triangles, and the colors are arranged to create hexagonal shapes. There are only three colors, and for each color, you'll need two triangles to form the hexagon. Arrange the six triangles with a point in the center, making sure no two triangles of the same color are next to each other. Fold in and topstitch the edges of two sides together. Make several of this shape before connecting them, then topstitch all the hexagons, which will fit into each other. Finish as previously directed.

A Variety of the “Star” Shape Design.

A Range of the “Star” Shape Design.

The design shown on page 82 is a variety of the “star” shape design, and three colours are used. Each star has a plain six-sided figure in the centre. In the design this centre is green. Then each of these six sides has a triangle in white. The space between the points being filled with pink, the outer edge of which is, of course, twice as long as one side of the centre.

The design shown on page 82 is a variation of the “star” shape design, using three colors. Each star features a simple six-sided figure in the center, which is green. Each of these six sides has a white triangle. The space between the points is filled with pink, and the outer edge is, of course, twice as long as one side of the center.

Suitable for Silk Patchwork.

Perfect for Silk Patchwork.

The design at the bottom of page 79 is the very latest design, and is suitable for scraps of silk, the fashionable colours of black and white being combined in the sample. Blue and white, pink and white, green and white, or any other colours can be substituted. The border has an appliqué of roses cut from cretonne.[82] Each motif has its edges turned under, then tacked to the quilt or bedspread when the quilting is finished. The edge is worked over with green “Peri-Lusta” of the same shade as that with which the “quilting” was done, using outline stitch.

The design at the bottom of page 79 is the latest style and is perfect for scraps of silk, featuring a trendy combination of black and white in the sample. You can also use blue and white, pink and white, green and white, or any other colors instead. The border includes an appliqué of roses cut from cretonne.[82] Each motif has its edges folded under and is then tacked onto the quilt or bedspread after the quilting is done. The edge is finished with green “Peri-Lusta” in the same shade as the thread used for the quilting, using an outline stitch.

To Form a Padded Quilt.

To Make a Padded Quilt.

The design at the bottom of page 80 is intended for forming a padded quilt out of small pieces of silk, sateen, or other material. The hexagonal shape is used here, and the lining of contrasting colour is cut to the same size, then five sides of the shape are sewn together, and the little bag so formed is stuffed with vegetable down, then the other side sewn up. One side of this can be silk and the other cotton.

The design at the bottom of page 80 is meant for creating a padded quilt using small pieces of silk, sateen, or other fabrics. The hexagonal shape is used here, and the lining in a contrasting color is cut to the same size. Then, five sides of the shape are sewn together, and the little bag formed is stuffed with vegetable down, after which the other side is sewn up. One side can be silk, and the other can be cotton.

The long narrow strips for the sides are formed of the principal material in strips of the required length, and double the width the band is to be. Sew the edges together, then stuff with the down through one end, sew the corners together, and these must be cut at right angles, so as to give a nice corner. When all the padded pieces are sewn together, a pretty effect is obtained by going over all the seams with black cotton in feather-stitch. Vegetable down is cheap, and about three pounds will be ample for a large size quilt.

The long, narrow strips for the sides are made from the main material, cut into strips of the needed length, and twice the width of the band. Sew the edges together, then fill them with down through one end, sew the corners together, and make sure the corners are cut at right angles for a neat finish. Once all the padded pieces are sewn together, a nice look is achieved by outlining all the seams with black cotton in a feather-stitch pattern. Vegetable down is affordable, and about three pounds will be enough for a large quilt.

Pretty quilt
A three-colour design for a patch-work quilt, in diamonds, triangles, and hexagonals.

Patchwork Appliqué Bedspreads.

Patchwork Appliqué Bedspreads.

Another economical bed-covering is found in the patchwork appliqué. In this bedspread there is no lining required, and cheap cotton material serves for the foundation, or old sheets, casement curtains, bolton sheeting, etc., that have served their purpose can be utilised. They can be tinted any shade desirable and, of course, must contrast with the colours chosen for the appliqué. A deep border turned up on the foundation in the form of a hem is attractive, as seen in the “Fleur-de-lis” design on page 81. Here the foundation is cream sateen, and the appliqué with border cut from similar material, but in a deep shade of pink. The motif is simply outlined with black “Peri-Lusta” in stem stitch, when attaching to the bedspread.

Another affordable bed-covering is the patchwork appliqué. This bedspread doesn't need a lining, and inexpensive cotton fabric can be used as the base, or you can repurpose old sheets, curtain panels, or other fabric that has already been used. These materials can be dyed any shade you like and should contrast with the colors chosen for the appliqué. A deep hem at the edge of the base is appealing, as seen in the “Fleur-de-lis” design on page 81. In this example, the base is cream sateen, while the appliqué and hem are cut from the same material in a deep shade of pink. The design is simply outlined with black “Peri-Lusta” in a stem stitch when attached to the bedspread.


Repairing Table Linen.

Figures 1-3: Plain, Twill and Darning for a Straight Tear or Gash
Fig. 1.
Plain Darning.
Fig. 2.
Twill Darning.
Fig. 3. Darning
for a Straight
Tear or Gash.

Now more than ever is it absolutely necessary to preserve our linen household napery, for the price asked for new linen is enormous, owing to its scarcity, and it is said that in the near future it will be almost impossible to obtain it at any price.

Now more than ever, it’s really important to take care of our linen household napkins, because the cost of new linen is incredibly high due to its scarcity, and it’s said that in the near future, it will be almost impossible to find it at any price.

It may not be generally known that linen is liable to the attack of minute insects, which bore through it, just as the moth does through wood, and so weaken it that it soon wears into holes, if precaution is not taken to prevent them. When storing linen, camphor, lavender, cedar wood, etc., are just as necessary for its preservation as they are for woollen goods, and it is said that an apple, hung up till quite dry, then studded all over with cloves, stuck in up to the head, is very potent when attached to the top of the drawer of the chest, or hung on the inside of the door, if the chest be made in this way. All linen should be well aired before putting away. The repairs should be made before sending the linen to the laundry, and if it has been stiffened and glazed, the part requiring mending should be steeped in warm water to take out the starch, and then dried.

It might not be widely known that linen can be attacked by tiny insects that bore into it, just like moths do with wood, which can weaken the fabric and eventually create holes if precautions aren’t taken to prevent this. When storing linen, using camphor, lavender, cedar wood, and similar items is just as crucial for its preservation as it is for woolen goods. It’s said that hanging a completely dried apple covered in cloves, with the cloves pushed in all the way, is very effective when attached to the top of the drawer of a chest or hung inside the door if the chest is designed this way. All linen should be well-aired before being stored away. Any repairs should be done before sending the linen to the laundry, and if it has been stiffened and glazed, the part that needs mending should be soaked in warm water to remove the starch and then dried.

When a part becomes threadbare, the best method of repairing is to darn it neatly with fine linen thread, obtained by ravelling a piece of the material. In the case of a table cloth this thread can be got by ripping the hem at one end and unravelling the edge for a few rows. Wind the thread on a reel and keep for the repairing of this cloth, then remake the hem.

When a part wears out, the best way to fix it is to darn it carefully with fine linen thread, which you can get by unraveling a piece of the fabric. For a tablecloth, you can get this thread by ripping the hem at one end and undoing the edge for a few rows. Wind the thread onto a reel and save it for repairing this cloth, then redo the hem.

Fig. 1 shows the method of doing plain darning, and Fig. 2 shows the twill darning or plain damask stitch.

Fig. 1 shows how to do plain darning, and Fig. 2 shows twill darning or plain damask stitch.

Insert the part to be darned in the embroidery tambour with the wrong side turned towards you, as all darning must be done on this side of the material. The darning should go well up into the sound part of the surrounding material, and the stitches should be small and even.

Insert the section to be repaired into the embroidery hoop with the wrong side facing you, since all darning needs to be done on this side of the fabric. The darning should extend well into the good part of the surrounding fabric, and the stitches should be small and uniform.

Repairing Table Linen.

Run in the lengthwise stitches first, taking care to have them a little loose, as they will shrink when washed, and leave a small loop of the thread at each turning, to allow for the taking up of these threads when working across them. Run the stitches according to the thread of the material in perfectly straight lines, taking up only two or three threads and skipping the same number. In alternate rows take up those threads skipped in the preceding rows.

Run the lengthwise stitches first, making sure to keep them a bit loose, as they will shrink when washed. Leave a small loop of thread at each turn to allow for adjusting these threads when working across them. Sew the stitches following the thread of the fabric in perfectly straight lines, picking up only two or three threads and skipping the same number. In alternating rows, pick up the threads you skipped in the previous rows.

When the weak portion is covered with the lengthwise stitches and about half an inch beyond it at each end, work across in the same way, taking up and leaving alternate stitches, and having the same space between the rows as at first.

When the weak area is covered with lengthwise stitches and about half an inch beyond it at each end, work across in the same way, picking up and skipping alternate stitches, and keeping the same space between the rows as before.

Three examples of darning (photo)
These specimens show some of the patterns that are to be met with in damask.
Darning and Patching.

When there is a hole in the linen, it is necessary to cut away the worn edges and make the sides even, then[85] darn as in the preceding case, but have the threads much closer together, continue each lengthwise thread across the hole and darn down below it, leave the loop at the end when turning. (See Fig. 1). The darn when finished should have the threads so close together as to replace the original piece.

When there's a hole in the fabric, you need to cut away the frayed edges and make the sides even. Then[85] start darning like before, but with the threads much closer together. Continue each lengthwise thread across the hole and darn down below it, leaving a loop at the end when you turn. (See Fig. 1). The finished darn should have the threads close enough together to replace the original piece.

For twilled linen fabric Fig. 2 shows the method of proceeding. Begin by working the darning stitch lengthwise across the hole in the same manner as before, then study the material to see how many threads of the fabric are crossed over to form the twill, and proceed to make the crossing stitches, passing over two or three threads and taking up one or two according to the pattern. In each succeeding row advance one or two threads in the same direction.

For twilled linen fabric, Fig. 2 shows how to proceed. Start by working the darning stitch lengthwise across the hole just like before. Then, examine the fabric to see how many threads are crossed to create the twill, and begin making the crossing stitches by passing over two or three threads and picking up one or two, depending on the pattern. In each subsequent row, move one or two threads in the same direction.

Even coloured borders can be very successfully repaired, and a correct copy of the original design be obtained in this way, using thread matching in colour with those of the border.

Even colored borders can be successfully repaired, and an accurate copy of the original design can be achieved this way, using thread that matches the color of the border.

Fig. 3 shows how to repair a rent in the material, or a gash made by a knife, when the edges fit close together. Place a strip of stiff paper underneath the opening and tack securely all round. Darn across the rent, drawing the edges close together, and picking up the threads in each row which were passed over in the preceding. Leave the small loop at each turning as before.

Fig. 3 shows how to fix a tear in the fabric or a cut made by a knife when the edges fit closely together. Place a strip of stiff paper underneath the opening and secure it all around. Stitch across the tear, pulling the edges together and catching the threads in each row that were skipped in the previous one. Leave a small loop at each corner as before.

two darning examples
Fig. 5. A Top-sewn Patch.
Fig. 4. A Hemmed and Stitched Patch.

Patching the Linen.

Mending the sheets.

When the piece to be repaired is too large for darning, it must be cut out and replaced with a patch of the same material and, if possible, the patch should be cut from linen which has been in use about the same length of time as that requiring the mending. If new material must be used, then let it be somewhat thinner in texture than the other, for if the same material in a new piece be used the patch would be very conspicuous.

When the item that needs fixing is too big for darning, it should be cut out and replaced with a patch made from the same material. If possible, the patch should come from linen that has been used for about the same amount of time as the item needing repair. If new material has to be used, it should be slightly thinner than the original fabric, because using the same material for the patch would make it stand out too much.

Repairing Table Linen.

Use fine linen thread and a fine sewing needle when patching. Cut the edges of the hole to a thread of the material, taking away the worn parts completely, cut the patch[86] to fit over the hole and about an inch beyond it each way. Turn in the edges of the hole, making a diagonal slit at each corner, to get a perfect angle and flat seam. Turn in the edges of the patch and tack on the wrong side evenly over the hole, turn to the right side and hem the patch to the edge of the hole with neat small stitches, then backstitch on this right side to the outside edge of the patch, keeping the lines straight and the angle at each corner acute. See Fig. 4.

Use fine linen thread and a small sewing needle for patching. Trim the edges of the hole down to a thread of the fabric, removing all the worn parts completely. Cut the patch[86] to fit over the hole and extend about an inch beyond it on all sides. Fold in the edges of the hole, making a diagonal cut at each corner to achieve a perfect angle and flat seam. Fold in the edges of the patch and baste it evenly on the wrong side over the hole, then flip it to the right side and hem the patch to the edge of the hole with neat, small stitches. Next, backstitch along this right side to the outer edge of the patch, ensuring the lines are straight and the corners are sharp. See Fig. 4.

Fig. 5 shows the inset patch which is less noticeable than the preceding, and suitable for articles which do not have to stand very frequent use and washing. The edges of the hole are arranged as in the preceding, the patch is cut to fit it exactly, with its edges turned in a seam of the same width as that in the hole. Both edges are topsewn together on the wrong side, then the seam opened out and pressed quite flat. If neatly done and the pattern evenly matched, a patch of this kind is scarcely noticeable. The raw edges of the material should be neatly overcast to prevent ravelling.

Fig. 5 shows the inset patch, which is less visible than the previous one and is suitable for items that don’t need to handle frequent use and washing. The edges of the hole are arranged like in the previous one, and the patch is cut to fit it perfectly, with its edges tucked in a seam of the same width as the hole. Both edges are sewn together on the wrong side, then the seam is opened up and pressed flat. If done neatly and the pattern is matched evenly, a patch like this is hardly noticeable. The raw edges of the material should be neatly overcast to prevent fraying.

Darning Damask Table Linen.

Darning Damask Table Linen.

When darning damask linen it is quite possible to imitate the design so closely as to render the mending invisible. A close study of the design is necessary to see the number of threads taken up and passed over. In all cases the best thread to use is the ravelling obtained by picking out the threads from the edges of the material.

When repairing damask linen, you can imitate the design so well that the mend becomes invisible. You need to closely examine the design to understand how many threads to pick up and skip over. In every case, the best thread to use is the one you get by pulling out threads from the edges of the fabric.

The illustration page shows the most common damask patterns and the method of darning them. In all cases the lengthwise stitches are worked as in Fig. 2. The pattern is worked by the crossing stitches, taking up and passing over a certain number of threads in each successive row.

The illustration page displays the most popular damask patterns and how to darn them. In every case, the lengthwise stitches are done as shown in Fig. 2. The pattern is created by crossing stitches, picking up and passing over a specific number of threads in each row.

The samples are worked with two coloured threads, so that the stitches forming the design can be easily copied.

The samples are made with two colored threads, so the stitches that create the design can be easily replicated.

When doing drawn thread work wind all the pulled threads on a reel, and keep them for mending linen of all kinds, they are the best threads for the purpose.

When doing drawn thread work, wind all the pulled threads onto a reel and save them for mending all types of linen; they are the best threads for the job.

When Cloths are frayed at the Laundry.

When clothes are worn out at the laundry.

Table cloths and serviettes are usually sent to the laundry, even when the bulk of the washing is done at home, as it is so difficult for the amateur to get the evenly glazed surface that the professional worker gives the cloths. The result is that tablecloths soon show signs of wear and tear, and invariably “go” first down the edges.

Tablecloths and napkins are usually sent to the dry cleaners, even if most of the laundry is done at home, because it's hard for the average person to achieve the smooth finish that a professional can give them. As a result, tablecloths quickly start to show signs of wear, typically starting at the edges.

As soon as holes and fraying appear at the sides or ends, cut the strip right off, unless it is quite a small rent and can easily be mended. As a rule, when the edges once start to go, they do the job pretty thoroughly. And the best way is to cut off the weak part, before it tears far into the material, and turn a new hem.

As soon as you see holes or fraying at the sides or ends, cut the strip right off, unless it’s a tiny tear that can be easily fixed. Generally, when the edges start to go, they usually fall apart quickly. The best approach is to cut off the weak section before it tears deeper into the material and create a new hem.

If the cloth is then too narrow to use on the dining table, it can be widened or lengthened, by applying a deep hem, which can be joined with fagotting to the cloth. It will be necessary to tack both the cloth that has been cut and re-hemmed, and the new hem on stiff paper to keep it even as you work the faggoting.

If the fabric is too narrow to use on the dining table, you can make it wider or longer by adding a deep hem, which can be attached to the fabric with fagotting. You’ll need to pin both the cut and re-hemmed fabric and the new hem onto stiff paper to keep everything even while you work on the fagotting.


Mending a Sheet.

photo of center seam
Showing the centre of the sheet with selvedge edges in overlapping seam, and hem-stitching reworked over the seam.

Nowadays, when economy must be the watchword with most of us, a great saving can be effected in our household by paying attention to the requirements of the contents of the linen chest and remembering the old proverb, “a stitch in time saves nine.”

These days, when being economical is important for many of us, we can save a lot in our households by focusing on what's needed in our linen chest and keeping in mind the old saying, “a stitch in time saves nine.”

When a piece of bedroom or table-napery shows signs of wear in any part by becoming thin, patching can be avoided by carefully darning the spot with soft cotton or linen thread, running the stitches well up into the sound portion surrounding the weak. But when, as in the case of sheets, a large portion gets thin all over, patching must be resorted to.

When a piece of bedding or table linen starts to wear out and become thin in any area, you can avoid patching by carefully darning the spot with soft cotton or linen thread, making sure the stitches run well into the surrounding intact fabric. However, when a large area, like in the case of sheets, becomes thin all over, you'll need to resort to patching.

The best way to repair a sheet that has become well worn in the centre is to cut it right up the middle and turn the selvedged edges to the centre. Tack these in a flat seam, overlapping the edges for somewhat less than the quarter of an inch (do not turn in the selvedge edge for there must not be a thick seam), using fine sewing cotton of a soft make, stitch along the extreme edge of the seam at both sides, or use the machine if one be handy; in the latter case do not have the tension tight. If the part now turned to the sides shows any holes or any portion of it be very thin, it is better to cut this portion out and replace by a patch.

The best way to fix a sheet that’s become worn in the middle is to cut it straight down the center and bring the selvedged edges to the middle. Tack these in a flat seam, overlapping the edges by just under a quarter of an inch (don't turn in the selvedge edge, as it shouldn't create a thick seam). Use fine, soft sewing cotton and stitch along the very edge of the seam on both sides, or use a sewing machine if you have one; in the latter case, keep the tension loose. If the parts now turned to the sides have any holes or if any section is really thin, it’s better to cut that part out and replace it with a patch.

The piece for this patch should be lighter than the material of the sheet, but of the same kind, and it is always well to keep pieces of the old sheets which can no longer be used for this purpose.

The piece for this patch should be lighter than the sheet material, but made of the same type. It's always a good idea to keep scraps of the old sheets that can no longer be used for this purpose.

Cut the patch to the required size by a line in the threads of the material, allowing two or three inches beyond the weak edges in the sheet. Turn in the edges neatly along the three sides[88] of the piece which come in on the sheet, tack the two edges together and spread the patch in place on the sheet, making it perfectly smooth, now tack round the three edges. Hem down this side of the patch.

Cut the patch to the needed size along the thread line of the material, leaving two or three inches beyond the weak edges of the sheet. Neatly fold in the edges along the three sides[88] of the piece that overlap the sheet, tack the two edges together, and place the patch on the sheet, ensuring it's flat. Now, tack around the three edges. Hem down this side of the patch.

photograph of patch
Showing the patch set into the side of the sheet before hemming, with method of cutting away the worn part under the patch.

Turn the other side of the sheet and cut away the portion over the patch, leaving half an inch margin, turn in the edges of the margin, snipping the corners to make an angle, tack the seam, then hem or machine-stitch along the edge. The sheet is now ready for hemming the sides, turn in a half inch hem at each side and sew in place. If the sheet has been hem-stitched at both ends a few stitches of this hemming must be undone at each side of the centre seam and then reworked so as to preserve the pattern and give a neat finish to the work.

Turn the sheet over and cut away the section over the patch, leaving a half-inch margin. Fold in the edges of the margin, trimming the corners to create an angle, then tack the seam, and either hem or machine-stitch along the edge. The sheet is now ready for hemming the sides; fold in a half-inch hem on each side and sew it in place. If the sheet has been hem-stitched at both ends, you’ll need to undo a few stitches of this hemming on each side of the center seam and then rework it to maintain the pattern and ensure a neat finish.

Books for Little Girls

Books for Young Girls

Edited by FLORA KLICKMANN

“The Little Girl’s Sewing Book” is unlike any other needlework book that has ever been published, and is overflowing with pictures and little poems, just the sort that a child enjoys. “The Little Girl’s Knitting and Crochet Book” contains instructions for making many articles—easy, attractive, and useful—that a small girl will love to knit or crochet.

A Patchwork Toilet Runner.

black and white photograph
Strips of pretty Cretonne are joined together, and the hem is of blue print.

The illustration on this page shows a very effective way of using pieces of cretonne to make a toilet runner. Runners are expensive items to buy, but if you have some pretty pieces of material by you, you can make one with very little trouble and expense.

The illustration on this page shows a really effective way to use pieces of cretonne to create a toilet runner. Runners can be pricey to buy, but if you have some nice pieces of fabric on hand, you can make one with very little effort and cost.

The one shown is composed of 18 pieces of pretty coloured cretonne, each measuring about 2¼ × 8¼ inches. These are joined together to make a long strip, and the whole is finished with a 1¾ inch hem of blue print, which is machined on.

The one shown is made up of 18 pieces of colorful cretonne, each measuring about 2¼ × 8¼ inches. These are stitched together to create a long strip, and the entire piece is finished with a 1¾ inch hem of blue print, which is sewn on.

The border can be of any pretty shade that will tone well with the pieces. Or, if they are of a delicate shade, a hem of unbleached calico would make a delightful finish. This washes excellently, and the soft, creamy tint looks exceedingly well with the pale-coloured pieces.

The border can be any nice color that matches the pieces. Or, if they are in a light shade, a hem of unbleached calico would create a lovely finish. This fabric washes really well, and the soft, creamy color looks great with the light-colored pieces.

In selecting the pieces of cretonne to be used, it is essential to employ only those that will launder well. Otherwise with the first wash the whole thing will be spoilt through the colours “running.”

In choosing the pieces of cretonne to use, it's crucial to pick only those that will wash well. Otherwise, after the first wash, everything will be ruined because the colors will bleed.

This runner when finished measures 44 inches long by 12 inches deep, but a cloth of any size or shape can be made in this way, and with a little thought and trouble really delightful results can be secured at little or no expense.

This runner, when completed, measures 44 inches long by 12 inches deep, but you can create a cloth of any size or shape using this method. With a bit of thought and effort, you can achieve truly delightful results at little or no cost.

If you do not happen to have any fancy cretonne by you, there is no reason why plain coloured pieces should not be used. So long as they are carefully and tastefully blended, quite a pretty cloth or runner can be made. Oddments of casement cloth, linen, cotton poplin, print, can all be saved, and a real economy can be effected by this method of using them.

If you don't have any fancy cretonne on hand, there's no reason you can't use plain colored pieces instead. As long as they are carefully and tastefully blended, you can create a lovely cloth or runner. You can save scraps of casement cloth, linen, cotton poplin, and print, and this method of using them can lead to real savings.


Modern Bead Work.

Beaded motifs as dress trimmings were never more in vogue than at the present time. Beaded bags, hat-bands, belts and ornaments are all expensive articles to purchase, but they are quite easy to make, and the materials cost but a little.

Beaded designs as fashion accessories are more popular now than ever. Beaded bags, hatbands, belts, and ornaments may be pricey to buy, but they're pretty simple to make, and the materials are inexpensive.

There are two modes of making the hand-made trimmings and bags, and, of course, this kind is worth much more than that made by machinery, as well as being more lasting and artistic.

There are two ways to create hand-made trimmings and bags, and of course, this type is worth much more than that made by machines, as it is also more durable and artistic.

In beaded crochet a coloured mercerised cotton, fine enough to pass easily through the beads selected, is used with a crochet-hook corresponding in fineness to the thread. The beads are first put on the thread, using a fine sewing needle for the purpose, or waxing the thread end; the beads are then worked into the design with the usual d c.

In beaded crochet, a colored mercerized cotton that is fine enough to easily pass through the chosen beads is used along with a crochet hook that matches the thread's thickness. First, the beads are added to the thread using a fine sewing needle or by waxing the end of the thread; then, the beads are incorporated into the design using the standard double crochet (d c).

In the needle-made variety, which we are illustrating in this issue, each bead is attached to the bead immediately below it, and to the one following it. A very fine sewing needle, with fine linen or glazed cotton thread, is necessary.

In the needle-made version we're showcasing in this issue, each bead is connected to the bead right below it and the one above it. You will need a very fine sewing needle along with fine linen or glossy cotton thread.

The Rose Design.

The Rose Design.

photograph of beaded rose
A Needle-made Beaded Rose Motif

This beautiful design is suitable as a single motif for dress trimming, or as a repeat for tops of bags, etc.

This lovely design works great as a standalone motif for dress embellishments or as a pattern for the top of bags and other items.

Delft-blue china beads compose the background for the rose, which is of a deep pink colour, with small green stem.

Delft-blue china beads make up the background for the rose, which is a deep pink color with a small green stem.

Use fine linen thread and a very fine sewing needle. Thread 29 of the blue beads (or any other colour selected for the groundwork), run the needle back through the 28th bead (that is, insert the needle through the 28th bead, between the 28th and 29th, and bring it out through the 28th between that and the 27th), thread a bead, bring this bead over the 28th, and run the needle back through the 28th, as you did before, but run it through the 27th also; thread another bead, place it over the 27th, and run the needle back through the 27th and 26th beads; repeat with every 2 beads to the end. Turn.

Use fine linen thread and a very fine sewing needle. Thread 29 of the blue beads (or any other color you choose for the groundwork), run the needle back through the 28th bead (that is, insert the needle through the 28th bead, right between the 28th and 29th, and pull it out through the 28th between that and the 27th), thread a bead, bring this bead over the 28th, and run the needle back through the 28th like you did before, but also run it through the 27th; thread another bead, place it over the 27th, and run the needle back through the 27th and 26th beads; repeat this with every 2 beads until the end. Turn.

3rd Row.—Thread a bead, run the needle back through the last bead in the 2nd row, thread a bead, run the needle back through the last bead again, in the same manner as before, and through the following bead; thread a bead, and continue as in the 2nd row, introducing the rose beads. After working 7 blue (b), there are 5 pink (p), 3 b, 3 p, 10 b.

3rd Row.—String a bead, pass the needle back through the last bead in the 2nd row, string a bead, pass the needle back through the last bead again, just like before, and through the next bead; string a bead, and keep going as in the 2nd row, adding the rose beads. After adding 7 blue (b), there are 5 pink (p), 3 b, 3 p, 10 b.

4th Row.—9 b, 5 p, 1 b, 6 p, 7 b.

4th Row.—9 b, 5 p, 1 b, 6 p, 7 b.

5th Row.—7 b, 6 p, 1 b, 5 p, 9 b.

5th Row.—7 black, 6 purple, 1 black, 5 purple, 9 black.

6th Row.—8 b, 2 p, 8 b, 4 p, 6 b.

6th Row.—8 b, 2 p, 8 b, 4 p, 6 b.

7th Row.—6 b, 1 p, 2 b, 1 p, 1 b, 6 p, 2 b, 2 p, 7 b.

7th Row.—6 b, 1 p, 2 b, 1 p, 1 b, 6 p, 2 b, 2 p, 7 b.

Needle-made Motifs.
two beaded desings (photo)
A Needle-made Star Design and a Bird Motif.

8th Row.—7 b, 1 p, 1 b, 2 p, 2 b, 5 p, 2 b, 2 p, 6 b.

8th Row.—7 balls, 1 pin, 1 ball, 2 pins, 2 balls, 5 pins, 2 balls, 2 pins, 6 balls.

9th Row.—7 b, 2 p, 1 b, 2 p, 7 b, 1 p, 1 b, 2 p, 5 b.

9th Row.—7 b, 2 p, 1 b, 2 p, 7 b, 1 p, 1 b, 2 p, 5 b.

10th Row.—5 b, 1 p, 1 b, 1 p, 5 b, 1 p, 1 b, 4 p, 2 b, 3 p, 4 b.

10th Row.—5 black, 1 pink, 1 black, 1 pink, 5 black, 1 pink, 1 black, 4 pink, 2 black, 3 pink, 4 black.

11th Row.—3 b, 5 p, 1 b, 4 p, 1 b, 2 p, 4 b, 1 p, 1 b, 2 p, 4 b.

11th Row.—3 blue, 5 pink, 1 blue, 4 pink, 1 blue, 2 pink, 4 blue, 1 pink, 1 blue, 2 pink, 4 blue.

12th Row.—4 b, 1 p, 1 b, 1 p, 4 b, 2 p, 1 b, 5 p, 1 b, 6 p, 2 b.

12th Row.—4 b, 1 p, 1 b, 1 p, 4 b, 2 p, 1 b, 5 p, 1 b, 6 p, 2 b.

13th Row.—2 b, 1 p, 1 b, 1 p, 4 b, 5 p, 1 b, 2 p, 4 b, 1 p, 1 b, 1 p, 4 b.

13th Row.—2 b, 1 p, 1 b, 1 p, 4 b, 5 p, 1 b, 2 p, 4 b, 1 p, 1 b, 1 p, 4 b.

14th Row.—4 b, 1 p, 1 b, 4 p, 1 b, 2 p, 1 b, 4 p, 2 b, 6 p, 2 b.

14th Row.—4 b, 1 p, 1 b, 4 p, 1 b, 2 p, 1 b, 4 p, 2 b, 6 p, 2 b.

15th Row.—3 b, 6 p, 1 b, 4 p, 3 b, 4 p, 1 b, 1 p, 5 b.

15th Row.—3 b, 6 p, 1 b, 4 p, 3 b, 4 p, 1 b, 1 p, 5 b.

16th Row.—3 b, 2 p, 1 b, 1 p, 4 b, 3 p, 1 b, 3 p, 1 b, 6 p, 3 b.

16th Row.—3 b, 2 p, 1 b, 1 p, 4 b, 3 p, 1 b, 3 p, 1 b, 6 p, 3 b.

17th Row.—4 b, 5 p, 1 b, 1 p, 3 b, 8 p, 1 b, 2 p, 3 b.

17th Row.—4 b, 5 p, 1 b, 1 p, 3 b, 8 p, 1 b, 2 p, 3 b.

18th Row.—3 b, 3 p, 1 b, 9 p, 2 b, 5 p, 5 b.

18th Row.—3 b, 3 p, 1 b, 9 p, 2 b, 5 p, 5 b.

19th Row.—7 b, 2 p, 2 b, 1 p, 1 b, 7 p, 2 b, 2 p, 4 b.

19th Row.—7 b, 2 p, 2 b, 1 p, 1 b, 7 p, 2 b, 2 p, 4 b.

20th Row.—6 b, 2 p, 1 b, 6 p, 1 b, 3 p, 9 b.

20th Row.—6 b, 2 p, 1 b, 6 p, 1 b, 3 p, 9 b.

21st Row.—8 b, 3 p, 3 b, 1 p, 4 b, 4 p, 5 b.

21st Row.—8 blue, 3 purple, 3 blue, 1 purple, 4 blue, 4 purple, 5 blue.

22nd Row.—4 b, 4 p, 1 b, 4 p, 1 b, 1 p, 1 b, 5 p, 1 b, 1 green (g), 5 b.

22nd Row.—4 blue, 4 purple, 1 blue, 4 purple, 1 blue, 1 purple, 1 blue, 5 purple, 1 blue, 1 green (g), 5 blue.

graph of rose with color key
The Rose diagram. The Star diagram is given below.

23rd Row.—4 b, 1 g, 2 b, 5 p, 1 b, 2 p, 1 b, 7 p, 5 b.

23rd Row.—4 blue, 1 green, 2 blue, 5 purple, 1 blue, 2 purple, 1 blue, 7 purple, 5 blue.

24th Row.—5 b, 6 p, 2 b, 3 p, 1 b, 3 p, 3 b, 2 g, 3 b.

24th Row.—5 b, 6 p, 2 b, 3 p, 1 b, 3 p, 3 b, 2 g, 3 b.

25th Row.—3 b, 1 g, 5 b, 5 p, 4 b, 3 p, 7 b.

25th Row.—3 b, 1 g, 5 b, 5 p, 4 b, 3 p, 7 b.

26th Row.—24 b, 1 g, 3 b.

26th Row.—24 b, 1 g, 3 b.

27th and 28th Rows.—All blue.

27th and 28th Rows.—All blue.

The bead at each turning is not included in the number given at the beginning of each row; this is the “turning” bead, and must be used in every row as in the 1st and 2nd rows.

The bead at each turn is not counted in the total given at the start of each row; this is the "turning" bead and must be used in every row just like in the 1st and 2nd rows.

A Needle-made Star Design.

A stitched star design.

star graph

This lovely design can be extended each way. It is made with 2 shades of blue, but any other combination will prove equally attractive if the shades are well chosen.

This beautiful design can be extended in any direction. It uses 2 shades of blue, but any other combination will look just as appealing if the colors are well chosen.

Light and dark blue were used in the sample, and, of course, the beads are all of the same size and shape.

Light and dark blue were used in the sample, and, of course, the beads are all the same size and shape.

Thread 4 dark blue (d b), 7 light blue (l b), 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 7 l b, 4 d b. Turn. In this[93] design the “turning” bead is omitted.

Thread 4 dark blue (d b), 7 light blue (l b), 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 7 l b, 4 d b. Turn. In this[93] design, the “turning” bead is omitted.

2nd Row.—Thread 1 d b bead, run the needle through the last bead in 1st row at the side next to the 2nd last, draw out the thread, now run it through the 1st bead in this row towards the 2nd bead in 1st row, and put it through that bead; thread another d b and continue on with 2 more d b, then 8 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 3 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 8 l b, 4 d b.

2nd Row.—String 1 d b bead, push the needle through the last bead in the 1st row next to the 2nd last one, pull the thread through, then thread it through the 1st bead in this row towards the 2nd bead in the 1st row, and pass it through that bead; add another d b and keep going with 2 more d b, then 8 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 3 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 8 l b, 4 d b.

3rd Row.—2 d b, 11 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 11 l b, 2 d b.

3rd Row.—2 d b, 11 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 11 l b, 2 d b.

4th Row.—2 d b, 12 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 12 l b, 2 d b.

4th Row.—2 d b, 12 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 12 l b, 2 d b.

5th Row.—10 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 3 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 10 l b.

5th Row.—10 lbs, 1 db, 4 lbs, 1 db, 3 lbs, 1 db, 4 lbs, 1 db, 10 lbs.

6th Row.—10 l b, 2 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 2 d b, 10 l b.

6th Row.—10 lbs, 2 dbs, 4 lbs, 1 db, 1 lb, 1 db, 4 lbs, 2 dbs, 10 lbs.

7th Row.—10 l b, 3 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 3 d b, 10 l b.

7th Row.—10 lbs, 3 db, 4 lbs, 1 db, 4 lbs, 3 db, 10 lbs.

8th Row.—10 l b, 4 d b, 7 l b, 4 d b, 10 l b.

8th Row.—10 lb, 4 db, 7 lb, 4 db, 10 lb.

9th Row.—10 l b, 5 d b, 5 l b, 5 d b, 10 l b.

9th Row.—10 lb, 5 db, 5 lb, 5 db, 10 lb.

10th Row.—10 l b, 6 d b, 3 l b, 6 d b, 10 l b.

10th Row.—10 lb, 6 db, 3 lb, 6 db, 10 lb.

11th Row.—4 l b, 6 b d, 1 l b, 5 d b, 3 l b, 5 d b, 1 l b, 6 b d, 4 l b.

11th Row.—4 lbs, 6 lbs d, 1 lb, 5 d lbs, 3 lbs, 5 d lbs, 1 lb, 6 lbs d, 4 lbs.

12th Row.—1 d b, 4 l b, 6 d b, 1 l b, 4 d b, 3 l b, 4 d b, 1 l b, 6 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b.

12th Row.—1 domed brick, 4 large bricks, 6 domed bricks, 1 large brick, 4 domed bricks, 3 large bricks, 4 domed bricks, 1 large brick, 6 domed bricks, 4 large bricks, 1 domed brick.

13th Row.—1 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 6 d b, 1 l b, 3 d b, 3 l b, 3 d b, 1 l b, 6 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b.

13th Row.—1 lb, 1 db, 4 lb, 6 db, 1 lb, 3 db, 3 lb, 3 db, 1 lb, 6 db, 4 lb, 1 db, 1 lb.

14th Row.—2 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 6 d b, 1 l b, 2 d b, 3 l b, 2 d b, 1 l b, 6 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b.

14th Row.—2 lb, 1 db, 4 lb, 6 db, 1 lb, 2 db, 3 lb, 2 db, 1 lb, 6 db, 4 lb, 1 db, 2 lb.

15th Row.—1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 6 d b, 1 l b, 1 d b, 3 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b, 6 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b.

15th Row.—1 down, 2 left back, 1 down, 4 left back, 6 down, 1 left back, 1 down, 3 left back, 1 down, 1 left back, 6 down, 4 left back, 1 down, 2 left back, 1 down.

16th Row.—1 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 6 d b, 5 l b, 6 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b.

16th Row.—1 lb, 1 db, 2 lb, 1 db, 4 lb, 6 db, 5 lb, 6 db, 4 lb, 1 db, 2 lb, 1 db, 1 lb.

A Swallow Design.
bird graph with color key
A Diagram for working the Bird.

17th Row.—2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b.[94] 10 l b, 3 d b, 10 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b.

17th Row.—2 lbs, 1 d b, 2 lbs, 1 d b.[94] 10 lbs, 3 d b, 10 lbs, 1 d b, 2 lbs, 1 d b, 2 lbs.

18th Row.—1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 9 l b, 3 d b, 9 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b.

18th Row.—1 dark brown, 2 light brown, 1 dark brown, 2 light brown, 1 dark brown, 9 light brown, 3 dark brown, 9 light brown, 1 dark brown, 2 light brown, 1 dark brown, 2 light brown, 1 dark brown.

19th Row.—2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 10 l b, 3 d b, 10 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b.

19th Row.—2 lb, 1 db, 2 lb, 1 db, 10 lb, 3 db, 10 lb, 1 db, 2 lb, 1 db, 2 lb.

20th Row.—1 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 6 d b, 5 l b, 6 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b.

20th Row.—1 lb, 1 db, 2 lb, 1 db, 4 lb, 6 db, 5 lb, 6 db, 4 lb, 1 db, 2 lb, 1 db, 1 lb.

21st Row.—2 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 6 d b, 1 l b, 1 d b, 3 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b, 6 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b.

21st Row.—2 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 6 d b, 1 l b, 1 d b, 3 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b, 6 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b.

22nd Row.—2 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 6 d b, 1 l b, 2 d b, 3 l b, 2 d b, 1 l b, 6 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b.

22nd Row.—2 lb, 1 db, 4 lb, 6 db, 1 lb, 2 db, 3 lb, 2 db, 1 lb, 6 db, 4 lb, 1 db, 2 lb.

23rd Row.—1 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 6 d b, 1 l b, 3 d b, 3 l b, 3 d b, 1 l b, 6 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b.

23rd Row.—1 lb, 1 db, 4 lb, 6 db, 1 lb, 3 db, 3 lb, 3 db, 1 lb, 6 db, 4 lb, 1 db, 1 lb.

24th Row.—1 d b, 4 l b, 6 d b, 1 l b, 4 d b, 3 l b, 4 d b, 1 l b, 6 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b.

24th Row.—1 db, 4 lb, 6 db, 1 lb, 4 db, 3 lb, 4 db, 1 lb, 6 db, 4 lb, 1 db.

25th Row.—4 l b, 6 d b, 1 l b, 5 d b, 3 l b, 5 d b, 1 l b, 6 d b, 4 l b.

25th Row.—4 lb, 6 db, 1 lb, 5 db, 3 lb, 5 db, 1 lb, 6 db, 4 lb.

26th Row.—10 l b, 6 d b, 3 l b, 6 d b, 10 l b.

26th Row.—10 lb, 6 db, 3 lb, 6 db, 10 lb.

27th Row.—10 l b, 5 d b, 5 l b, 5 d b, 10 l b.

27th Row.—10 lb, 5 db, 5 lb, 5 db, 10 lb.

28th Row.—10 l b, 4 d b, 7 l b, 4 d b, 10 l b.

28th Row.—10 lb, 4 db, 7 lb, 4 db, 10 lb.

29th Row.—10 l b, 3 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 3 d b, 10 l b.

29th Row.—10 lb, 3 db, 4 lb, 1 db, 4 lb, 3 db, 10 lb.

30th Row.—10 l b, 2 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 2 d b, 10 l b.

30th Row.—10 lb, 2 db, 4 lb, 1 db, 1 lb, 1 db, 4 lb, 2 db, 10 lb.

31st Row.—10 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 3 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 1 d b, 10 l b.

31st Row.—10 lb, 1 db, 4 lb, 1 db, 3 lb, 1 db, 4 lb, 1 db, 10 lb.

32nd Row.—2 d b, 12 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 12 l b, 2 d b.

32nd Row.—2 double bass, 12 little bass, 1 double bass, 2 little bass, 1 double bass, 2 little bass, 1 double bass, 12 little bass, 2 double bass.

33rd Row.—2 d b, 11 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 11 l b, 2 d b.

33rd Row.—2 d b, 11 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 11 l b, 2 d b.

34th Row.—4 d b, 8 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 3 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 8 l b, 4 d b.

34th Row.—4 d b, 8 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 3 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 8 l b, 4 d b.

35th Row.—4 d b, 7 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 7 l b, 4 d b.

35th Row.—4 d b, 7 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 7 l b, 4 d b.

Repeat from the 2nd row.

Repeat from the 2nd row.

The Bird Motif.

The Bird Theme.

This is worked with two shades of blue beads—light and dark—bright yellow, and any colour chosen for the ground-work.

This is done with two shades of blue beads—light and dark—bright yellow, and any color selected for the background.

It is a beautiful design for a beaded bag intended for a gift. If used for this purpose there must be a larger number of beads in the first row for a foundation, as the number shown in the diagram (52) only gives a width of 4 inches. Allow 14 beads for each extra inch required. Be sure to keep the bird design exactly in the centre of the background, the depth of the design as worked is 3¼ inches, therefore more rows before and after the bird design will be necessary to increase the depth.

It’s a beautiful design for a beaded bag meant to be a gift. If you’re using it for this purpose, there needs to be a larger number of beads in the first row for a solid foundation, since the number shown in the diagram (52) only gives a width of 4 inches. Add 14 beads for each extra inch you need. Make sure to keep the bird design exactly in the center of the background; the depth of the design as it is currently made is 3¼ inches, so you’ll need more rows before and after the bird design to increase the depth.

Using a fine linen or glazed sewing cotton, thread 53 beads for the groundwork foundation, turn, run the thread back through the 52nd bead, and, working as directed for the rose design, form the 2nd row of groundwork, which, in the illustration is white. The “turning” bead is not included in the numbers composing the design, but it must be used at the beginning of every row.

Using fine linen or glazed sewing cotton, thread 53 beads for the base layer, then pass the thread back through the 52nd bead. Following the instructions for the rose design, create the 2nd row of the base layer, which is shown in the illustration as white. The "turning" bead isn’t included in the count for the design, but it must be used at the start of every row.

3rd Row.—30 white (w), 2 dark blue (d b), 20 w.

3rd Row.—30 white (w), 2 dark blue (d b), 20 w.

4th Row.—21 w, 2 d b, 2 yellow (y), 27 w.

4th Row.—21 white, 2 dark blue, 2 yellow, 27 white.

5th Row.—26 w, 2 y, 1 d b, 1 light blue (l b), 1 d b, 21 w.

5th Row.—26 white, 2 yellow, 1 dark blue, 1 light blue, 1 dark blue, 21 white.

6th Row.—21 w, 3 l b, 3 y, 25 w.

6th Row.—21 white, 3 light blue, 3 yellow, 25 white.

7th Row.—25 w, 2 y, 4 l b, 21 w.

7th Row.—25 white, 2 yellow, 4 light blue, 21 white.

8th Row.—15 w, 6 d b, 5 l b, 2 y, 24 w.

8th Row.—15 white, 6 dark blue, 5 light blue, 2 yellow, 24 white.

9th Row.—22 w, 2 l b, 1 y, 12 l b, 3 d b, 12 w.

9th Row.—22 white, 2 light blue, 1 yellow, 12 light blue, 3 dark blue, 12 white.

A Nursery Casement Curtain.

10th Row.—11 w, 2 d b, 14 l b, 1 y, 4 l b, 20 w.

10th Row.—11 w, 2 d b, 14 l b, 1 y, 4 l b, 20 w.

11th Row.—17 w, 3 d b, 21 l b, 2 d b, 9 w.

11th Row.—17 w, 3 d b, 21 l b, 2 d b, 9 w.

12th Row.—8 w, 1 d b, 25 l b, 2 d b, 16 w.

12th Row.—8 women, 1 disabled boy, 25 little boys, 2 disabled boys, 16 women.

13th Row.—14 w, 2 d b, 6 l b, 1 d b, 20 l b, 2 d b, 7 w.

13th Row.—14 west, 2 down back, 6 left back, 1 down back, 20 left back, 2 down back, 7 west.

14th Row.—6 w, 2 d b, 22 l b, 1 d b, 7 l b, 2 d b, 12 w.

14th Row.—6 women, 2 days back, 22 long backs, 1 day back, 7 long backs, 2 day backs, 12 women.

15th Row.—11 w, 1 d b, 8 l b, 1 y, 6 l b, 2 w, 10 l b, 1 w, 1 l b, 1 w, 3 l b, 2 d b, 5 w.

15th Row.—11 w, 1 d b, 8 l b, 1 y, 6 l b, 2 w, 10 l b, 1 w, 1 l b, 1 w, 3 l b, 2 d b, 5 w.

16th Row.—5 w, 1 d b, 2 l b, 6 w, 1 l b, 2 w, 1 l b, 2 w, 1 l b, 5 w, 5 l b, 1 y, 9 l b, 1 d b, 10 w.

16th Row.—5 white, 1 dark brown, 2 light brown, 6 white, 1 light brown, 2 white, 1 light brown, 2 white, 1 light brown, 5 white, 5 light brown, 1 yellow, 9 light brown, 1 dark brown, 10 white.

17th Row.—9 w, 1 d b, 9 l b, 1 y, 6 l b, 19 w, 2 l b, 1 d b, 4 w.

17th Row.—9 w, 1 d b, 9 l b, 1 y, 6 l b, 19 w, 2 l b, 1 d b, 4 w.

18th Row.—3 w, 1 d b, 2 l b, 21 w, 5 l b, 2 y, 9 l b, 1 d b, 8 w.

18th Row.—3 white, 1 dark blue, 2 light blue, 21 white, 5 light blue, 2 yellow, 9 light blue, 1 dark blue, 8 white.

19th Row.—7 w, 1 d b, 8 l b, 3 w, 1 y, 5 l b, 23 w, 1 d b, 3 w.

19th Row.—7 w, 1 d b, 8 l b, 3 w, 1 y, 5 l b, 23 w, 1 d b, 3 w.

20th Row.—2 w, 1 d b, 25 w, 5 l b, 1 y, 2 w, 1 l b, 1 w, 7 l b, 1 d b, 6 w.

20th Row.—2 w, 1 d b, 25 w, 5 l b, 1 y, 2 w, 1 l b, 1 w, 7 l b, 1 d b, 6 w.

21st Row.—5 w, 1 d b, 6 l b, 1 w, 1 l b, 4 w, 5 l b, 27 w, 1 d b, 1 w.

21st Row.—5 white, 1 dark blue, 6 light blue, 1 white, 1 light blue, 4 white, 5 light blue, 27 white, 1 dark blue, 1 white.

22nd Row.—29 w, 6 l b, 7 w, 5 l b, 1 d b, 4 w.

22nd Row.—29 w, 6 l b, 7 w, 5 l b, 1 d b, 4 w.

23rd Row.—3 w, 1 d b, 4 l b, 8 w, 7 l b, 29 w.

23rd Row.—3 women, 1 disabled person, 4 lads, 8 women, 7 lads, 29 women.

24th Row.—29 w, 3 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 9 w, 2 l b, 1 d b, 3 w.

24th Row.—29 white, 3 little black, 1 dark blue, 4 little black, 9 white, 2 little black, 1 dark blue, 3 white.

25th Row.—2 w, 1 d b, 1 l b, 11 w, 1 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 29 w.

25th Row.—2 w, 1 d b, 1 l b, 11 w, 1 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b, 1 d b, 4 l b, 29 w.

26th Row.—29 w, 4 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b, 11 w, 1 l b, 2 w.

26th Row.—29 w, 4 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 1 l b, 11 w, 1 l b, 2 w.

27th Row.—1 w, 1 l b, 12 w, 3 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 1 d b, 2 l b, 29 w.

27th Row.—1 white, 1 light blue, 12 white, 3 light blue, 1 dark blue, 2 light blue, 1 dark blue, 2 light blue, 29 white.

28th Row.—29 w, 2 l b, 1 d b, 3 l b, 1 d b, 3 l b, 13 w.

28th Row.—29 w, 2 l b, 1 d b, 3 l b, 1 d b, 3 l b, 13 w.

29th Row.—14 w, 2 l b, 1 w, 2 l b, 1 d b, 3 l b, 29 w.

29th Row.—14 w, 2 l b, 1 w, 2 l b, 1 d b, 3 l b, 29 w.

30th Row.—29 w, 1 l b, 1 w, 1 l b, 1 w, 1 l b, 18 w.

30th Row.—29 wins, 1 loss by, 1 win, 1 loss by, 1 win, 1 loss by, 18 wins.

31st and 32nd Rows.—All white.

31st and 32nd Rows.—All white.

curtain with adorable top of  chickens, ducks and bunnies
A CASEMENT CURTAIN WITH A FILET CROCHET TOP.
See pages 67, 75 and 76.

Crochet Ribbons for Underwear Beadings.

A very pretty and economical substitute for the silk lingerie ribbon is found in the new crochet ribbons for this purpose. Fine mercerised cotton, or crochet silk thread is used with a fine hook.

A very attractive and affordable alternative to silk lingerie ribbon is found in the new crochet ribbons made for this purpose. They're created using fine mercerized cotton or crochet silk thread with a small hook.

photograph of ribbons
The above illustration shows ribbons No. 1, 2, 3 and 4.

No. 1.

No. 1.

12 ch, turn, miss next ch, 5 d c into next 5 ch, 3 d c into next ch, 5 d c into last 5 ch, * turn with 1 ch, miss 1st d c, 5 d c into next 5 d c, 3 d c into next d c (that is the centre d c of the 3 d c into 1 ch), 5 d c into next 5 d c, miss last d c, and repeat from *.

12 ch, turn, skip the next ch, 5 d c into the next 5 ch, 3 d c into the next ch, 5 d c into the last 5 ch, * turn with 1 ch, skip the 1st d c, 5 d c into the next 5 d c, 3 d c into the next d c (which is the center d c of the 3 d c into 1 ch), 5 d c into the next 5 d c, skip the last d c, and repeat from *.

No. 2.

No. 2.

This is a corded design, and is worked over a single stout cotton thread, such as No. 10. Form a knot on the end of the No. 10 cotton, over the cord put 8 d c, keep the cord gently pulled, to have the stitches close together and the line perfectly straight. Turn, miss 1st 3 d c, 15 d c over the cord into the 15 d c *, 3 d c over the cord alone, 15 d c into the 15 d c; * repeat.

This is a corded design, worked over a single strong cotton thread, like No. 10. Make a knot at the end of the No. 10 cotton. Over the cord, do 8 double crochets, keeping the cord gently pulled to keep the stitches close together and the line perfectly straight. Turn, skip the first 3 double crochets, and do 15 double crochets over the cord into the 15 double crochets *, do 3 double crochets over the cord alone, then do 15 double crochets into the 15 double crochets; * repeat.

No. 3.

No. 3.

11 ch, turn, miss 1st ch, 1 d c into next ch, 3 ch, 2 tr into same ch as last d c, 1 d c into next 3rd ch, 3 ch, 2 tr into same ch, 1 d c into next 3rd ch, 3 ch, 2 tr into same ch, 1 d c into last ch, * turn, 1 ch, 1 d c into last d c, 3 ch, 2 tr into same d c, 1 d c, 3 ch, 2 tr over each 3 ch except the last, where you put only the 1 d c; repeat from *.

11 ch, turn, skip 1st ch, 1 double crochet into next ch, 3 ch, 2 triple crochet into the same ch as the last double crochet, 1 double crochet into the next 3rd ch, 3 ch, 2 triple crochet into the same ch, 1 double crochet into the next 3rd ch, 3 ch, 2 triple crochet into the same ch, 1 double crochet into the last ch, * turn, 1 ch, 1 double crochet into last double crochet, 3 ch, 2 triple crochet into the same double crochet, 1 double crochet, 3 ch, 2 triple crochet over each 3 ch except for the last, where you place only 1 double crochet; repeat from *.

No. 4.

No. 4.

13 ch, 1 tr into the 10th ch, over the tr put 1 d c, 4 tr, 1 tr into the 7th ch, over the tr put 1 d c, 4 tr, 1 tr into the 4th ch, over the tr 1 d c, 4 tr, 1 tr into the 1st ch, * turn, 4 ch, 1 tr into the space between the groups of tr with 1 d c, 4 tr over each, 1 tr over the 4 ch, at the turning 1 d c, 4 tr over this tr; * repeat.

13 ch, 1 dc into the 10th ch, then over the tr work 1 dc, 4 tr, 1 tr into the 7th ch, over the tr work 1 dc, 4 tr, 1 tr into the 4th ch, over the tr 1 dc, 4 tr, 1 tr into the 1st ch, * turn, 4 ch, 1 tr into the space between the groups of tr with 1 dc, 4 tr over each, 1 tr over the 4 ch, at the turn work 1 dc, 4 tr over this tr; * repeat.

No. 5.

No. 5.

14 ch, 1 d c into the 11th ch, 3 ch, 1 d c into every 2nd ch, * turn, 4 ch,[97] 1 d c, 3 ch into each loop; * repeat.

14 ch, 1 d c into the 11th ch, 3 ch, 1 d c into every 2nd ch, * turn, 4 ch,[97] 1 d c, 3 ch into each loop; * repeat.

Designs that will wear well.

No. 6.

No. 6.

10 ch, turn, 3 long tr into the 5th ch, retaining last loop of each on the hook until working off the 3rd, then work off all the loops together, and put 1 d c around the top, 3 ch, 3 long tr into same ch as last trs, 3 long tr into 1st ch, 3 ch, 3 long tr into same ch, 1 long tr beside last group, turn, * 5 ch, two groups of long trs with 3 ch between into each 3 ch space, 1 long tr between last trs and following chs; * repeat.

10 chain, turn, 3 long triple crochet into the 5th chain, keeping the last loop of each on the hook until you work off the 3rd, then work off all the loops together, and put 1 double crochet around the top, 3 chain, 3 long triple crochet into the same chain as the last triple crochets, 3 long triple crochet into the 1st chain, 3 chain, 3 long triple crochet into the same chain, 1 long triple crochet beside the last group, turn, * 5 chain, two groups of long triple crochets with 3 chain between into each 3 chain space, 1 long triple crochet between the last triple crochets and the following chains; * repeat.

more ribbons
Above are shown ribbons 5, 6, 7 and 8.

No. 7.

No. 7.

13 ch; into the 10th and 7th, 4th and 1st ch put 2 tr with 2 ch between, 1 tr beside last tr, * turn, 3 ch, into each 2 ch space put 2 tr with 2 ch between, 1 tr between last tr and next chs; * repeat.

13 ch; into the 10th and 7th, 4th and 1st ch put 2 tr with 2 ch between, 1 tr beside last tr, * turn, 3 ch, into each 2 ch space put 2 tr with 2 ch between, 1 tr between last tr and next chs; * repeat.

No. 8.

No. 8.

15 ch, turn, into the 10th ch put 1 d c, 5 ch, 1 d c, 3 ch, into the 7th ch, 1 d c, 5 ch, 1 d c, 3 ch, into the 4th ch, 1 d c, 5 ch, 1 d c, 3 ch, 1 d c into the 1st ch, * turn, 5 ch, into each picot 1 d c, 5 ch, 1 d c, 3 ch between the picots, 3 ch, 1 d c into the 3rd ch at the turning; * repeat.

15 ch, turn, into the 10th ch put 1 double crochet, 5 ch, 1 double crochet, 3 ch, into the 7th ch, 1 double crochet, 5 ch, 1 double crochet, 3 ch, into the 4th ch, 1 double crochet, 5 ch, 1 double crochet, 3 ch, 1 double crochet into the 1st ch, * turn, 5 ch, into each picot 1 double crochet, 5 ch, 1 double crochet, 3 ch between the picots, 3 ch, 1 double crochet into the 3rd ch at the turning; * repeat.

The illustrations show the actual size of the crochet ribbons, so the worker can easily gauge what width pattern she wishes to work. These are so varied in design as to give plenty of choice. If a firm, close pattern is preferred, either No. 1 or No. 2 would be suitable, the latter being particularly strong, the padding cord giving extra durability.

The illustrations display the actual size of the crochet ribbons, allowing the worker to easily determine what width pattern she wants to create. The designs are so diverse that there's plenty to choose from. If a firm, close pattern is preferred, either No. 1 or No. 2 would work well, with the latter being especially durable due to the padding cord that adds extra strength.

For an easily and quickly worked pattern, it would be difficult to find anything to beat design No. 5. This has the very even flat appearance, which renders it particularly suitable for ribbon purposes. Similar in appearance, though somewhat different in the working, is No. 7.

For a pattern that's easy and quick to work with, it's hard to find anything better than design No. 5. It has a very smooth flat look, making it especially great for ribbon projects. Similar in look, but a bit different in the technique, is No. 7.

No. 8 is a very lacy pattern, particularly suitable for finer kinds of underwear.

No. 8 is a very delicate pattern, especially suitable for more delicate types of underwear.

These crochet ribbons will launder excellently.

These crochet ribbons will wash very well.


Bead Fancies.

The fashion of the present day runs towards beads in every colour and design, and although the making of beads is not exactly a needlework economy, it is a dress economy, and that is very nearly related to needlework.

The trend today leans towards beads in every color and design, and while making beads isn't precisely a needlework trade, it is related to the fashion industry, which is very much connected to needlework.

I have been very successful in making all sorts of articles for ornamentation—from beads, sealing-wax, broken china, a little gold paint and some glue, not to mention a little grease and a knitting-needle.

I have been really successful in making all kinds of decorative items—from beads, sealing wax, broken china, a bit of gold paint, and some glue, not to mention a little grease and a knitting needle.

I began my home-made bead-making from necessity, because I was unable to find any beads to match a particular frock I very much wanted a string for. Also, in hunting everywhere for them, I found that the really artistic and barbaric ones ran into a great deal of money, especially if they were large.

I started making my own beads out of necessity because I couldn't find any that matched a specific dress I really wanted a necklace for. Plus, while searching everywhere for them, I discovered that the truly artistic and exotic ones were quite pricey, especially if they were large.

Now I wanted an odd shade of blue, which was really no shade at all, because the material was old and had faded to the beautiful tint which it now possesses. I could not procure any that were even remotely like it, and so my idea of making some for myself was born.

Now I wanted a strange shade of blue, which was really no shade at all, because the material was old and had faded to the beautiful tint it has now. I couldn’t find anything that even remotely resembled it, so I decided to make some for myself.

To begin with, I bought for sixpence a large box of assorted beads, such as are sold for children to string at kindergarten.

To start with, I bought a big box of assorted beads for sixpence, like the ones that kids use to string together in kindergarten.

Sealing-wax is an Essential.

Sealing wax is essential.

At a stationer’s I bought up a whole lot of broken sealing-wax for a very little money, purchasing at the same time two good sticks, one of gold and one of silver. These I carried home and sorted as best I could into shades of different colouring.

At a stationery store, I bought a bunch of broken sealing wax for very little money, and at the same time, I got two good sticks, one gold and one silver. I took them home and sorted them as best as I could by their different colors.

You will be surprised to find what a lot of different tones there are to be had in sealing-wax, though, when buying, be careful not to be taken in by the outside of the stick! I bought what I thought was a beautiful shade of lavender, but fortunately was told by the assistant that it was really a dark blue, which had been in the window and faded! Blues will often fade mauve, and reds will become pink. But you will easily avoid mistakes by looking at the box which gives a description of its contents.

You’ll be surprised at how many different shades of sealing wax there are, but when you buy it, make sure not to be fooled by the appearance of the stick! I bought what I thought was a lovely shade of lavender, but luckily the assistant told me it was actually a dark blue that had been in the window and faded! Blues often turn mauve, and reds become pink. But you can easily avoid errors by checking the box, which describes what’s inside.

Broken China the next Requisite.

Broken China the next Must-Have.

Having secured what I wanted at the stationer’s, I next looked through the china pantry and kitchen cupboards to see what I could find in the way of broken china and glass.

Having gotten what I wanted from the stationer's, I then checked the china pantry and kitchen cupboards to see what broken china and glass I could find.

I turned out quite a nice little heap from here, and then went to the tool-house, where I had a little store, which I had dug up out of the garden.

I ended up with a pretty nice little pile from here, and then I went to the shed, where I had a small stash that I had dug up from the garden.

I never can understand where all the broken china comes from which is always to be found in every garden when the earth is turned up. I have a small basket full of all sorts, of odd pieces in bright blues, reds, and yellows, which appear to be chips from plates or saucers. I should think it would take a generation of families, and their tea, dinner and breakfast services, to account for the quantity and colouring I have by me.

I can never figure out where all the broken china in every garden comes from when the soil is turned over. I have a small basket filled with all kinds of odd pieces in bright blues, reds, and yellows that seem to be chips from plates or saucers. I bet it would take a generation of families and their tea, dinner, and breakfast sets to explain the amount and colors I have collected.

All this china I washed carefully in soapy water, rinsing in very hot clear water, and drying whilst still hot. By this means the china and glass keeps its shine, and if set in the sun for a little while it will greatly improve the lustre.

I washed all this china carefully in soapy water, rinsed it in very hot clear water, and dried it while it was still hot. This way, the china and glass stay shiny, and if you set it in the sun for a little while, it will really enhance the shine.

Next I sorted the colours, and then, with the aid of a wooden hammer and a piece of felt, I cracked the china into tiny pieces. Be careful in doing this to put the coloured side of the china downwards, and lay on a piece of felt, with another piece on top. Hit gently, but firmly, and where the piece is cracked insert a nail or strong pin in the crack and hit with the hammer. The cracks will split and will leave a nice edge, which is very useful for sticking in the sealing-wax. Break the pieces as small as possible, but leaving the colour to show on one side. If you smash at the pieces they will powder and be of no use at all.

Next, I sorted the colors, and then, using a wooden hammer and a piece of felt, I smashed the china into tiny pieces. Be careful when doing this by placing the colored side of the china face down on a piece of felt, with another piece on top. Hit gently but firmly, and where the piece is cracked, insert a nail or strong pin into the crack and hit it with the hammer. The cracks will split and leave a nice edge, which is really helpful for sticking in the sealing wax. Break the pieces as small as possible while still keeping the color visible on one side. If you hit the pieces too hard, they'll turn to dust and won't be useful at all.

diagram of a dragon or griffin
A Diagram for working the cross-stitch design on the Bag illustrated on page 107.
This is worked on one side in green, and on the other side in purple.

Whatever odd beads you have, or old pieces of coloured paste and imitation stones—which are often to be had in old buckles—spangles and bugles, all are grist to the mill. I have also used broken pieces of pebbles and stones which I found among the gravel, and which were broken by the roller, and which,[100] when chipped very fine, displayed really brilliant colouring. Pieces of flint with a sparkle of mica look beautiful.

No matter what odd beads you have, or old bits of colored plastic and fake stones—which you can often find in old buckles—sequins and bugle beads, all of it is useful. I've also used broken bits of pebbles and stones I found in the gravel, which were broken by the roller, and when chipped very fine, showed really bright colors. Pieces of flint with a hint of mica look beautiful.

Making the Beads.

Making Beads.

Having completed this collection, I turned my attention to the bead-making, and I began in this manner:—

Having finished this collection, I focused on bead-making, and I started like this:—

I started with a set of six large beads in blues for my chain. I chose the largest beads in my assorted box, irrespective of colour and shape. Taking one of these I slipped it over the end of a steel knitting-needle, using one large enough to hold the bead tightly. This needle I first greased with a rag on which a little lard had been rubbed. This prevents the sealing-wax adhering to anything but the bead.

I began with a set of six large blue beads for my chain. I picked the biggest beads from my mixed box, regardless of color and shape. Taking one of these, I slid it over the end of a steel knitting needle, choosing one that was large enough to hold the bead securely. I first greased this needle with a cloth that had a bit of lard on it. This keeps the sealing wax from sticking to anything but the bead.

Next I lit a taper, and, using blue wax, I covered the bead roughly with it, turning the knitting-needle in my hand, so that the hot liquid ran round it. This I plunged into cold water.

Next, I lit a candle, and using blue wax, I roughly covered the bead with it, turning the knitting needle in my hand so that the hot liquid flowed around it. Then I plunged it into cold water.

Before proceeding, I would like to say that great care must be taken not to smoke the wax when a taper or candle is used; if you will heat the wax in the centre of the flame, you will find that the colour does not become blackened.

Before moving on, I want to emphasize that you need to be very careful not to smoke the wax when using a taper or candle. If you heat the wax in the middle of the flame, you’ll notice that the color doesn’t get blackened.

As soon as the blue wax had cooled, without hardening, I splashed on some of the gold, and, turning the bead rapidly in the flame itself, the gold mingled with the blue, so forming a sort of marbled effect. This I also plunged into the cold water.

As soon as the blue wax cooled down without hardening, I splashed on some gold, and while quickly rotating the bead in the flame, the gold mixed with the blue, creating a marbled effect. I then plunged this into cold water.

Then I chose a brilliant yellow wax, and, heating it in the candle flame, I squeezed the tip into a sharp point.

Then I picked a bright yellow wax, and, heating it in the candle flame, I squeezed the tip into a sharp point.

This, in turn, I heated, and dabbed it in regular intervals round the bead to form spots. While the spots were still soft, I pushed into the centre of each one a tiny piece of broken china, in a pure turquoise shade, pinching the wax to cover the rough edge.

I heated this up and applied it in regular intervals around the bead to create spots. While the spots were still soft, I pressed a small piece of broken china in a bright turquoise color into the center of each one, pinching the wax to cover the rough edge.

Do not use the fingers to the sealing-wax more than can be possibly helped, as touching it takes away the glaze.

Do not touch the sealing-wax with your fingers any more than absolutely necessary, as it will remove the glaze.

I made three beads similar to this design, and three in a paler shade of blue, with the same yellow spots, but using pieces of dark red china instead of the turquoise. These I strung with a three-inch length of small yellow beads (which I bought at the same shop as the box of beads came from, and which were also sold for children’s kindergarten work) between each large one, and the chain, when finished, looked truly beautiful. It certainly enhanced the beauty and value of the frock for which it was made.

I made three beads like this design, and three in a lighter shade of blue, with the same yellow spots, but using pieces of dark red china instead of the turquoise. I strung these with a three-inch length of small yellow beads (which I bought from the same shop as the box of beads, and which were also sold for children's kindergarten projects) between each large bead, and the finished chain looked really beautiful. It definitely enhanced the beauty and value of the dress it was made for.

Making Fancy Buttons.

Creating Stylish Buttons.

To match the chain I made four buttons, used to fasten the shoulder-pieces of the bodice, in the same colours and the same design.

To match the chain, I made four buttons that fasten the shoulder pieces of the bodice, using the same colors and design.

To make these, any old buttons that have shanks to them will do, but have shanks they must, as there is no other means of fastening them. I had four old brass buttons, with flat, shiny tops. With an old knife I scraped the face of each so as to make it rough, as the wax adheres better to a rough surface.

To make these, any old buttons with shanks will work, but they have to have shanks because there’s no other way to attach them. I had four old brass buttons with flat, shiny tops. With an old knife, I scraped the surface of each one to make it rougher since the wax sticks better to a rough surface.

Pretty Uses for Beads.

I used a piece of cardboard—piece of an old box—and cut four small slits in it large enough to[101] slip the button-shanks through. On the other side I slipped a burnt match into the shank of each, and by this means the buttons were quite firm and did not wobble about.

I used a piece of cardboard from an old box and cut four small slits in it just wide enough to[101] slip the button shanks through. On the other side, I stuck a burnt match into the shank of each button, and this kept the buttons secure and prevented them from wobbling.

Then I covered two with dark wax, and two with light wax similar to the beads, scraping away any wax which had overflowed on to the cardboard. Before it was cold I pressed a tiny ring of the small yellow beads round the immediate edge, finishing off with a spot of the yellow wax in the centre of each, and a scrap of broken china in the centre of that, again.

Then I coated two with dark wax and two with light wax similar to the beads, scraping away any excess wax that overflowed onto the cardboard. Before it cooled, I pressed a small ring of the little yellow beads around the edge, finishing off with a dab of yellow wax in the center of each and a piece of broken china in the middle of that.

I found the buttons a little rough on the edge, but, with the aid of a nail file, I rubbed them fairly smooth, and they did not notice when sewn on the frock.

I found the buttons a bit rough around the edges, but with the help of a nail file, I smoothed them out pretty well, and they didn't notice when I sewed them onto the dress.

I have made buttons and buckles galore from old oddments, using up different coloured beads in an inlaid fashion.

I’ve made tons of buttons and buckles from old scraps, using a mix of colorful beads in a decorative way.

A most effective way is to cover the surface of a button with a thin layer of glue, and to lay the beads on in a design like a mosaic. This is a really beautiful way of decorating buttons, and a very pretty opaque look can be given by sprinkling the beads, while the gum is still wet, with a little of the flitter used in pen painting.

A really effective method is to coat the surface of a button with a thin layer of glue and then arrange the beads in a mosaic-like design. This is a beautiful way to decorate buttons, and you can achieve a lovely opaque look by sprinkling the beads with a bit of the glitter used in pen painting while the glue is still wet.

Various Ways of Using Beads.

Ways to Use Beads.

A very pretty way of using beads also is to hem a skirt with them, simply tacking the hem in the desired depth, and then, with a long cotton and needle, make a stitch through to the right side, slip on a bead, pass the needle through to the wrong side, take a long stitch underneath, and come up on the right side for a bead again. This is a most effective way of finishing a hem, and has the advantage of being much quicker done than ordinary hemming. I feel sure that, once having tried this way, you will confess it is very much prettier than an ordinary hem.

A really nice way to use beads is by adding them to the hem of a skirt. Just pin the hem to the desired length, and then, with a long thread and needle, make a stitch through to the right side, slide on a bead, pull the needle through to the wrong side, take a long stitch underneath, and come back up on the right side for another bead. This is a super effective way to finish a hem and is a lot quicker than regular hemming. I'm sure that once you try this method, you'll agree it looks much nicer than a typical hem.

Tops of tassels can be made to match buttons and bead chain in the exact manner that the sealing-wax beads are made themselves.

Tassel tops can be created to match buttons and bead chains in the same way that sealing-wax beads are made.

If a whole set, consisting of chain, buttons, tassel-tops, belt and shoe-buckles, are made to match, you have no idea how lovely they look; and also what a very “Parisian” look it gives to an otherwise plain and rather ordinary frock.

If a complete set, including a chain, buttons, tassel-tops, belt, and shoe buckles, are all designed to match, you can’t imagine how beautiful they look; it also lends a very “Parisian” vibe to an otherwise plain and somewhat ordinary dress.

Of course, if you are very industrious, and would like to complete your outfit, I would suggest knitting one of the ever-popular bead-bags.

Of course, if you're very diligent and want to finish your outfit, I suggest knitting one of the always-popular bead bags.

For this all that is necessary is a ball or two (according to the size of the bag) of coloured knitting silk, and a bunch of small beads, either the same or a contrasting shade. For instance, a golden brown silk, with tiny yellow beads, would look beautiful, especially were it lined with a daffodil lining, and finished off at the end with a bead tassel made to match.

For this, all you need is a ball or two (depending on the size of the bag) of colored knitting silk and a handful of small beads, either in the same color or a contrasting shade. For example, golden brown silk with tiny yellow beads would look beautiful, especially if it’s lined with daffodil fabric and finished off with a bead tassel that matches.

To make these bags you want, as I say, one ball of brown silk, and one bunch of tiny yellow beads, and a pair of fine knitting-needles especially made for this work, and which are about as thick as a hat-pin.

To create these bags you want, as I mentioned, you'll need one ball of brown silk, one bunch of tiny yellow beads, and a pair of fine knitting needles specifically designed for this task, which are about as thick as a hat pin.

To begin with, thread a needle (a bead needle or darner is best) with the end of your ball of silk, then pull out one little strand of beads and run the needle, darning fashion, into the thread on which the beads[102] themselves are strung. Pull your silk out of the needle, leaving a tiny piece over where the silk and cotton are entwined. Slip the beads along, and you will find they go easily over the joined silk, and so pass, as it were, en masse on to the knitting silk.

To start, thread a needle (a bead needle or darner works best) with the end of your silk thread, then pull out one small strand of beads and run the needle through the thread that the beads[102] are strung on, like you would when darning. Pull the silk out of the needle, leaving a little bit where the silk and cotton are twisted together. Slide the beads along, and you'll see they slide easily over the joined silk, moving all at once onto the knitting silk.

According to the size of the purse or bag, whichever you desire to make, so cast on sufficient stitches for one side only, the bag being knitted quite flat, and sewn up the sides when finished.

According to the size of the purse or bag you want to make, cast on enough stitches for just one side, as the bag is knitted flat and the sides will be sewn together when it's done.

Having cast on your stitches, knit one row plain and then one row in this manner—

Having cast on your stitches, knit one row plain and then one row like this—

Slip your needle into a stitch; push up a bead; knit the stitch, and so on to the end of the line.

Slip your needle into a stitch; add a bead; knit the stitch, and keep going until you reach the end of the line.

Next row knit plain silk with no beads, as the beads are only wanted one side.

Next row, knit plain silk without beads, since the beads are only needed on one side.

If you do this for about eight inches, for a small bag, and then halve it and sew it up, you can then mount it on a piece of brown silk to make it deeper.

If you do this for about eight inches for a small bag, then cut it in half and stitch it up, you can attach it to a piece of brown silk to make it deeper.

Personally, I think they look much prettier when knitted on four needles; and a very pretty purse I made I knitted first of all to a depth of three inches in plain silk, and then four inches with the beads.

Personally, I think they look a lot prettier when knitted with four needles; and I made a really pretty purse that I first knitted to a depth of three inches in plain silk, and then four inches with the beads.

As I came to the bottom I narrowed off as for the toe of a sock, finishing to a point. This point I finished with a tassel of brown and yellow beads which matched the bag itself. With a crochet-hook, I made a tiny edge at the head of the bag, through which I passed a draw string of silk in ordinary chain-stitch, finished at each end with a tiny tassel.

As I reached the bottom, I tapered off like the toe of a sock, ending in a point. I finished this point with a tassel made of brown and yellow beads that matched the bag. Using a crochet hook, I created a small edge at the top of the bag, through which I threaded a silk drawstring in a standard chain stitch, finishing each end with a small tassel.

design for corner
No. 9          See the article on the next page.

Some Embroidery Stitches.

No. 1.

No. 1.

This design in squares is suitable for working either in white or colours. Many useful purposes present themselves for making the design into trimmings for dresses, hats, etc., as well as for the alternate squares in a checked cushion cover. “Tenax” is a lovely silk thread that would be suitable for these stitches.

This square design is perfect for working in either white or color. There are many practical uses for turning this design into trimmings for dresses, hats, and so on, as well as for the alternating squares in a checkered cushion cover. “Tenax” is a beautiful silk thread that would be great for these stitches.

Photograph of embroidery
No. 8.
Photograph of embroidery; looks like checkerboard
No. 4.
Photograph of embroidery
No. 5.

No. 2.

No. 2.

Here each little diamond is worked in simple outline stitch, and each square outlined with backstitch.

Here, each little diamond is stitched in a simple outline stitch, and each square is outlined with backstitch.

No. 3.

No. 3.

This design is very suitable for hat bands and is worked in two colours. The stitch used is stem stitch, worked from left to right, bringing the thread over two of the double threads which form a square, then bringing it[104] out in the centre of the two squares, that is, half-way back on the preceding stitch, and carrying it down over next two squares and so on. Work the crossing lines first, then fill in the spaces, all in same stitch.

This design is perfect for hat bands and is made with two colors. The stitch used is stem stitch, worked from left to right, bringing the thread over two of the double threads that form a square, then bringing it out in the center of the two squares, which is halfway back on the previous stitch, and carrying it down over the next two squares, and so on. Start with the crossing lines first, then fill in the spaces, all using the same stitch.

Photograph of embroidery
No. 2.
Photograph of embroidery
No. 3.
Designs in Squares.

No. 4.

No. 4.

A mosaic design, suitable for trimming sports coats, hats, belts, etc., also for cushion borders, and other household purposes.

A mosaic pattern that's perfect for trimming sports coats, hats, belts, and more, as well as for cushion borders and other home uses.

Photograph of embroidery
No. 7.
Photograph of embroidery
No. 1.

No. 5.

No. 5.

This is the knitting stitch, and is also suitable for trimming, coats and[106] making bands for the new knitted hats. It is made with stem stitch worked diagonally.

This is the knitting stitch, and it's also great for trimming, coats, and[106] making bands for new knitted hats. It’s created with a stem stitch worked diagonally.

No. 6.

No. 6.

Lattice work made of stem stitch. A very beautiful design for present day dress trimming, and easily and quickly worked.

Lattice work made from stem stitch. A really beautiful design for today's dress trimming, and it's easy and quick to do.

No. 7.

No. 7.

Another design for dress trimming, either with cotton, silk or fine woollen thread. It is just satin stitch combined with simple running stitch.

Another design for dress trimming, using cotton, silk, or fine wool thread. It's just a satin stitch combined with a simple running stitch.

No. 8.

No. 8.

Like No. 7, this design is used for trimming dresses, and tweed or serge costumes, also worked with fine wool on crêpe-de-chine for blouses, rest gowns, etc.

Like No. 7, this design is used for trimming dresses, as well as tweed or serge outfits, and it can also be made with fine wool on crêpe-de-chine for blouses, evening gowns, etc.

No. 9.

No. 9.

Another “alternate design” for a checked cushion cover, equally suitable for dress, hat and other trimmings. It also makes a pretty border for table centre, cushion cover, tunic, or curtain.

Another “alternate design” for a checked cushion cover that works just as well for dresses, hats, and other embellishments. It also makes a lovely border for a table centerpiece, cushion cover, tunic, or curtain.

Photograph of embroidery
No. 6.

Two Novel Bags.

bag
A BLACK SILK BAG WITH WHITE BEADS.

A Crochet Bag Embroidered in Cross-Stitch.

A Crochet Bag Embroidered in Cross-Stitch.

Ecru “Star Sylko,” No. 8, with No. 5 in green and purple for the cross-stitch embroidery were used in making this lovely bag. A pair of ring handles, dark green, give a nice finish.

Ecru “Star Sylko,” No. 8, along with No. 5 in green and purple for the cross-stitch embroidery, were used to create this lovely bag. A pair of dark green ring handles adds a nice finish.

Commence with 5 ch formed into a ring into which put 6 dc.

Commence with 5 chains formed into a ring, and then chain 6 double crochets into it.

2nd Row.—2 dc into each dc.

2nd Row.—2 double crochets into each double crochet.

3rd Row.—* 1 dc into next dc, 2 dc into next dc, * repeat.

3rd Row.—* 1 double crochet into the next double crochet, 2 double crochets into the next double crochet, * repeat.

4th and every alternate Row.—1 dc into each.

4th and every alternate Row.—1 dc into each.

bag with tassel hanging from botto and ring handle
A BAG IN CROCHET AND CROSS-STITCH.

5th Row.—* 1 dc into each of next 2 dc, 2 dc into next dc, * repeat.

5th Row.—* 1 double crochet into each of the next 2 double crochets, 2 double crochets into the next double crochet, * repeat.

7th Row.—* 1 dc into each of next 3 dc, 2 dc into next dc, * repeat.

7th Row.—* 1 double crochet into each of the next 3 double crochets, 2 double crochets into the next double crochet, * repeat.

9th Row.—* 1 dc into each of next 4 dc, 2 dc into next dc, * repeat.

9th Row.—* 1 double crochet into each of the next 4 double crochets, 2 double crochets into the next double crochet, * repeat.

11th Row.—* 1 dc into each of next 5 dc, 2 dc into next dc, * repeat.

11th Row.—* 1 double crochet into each of the next 5 double crochets, 2 double crochets into the next double crochet, * repeat.

Continue on in this way, increasing the number of stitches before the 2 dc into 1 dc by one until there are 182 stitches around, then work 72 rounds more.

Continue like this, increasing the number of stitches before the 2 dc into 1 dc by one until you have 182 stitches around, then work 72 more rounds.

In the next 12 rows there are chs at each side.

In the next 12 rows, there are chapters on each side.

1st of the 12 Rows.—91 dc into first 91, 3 ch, 91 dc into next half, 3 ch.

1st of the 12 Rows.—91 double crochets into the first 91, 3 chains, 91 double crochets into the next half, 3 chains.

2nd Row.—* 91 dc, 5 ch, * repeat.

2nd Row.—* 91 dc, 5 ch, * repeat.

3rd Row.—* 91 dc, 7 ch, * repeat.

3rd Row.—* 91 dc, 7 ch, * repeat.

4th Row.—* 91 dc, 9 ch, * repeat.

4th Row.—* 91 dc, 9 ch, * repeat.

5th Row.—* 91 dc, 11 ch, * repeat.

5th Row.—* 91 dc, 11 ch, * repeat.

6th Row.—* 91 dc, 6 ch, 1 dc into the 6th ch below, 6 ch, * repeat.

6th Row.—* 91 dc, 6 ch, 1 dc into the 6th ch below, 6 ch, * repeat.

7th Row.—* 91 dc, 7 ch, 1 dc into the dc below between the chs, 7 ch, * repeat.

7th Row.—* 91 dc, 7 ch, 1 dc into the dc below between the chs, 7 ch, * repeat.

8th Row.—* 91 dc, 8 ch, 1 dc into the dc, 8 ch, * repeat.

8th Row.—* 91 dc, 8 ch, 1 dc into the dc, 8 ch, * repeat.

9th Row.—* 91 dc, 9 ch, 1 dc into the dc, 9 ch, * repeat.

9th Row.—* 91 dc, 9 ch, 1 dc into the dc, 9 ch, * repeat.

10th Row.—* 91 dc, 10 ch, 1 dc into the dc, 10 ch, * repeat.

10th Row.—* 91 dc, 10 ch, 1 dc into the dc, 10 ch, * repeat.

11th Row.—* 91 dc, 11 ch, 1 dc into the dc, 11 ch, * repeat.

11th Row.—* 91 dc, 11 ch, 1 dc into the dc, 11 ch, * repeat.

Two Novel Bags.

12th Row.—* 91 dc, 12 ch, 1 dc into the dc, 12 ch, * repeat.

12th Row.—* 91 dc, 12 ch, 1 dc into the dc, 12 ch, * repeat.

Take up one of the ring handles and make * 24 ch, bring these across the side of the ring and fasten to the 3rd dc with a dc, * repeat into every 3rd dc up to the chs at the side. Fasten the thread and cut it. Fasten again to the first dc after next chs and work the 24 ch loops over the other handle in the same way.

Take one of the ring handles and make 24 chain stitches, then bring these across the side of the ring and attach them to the 3rd double crochet with a double crochet stitch. Repeat this into every 3rd double crochet up to the chain stitches at the side. Fasten off the thread and cut it. Reattach to the first double crochet after the next chain stitches and work the 24 chain loops over the other handle in the same way.

The design is worked in cross-stitch—green on one side and purple on the other. A diagram is given for this part of the work.

The design is created using cross-stitch—green on one side and purple on the other. A diagram is provided for this part of the project.

Finish the end of the bag with a tassel made of the combined threads. Line the bag in the usual way with light color silk.

Finish the end of the bag with a tassel made of the blended threads. Line the bag as usual with light-colored silk.

A Black Silk Bag Beaded in White.

A Black Silk Bag Embellished with White Beads.

This bag is very easily made and requires only one ounce of white porcelain beads with a ball of No. 12 black “Star Sylko.” Cut out the bag to the required size and use the corners of the silk left over to form the four vandyke points. Turn a narrow hem at each side and the top of each point, tack in place. Sew the beads at each side of the point with a very fine needle and the “Star Sylko,” each bead is put on with a “top-stitch,” going through the centre of the hem. When the four points are worked, sew up the sides and bottom of the bag with a French seam, and turning out the right side crease the edge all round and tack it, then sew on the beads as in the points, around the seam. Make a crease around the top of the bag, one and a half inches from the top edge. Tack the points to this crease, one on the centre front and another on the centre back, then one at each side, all with edges overlapping. Now sew the points to the bag with the top-stitch and bead as before.

This bag is really easy to make and only needs one ounce of white porcelain beads and a ball of No. 12 black “Star Sylko.” Cut out the bag to the size you want and use the leftover silk corners to create the four vandyke points. Fold a narrow hem at each side and the top of each point, and tack it in place. Sew the beads on each side of the point with a very fine needle and the “Star Sylko,” attaching each bead with a “top-stitch” that goes through the center of the hem. Once the four points are done, sew up the sides and bottom of the bag with a French seam. Turn it right side out, crease the edges all around, and tack it down. Then sew the beads onto the seams like you did for the points. Create a crease around the top of the bag, one and a half inches from the top edge. Tack the points to this crease, placing one at the center front, another at the center back, and one on each side, all with overlapping edges. Now sew the points to the bag with the top-stitch and beads as before.

Make the lining to fit the bag, turn in both top edges and tack in place with the lining edge even with the edge of the bag, top-sew with the beads to join them.

Make the lining to fit the bag, fold in both top edges and secure them in place so that the lining edge is even with the edge of the bag, then top-stitch with the beads to attach them.

Make a line of running stitches about the quarter of an inch above to top of the points to make the slot for the tie-strings. Turn the bag inside out and sew the lining to the silk front along the line of beads at the top of the points.

Make a line of running stitches about a quarter inch above the top of the points to create the slot for the tie strings. Turn the bag inside out and sew the lining to the silk front along the line of beads at the top of the points.

Now work a buttonhole at each side of the slot through which the narrow black riband is run, one from each side. Make a small loop of the riband and sew below each buttonhole for the purpose of pulling the bag open when closed.

Now create a buttonhole on each side of the slot where the narrow black ribbon goes through, one from each side. Make a small loop with the ribbon and sew it under each buttonhole so you can pull the bag open when it's closed.

The Beaded Tassels.

The Beaded Tassels.

With the No. 12 “Star Sylko” make 5 ch into a ring, 6 dc into the ring, then 2 dc into each dc for two rounds, draw the thread through the last loop and, leaving about a yard of it attached, cut it. Run the end of the thread through the eye of the fine needle and thread 24 beads, sew this into a loop to next dc, and repeat into every 2nd dc. Fasten a thread on the wrong side of the disc and bring it up through the centre ring, thread five beads, sew to a point and bring the thread back again through the beads, fastening off underneath the disc.

With the No. 12 “Star Sylko” thread, make a ring with 5 chains, then work 6 double crochets into the ring. For the next two rounds, add 2 double crochets into each double crochet. Pull the thread through the last loop, leaving about a yard attached, and cut it. Thread the end of the yarn through the eye of a fine needle and string on 24 beads. Sew this into a loop to the next double crochet, and repeat this every 2nd double crochet. Secure a thread on the back of the disc and pull it up through the center ring. Thread five beads, sew to a point, and then bring the thread back through the beads, securing it underneath the disc.


A Violet Handkerchief Sachet.

There are often small pieces of canvas left over after a piece of work is finished that are too good to throw away (especially considering the present price of canvas) and yet do not seem large enough to make even a tray cloth.

There are often small scraps of canvas left over after a project is finished that are too good to throw away (especially given the current price of canvas) but don't seem big enough to make even a tray cloth.

The little handkerchief sachet shown here suggests one way in which such a piece may be used. The bit of canvas employed measured 12 inches by 8 inches, but two pieces half that size would do, joined to form the two sides of the sachet.

The small handkerchief sachet shown here illustrates one way this piece can be used. The piece of canvas used measured 12 inches by 8 inches, but two pieces half that size would work, joined together to form the two sides of the sachet.

pretty sachet with ribbons on the right and embroidered leaves and flowers scattered on the face
Only a small quantity of canvas is required for this Sachet.

Single violets and leaves are worked in cross-stitch and dotted about over the sachet. “Tenax” Embroidery Thread was used in pretty shades of violet and green, with one stitch of yellow in the centre of each open flower, each stitch being taken over two threads of the canvas. White silk was used to line the sachet, but if you have a bit of pale primrose or pale heliotrope, this would do equally well, and go beautifully with the colour of the violets. The edge is finished with a fine cord, and narrow violet ribbon is used to tie the sachet.

Single violets and leaves are stitched in cross-stitch and scattered across the sachet. “Tenax” Embroidery Thread was used in lovely shades of violet and green, with a single stitch of yellow at the center of each open flower, each stitch taken over two threads of the canvas. White silk lined the sachet, but if you have a piece of pale primrose or pale heliotrope, that would work just as well and look beautiful with the color of the violets. The edge is finished with a fine cord, and a narrow violet ribbon is used to tie the sachet.

Diagrams are given here for working the nine little designs used on the handkerchief sachet, each blackened square representing a cross-stitch on the canvas. Or you could, if you preferred, work little rosebuds and leaves, or daisies, instead of the violets.

Diagrams are provided here for creating the nine small designs used on the handkerchief sachet, with each black square representing a cross-stitch on the canvas. Alternatively, if you prefer, you can create small rosebuds and leaves, or daisies, instead of the violets.

One often wants to make something for a Sale of Work that does not involve too much outlay of time or money. Little sachets of this kind would be just the thing, and would probably find a ready sale. Moreover, they do not entail a great deal of work, which is a big consideration in these busy days.

One often wants to create something for a fundraising event that doesn’t require too much time or money. Small sachets like these would be perfect and would likely sell well. Plus, they don’t take a lot of effort to make, which is an important factor in today’s busy world.

cross-stitch pattern
The diagrams above show a bud, a leaf, and an open flower.
cross-stitch pattern of bud
On the left, is the diagram of a delightful little bud.
cross-stitch diagram: flower facing right
These diagrams are for the flowers at the top right and bottom left corner of the Sachet.

Below are shown other flower, leaf, and bud illustrations.
cross-stitch diagram: flower facing left
cross-stitch diagram: bud, leaf, and flower

The arrangement of the flowers on the sachet need not, of course, be strictly adhered to. The little buds and blossoms lend themselves to almost any form of treatment. Just two or three of the violets may be used, repeating as desired.

The way the flowers are arranged on the sachet doesn't have to be strictly followed. The small buds and blossoms can be styled in almost any way. You can use just two or three of the violets, repeating them as you like.

One may be placed at each corner and one in the middle, or they may be arranged in a straight or diagonal strip. The latter would be very pretty.

One can be positioned at each corner and one in the center, or they can be set up in a straight or diagonal line. The latter would look really lovely.


A Rosebud Handkerchief Box.

Pretty boxes have a fascination for most girls. For handkerchiefs, gloves, and the ever-accumulating stock of collars and ribbons, there is no receptacle quite so handy as a box, and, of course, it should be pretty.

Pretty boxes fascinate most girls. For handkerchiefs, gloves, and the ever-growing collection of collars and ribbons, there's no container quite as handy as a box, and it definitely should be pretty.

box with floral cross-stitch decorations
A Cross-stitch Design is worked on each side of the Box.

These are expensive to buy, however, and therefore the girl who wants one at little or no cost must make it herself. Moreover, the one you buy is not the only one of its kind, whereas the one you make can be.

These are pricey to purchase, so the girl who wants one for little or no money has to make it herself. Additionally, the one you buy isn’t the only one of its kind, while the one you create can be.

The rose-box here illustrated has a little cross-stitch pattern worked on every side, and on the lid. This gives a very pretty and original effect. The designs are worked in pink and green “Star Sylko” on white Hardanger canvas, and the box is lined with pale blue.

The rose box shown here has a small cross-stitch pattern on every side and the lid. This creates a really nice and unique effect. The designs are stitched in pink and green “Star Sylko” on white Hardanger canvas, and the box is lined with light blue.

To make this box, four pieces of thin cardboard 7 inches by 5½ inches are required for the lid and bottom of the box, four pieces 7 inches by 2½ inches for the sides, and four pieces 5½ inches by 2½ inches for the ends. In each case one piece of cardboard is covered with the lining material, and one piece with the canvas, both of which are cut a little larger than the cardboard. In the case of the canvas the cross-stitch design is, of course, worked on before the cardboard is covered.

To make this box, you'll need four pieces of thin cardboard measuring 7 inches by 5½ inches for the lid and bottom, four pieces measuring 7 inches by 2½ inches for the sides, and four pieces measuring 5½ inches by 2½ inches for the ends. Each piece of cardboard should be covered with a lining material, and another piece with canvas, both of which should be cut slightly larger than the cardboard. For the canvas, the cross-stitch design should be completed before covering the cardboard.

Having covered all the pieces, proceed to sew them together in pairs—a canvas-covered piece to a lining-covered piece. Then seam the double pieces together to make up the box. This wants to be done carefully to be quite secure, and, at the same time, neat.

Having covered all the pieces, go ahead and sew them together in pairs—a canvas-covered piece to a lining-covered piece. Then, stitch the double pieces together to form the box. This needs to be done carefully to ensure it’s secure and neat.

Before attaching the lid, the seams and edges are finished off. In the box illustrated this was done with No. 3 white “Star Sylko,” using three strands, and couching down at intervals with white cotton. This is continued down the corners of the box, and completely covers the seams.

Before putting on the lid, the seams and edges are finished. In the box shown, this was done with No. 3 white “Star Sylko,” using three strands and stitching down at intervals with white cotton. This continues down the corners of the box and fully covers the seams.

The lid is next attached to the back of the top edge with over-sewing, which must be neat and yet strong. Finally, the lid is edged with No. 3 “Star Sylko” in the same way as the box, making a little loop at each corner, and a knot and ends at the back.

The lid is then sewn to the back of the top edge using over-sewing, which needs to be both tidy and durable. Finally, the lid is finished with No. 3 "Star Sylko" just like the box, creating a small loop at each corner, along with a knot and ends on the back.

Diagrams for working the rosebud cross-stitch designs are given, though some other flower can be worked if preferred.

Diagrams for creating rosebud cross-stitch designs are provided, but you can use a different flower if you prefer.

White canvas, as shown, gives a pretty, delicate effect, but, of course, this soils very quickly, and for a more serviceable box it would be[112] better to use a colour. Pale blue or pink would be delightful, or the shades can be chosen to follow the colour scheme of the room. If a plain material is used, of which it is not easy to count the threads, the cross-stitch can be worked over Penelope canvas.

White canvas, as shown, creates a nice, delicate look, but it gets dirty really fast, so for a more practical box it would be[112] better to use a color. Light blue or pink would be lovely, or you can choose shades that match the color scheme of the room. If you use a solid material that’s hard to count the threads on, you can do the cross-stitch over Penelope canvas.

cross-stitch diagram: flower bud
A DIAGRAM FOR THE DESIGN ON THE FRONT OF THE BOX.
cross-stitch diagram: leaves and bud
A DIAGRAM FOR THE DESIGN AT THE END OF THE BOX.

Again, if time is limited, it is not actually necessary to work the cross-stitch designs. Some figured material, such as brocade, can be used, or anything that you happen to have by you; but a thin material should not be employed, or it will tear away when you come to join the pieces together.

Again, if you're short on time, it’s not essential to work the cross-stitch designs. You can use some patterned fabric, like brocade, or anything you have available; however, you shouldn't use a thin material, as it will tear when you try to join the pieces together.

A particular attraction about this box is that it costs practically nothing. The outside was made from those odd pieces of white canvas which every girl has, and which are too small for the smallest cloth. The lining was of pieces left over from making a summer dressing-gown. The cardboard was from a collection of old boxes and other odd bits carefully saved, and the quantity of ‘Star Sylko,’ from balls already possessed, was very slight.

A special appeal of this box is that it costs almost nothing. The outside was made from those random pieces of white canvas that every girl has, which are too small for even the smallest cloth. The lining came from leftover fabric from making a summer robe. The cardboard was from a stash of old boxes and other miscellaneous bits that were carefully saved, and the amount of 'Star Sylko,' from balls already owned, was quite limited.

cross-stitch diagram: open flowers on stem with leaves
A DIAGRAM FOR THE DESIGN ON THE LID.

Contents

 PAGE
Advantage of Coloured Knitting Cottons, The68
Apron you can make from a Summer Skirt, An47
Aprons, Three Pretty9
Art of Blouse-making, The59
 
Bags, Two Novel107
Bead Fancies98
Bead Work, Modern90
Blouse-making, The Art of59
Blankets, To finish the hems of74
Brassiere, The3
 
Camisole Yoke of Embroidered Filet Net and Crochet, A6
Camisole Yoke, A Pretty7
Casement Curtain, The Nursery67
Child’s Knitted Petticoat, A51
Child’s Overall from a Narrow Skirt, Making a28
Collars for Cold Days14
Collar, Mending a40
Coloured Knitting Cottons, The Advantage of68
Crochet Ribbons for Underwear Beadings96
Crochet96, 67, 3, 6, 7, 107
Cynthia Knitted Stripe, The71
 
Decorative Stitches for Children’s Clothes61
Doing up an Eiderdown75
Dressmaking, A Practical Way to Teach Girls53
 
Economy Quilt, The72
Eiderdown, Doing up an75
Embroidery Stitches, Some103
 
Fancy Tops for Socks and Stockings23
Freshen a Last Season’s Jersey, To16
 
Gloves, The Use and Abuse of18
 
Handkerchief Box, A Rosebud111
Handkerchief Sachet, A Violet109
Hat, A Knitted20
 
Jersey, To Freshen a Last Season’s16
 
Keeping out the Wind, For45
Knitting14, 16, 20, 23, 30, 34, 49, 51, 68, 71
Knitting your own Woollen Spencers49
 
Making a Child’s Overall from a Narrow Skirt28
Mending a Collar40
Mending a Man’s Shirt37
Mending a Sheet87
Mending, The Wisdom of Preventive41
Modern Bead Work90
 
Nursery Casement Curtain, The67
 
Patchwork Quilts79
Patchwork Toilet Runner, A89[114]
Partly-worn Garments, Utilizing13
Practical Way to Teach Girls Dressmaking, A53
 
Quilts68, 72, 79
 
Re-footing Made Easy30
Re-heel a Worn Sock, How to34
Repairing, Articles on18, 37, 40, 83, 87
Repairing Table Linen83
Rosebud Handkerchief Box, A111
 
Sheet, Mending a87
Shirt, Mending a Man’s37
Slippers you can make35
Socks and Stockings, Fancy Tops for23
Socks, Re-footing30
Sock, To Re-heel a Worn34
Spencers, Knitting your own Woollen49
 
Table Linen, Repairing83
Tacking Stitches, Decorative61
Toilet Runner, A Knitted Stripe for a71
Toilet Runner, A Patchwork89
 
Undercoat or Waistcoat, An45
Use and Abuse of Gloves, The18
Utilizing Partly-worn Garments13
 
Violet Handkerchief Sachet, A109
 
Wisdom of Preventive Mending, The41

Transcriber's Note: If the reader's device supports it, larger versions of the book covers may be seen by clicking on the cover.

THE
HOME ART SERIES

THE
HOME ART COLLECTION


By FLORA KLICKMANN,
Editor of the “GIRL’S OWN PAPER &
WOMAN’S MAGAZINE.”

By FLORA KLICKMANN,
Editor of the “GIRL’S OWN PAPER &
WOMAN’S MAGAZINE.”

Beautiful Crochet for  Household Linen

———————————
FOURTH EDITION.

FOURTH EDITION.

BEAUTIFUL CROCHET
ON
HOUSEHOLD LINEN

GORGEOUS CROCHET
FOR
HOME TEXTILES

Showing Table Cloths, Toilet Covers, Curtain Tops, Towel Ends, Sideboard Cloths, Tea Cosies, Dressing Table Runners and other items.

Showing tablecloths, toilet covers, curtain tops, towel ends, sideboard cloths, tea cozies, dressing table runners, and other items.

120 Pages, fully illustrated.
2/- net (by Inland Post 2/4).

120 Pages, fully illustrated.
£0.10 net (by Inland Post £0.12).

“This attractive manual is issued under the able editorship of Miss Flora Klickmann the well-known authority on Knitting and Crochet.”—The Queen

“This attractive guide is published under the expert editing of Miss Flora Klickmann, a well-known authority on Knitting and Crochet.” —The Queen

“A profusely illustrated and practical up-to-date guide.”—London Teacher

“A beautifully illustrated and practical contemporary guide.”—London Teacher

The Home Art Book of Fancy Stitchery

———————————————

Understood. Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

THE HOME ART BOOR OF
FANCY STITCHERY

THE HOME ART BOOK OF
FANCY STITCHING

Eighth
Edition.

With New Ideas for applying Crochet to Lingerie & Napery, Bead-work and Fancy Stitches for Dress Trimmings, Feather-Stitching, Smocking, Hardanger Work, Darned Filet Crochet, Knitting, Macramé Work, Darned Net, Cross-Stitch, Irish Crochet, Embroidery on Flannel.
263 Designs.
2/- net (by Inland Post 2/4).

With New Ideas for using Crochet in Lingerie & Napery, Beadwork and Decorative Stitches for Dress Trimmings, Feather Stitching, Smocking, Hardanger Work, Darned Filet Crochet, Knitting, Macramé Work, Darned Net, Cross-Stitch, Irish Crochet, Embroidery on Flannel.
263 Designs.
2/- internet (by Inland Post 2/4).

“It is thoroughly practical and will be welcomed by all women who delight in the craft of the needle.”—The Lady

“It’s super practical and will be loved by all women who enjoy sewing.”—The Lady

“A practical little book.”—The Birmingham Post

“A practical little book.”—The Birmingham Post

“A most useful manual of fancy work. An extremely valuable addition to the needle-woman’s equipment.”—The Queen

“A really helpful guide for creative crafts. An incredibly valuable addition to a needlewoman’s toolkit.”—The Queen

———————————————

Understood. Please provide the text for modernizing.

The Home Art Crochet Book
THE HOME ART
CROCHET BOOK
————
14th Edition.
————

Containing Entirely New Designs for Lingerie, Edgings and Insertions, Borders for Tray Cloths and D’oilys, Deep Laces for Table Cloths, and Valances, Motifs for Inlet Work and Irish Lace.
149 Designs.
Demy 8vo, 2/- net (by Inland Post, 2/4).

Containing Completely New Designs for Lingerie, Trimmings and Insertions, Borders for Tray Cloths and Doilies, Deep Laces for Table Cloths, and Valances, Motifs for Inlet Work and Irish Lace.
149 Designs.
Demy 8vo, 2/- net (by Inland Post, 2/4).

“It is a book which will be of the greatest interest to needlewomen. Many of the designs are extremely handsome, the advanced worker being as well catered for as those who are not so skilful.”—The Lady

“This book will be super interesting for seamstresses. Many of the designs are truly beautiful, suitable for both experienced users and those who may not be as skilled.” —The Lady

—————————————————————————————
PUBLISHED AT 4, BOUVERIE STREET, LONDON, E.C. 4.

—————————————————————————————
PUBLISHED AT 4 Bouverie Street, London, E.C. 4.

Either of the above Books will be sent, by the Publishers, anywhere in the United Kingdom, post free, on receipt of postal order for 2/4.

Any of the Books mentioned above will be sent by the Publishers to any location in the United Kingdom, with no shipping cost, upon receiving a postal order for 2/4.

 


THE
HOME ART SERIES

THE
HOME ART COLLECTION


By FLORA KLICKMANN,
Editor of the “GIRL’S OWN PAPER &
WOMAN’S MAGAZINE.”

By FLORA KLICKMANN,
Editor of the “GIRL’S OWN PAPER &
WOMAN’S MAGAZINE.”

The Craft of the Crochet Hook cover

EIGHTH EDITION.

8TH EDITION.

THE CRAFT OF THE
CROCHET HOOK

THE ART OF THE
CROCHET HOOK

A Book of New Ideas in Crochet Work of various kinds, showing Novel Methods of applying them to Personal and Household Linen and Home Decoration.
150 Designs. Demy 8vo,
Paper boards. 2/- net (by inland post 2/4).

A Book of New Ideas in Crochet Work of various kinds, showing new methods for applying them to personal and household linens and home decoration.
150 Designs. Demy 8vo,
Paper boards. £2.00 net (by inland post £2.04).

“It is a very desirable book for the crochet-woman who is always looking after fresh patterns and fancies.”—The Western Daily Press.

“It’s a popular book for crocheters who are always searching for new patterns and ideas.” —The Western Daily Press.

“For clearness, variety, and suggestiveness, it is far in advance of anything previously published.”—The Christian World.

The Christian World.

“It has been well planned and carried out.”—The Bookseller.

“It’s been well designed and done.” —The Bookseller.

———————————————

Understood! Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.

Artistic crochet cover

THIRD EDITION.

3RD EDITION.

ARTISTIC CROCHET

Creative Crochet

Novel Beadings, Insertions and Edgings suitable for Underwear and Dress Trimmings, Exquisite Floral Designs in Irish Crochet, also Practical Suggestions, both simple and advanced, for Tea-Cloths and Bedspreads.
120 Designs. Demy 8vo,
Paper Boards, 2/- net (by inland post 2/4).

Novel Beadings, Insertions, and Edgings Suitable for Underwear and Dress Trimmings, Exquisite Floral Designs in Irish Crochet, along with Practical Suggestions for Tea Cloths and Bedspreads, both simple and advanced.
120 Designs. Demy 8vo,
Paper Boards, £2.00 net (by inland post £2.04).

“The practical needlewoman will rejoice in this book of new ideas in Crochet Work.”—The Pall Mall Gazette.

“The practical needleworker will love this book filled with new ideas for Crochet Work.”—The Pall Mall Gazette.

———————————————

Understood! Please provide the text for modernization.

The Cult of the Needle cover
THE CULT OF
THE NEEDLE
————
SECOND EDITION.
————

Giving directions for Bulgarian, Catalan, Hungarian and Baro Embroidery, Amager Work, Hemstitching, Netting, Wool-work, Bohemian, Carrickmacross, Innishmacsaint and Reticella Lace, and other forms of Needlecraft.
185 Designs.
Demy 8vo, Paper boards, 2/- net (by inland post 2/4).

Giving instructions for Bulgarian, Catalan, Hungarian and Baro Embroidery, Amager Work, Hemstitching, Netting, Wool-work, Bohemian, Carrickmacross, Innishmacsaint and Reticella Lace, along with other types of Needlecraft.
185 Designs.
Demy 8vo, Paper boards, 2/- net (by inland post 2/4).

“Women who have no particular taste for ordinary sewing and embroidery need not on that account be deterred from buying this most useful little book. The fact that it is Edited by Miss Flora Klickmann is in itself a guarantee that something interesting is to be expected within the covers.”—The Glasgow Herald.

“Women who don't normally sew or do embroidery shouldn't hesitate to buy this really handy little book. The fact that it’s edited by Miss Flora Klickmann guarantees that there’s something interesting inside.” —The Glasgow Herald.

“It is a perfectly delightful little manual.”—The Lady.

“It’s a delightfully charming little guide.”—The Lady.

—————————————————————————————
PUBLISHED AT 4, BOUVERIE STREET, LONDON, E.C. 4.

—————————————————————————————
PUBLISHED AT 4 Bouverie Street, London, E.C. 4.

Sold by all Booksellers and Fancy-Work Dealers.

Available at all bookstores and craft supply shops.

 


THE
HOME ART SERIES

THE
HOME ART COLLECTION


By FLORA KLICKMANN.

By Flora Klickmann.

The Modern Knitting Book cover

SECOND EDITION.

2ND EDITION.

THE MODERN
KNITTING BOOK

THE MODERN
KNITTING GUIDE

CONTENTS

CONTENTS

  • Things for MEN’S WEAR.
  • Things for WOMEN’S WEAR.
  • Things for CHILDREN’S WEAR.
  • Things for BABIES’ WEAR.
  • For WORKING IN WOOL.
  • Designs for HOUSEHOLD USE.

“It is a book of charming ideas for knitted underwear, coats and wraps, socks and stockings, etc.”—The Pall Mall Gazette.

“It’s a book packed with charming ideas for knitted underwear, coats and wraps, socks and stockings, and more.”—The Pall Mall Gazette.

120 pages.
2/- net
(by post, 2/4)

120 pages.
£2 net
(by post, £2.04)

———————————————

Please provide the text you would like modernized.

The Modern Crochet Book cover
THE MODERN
CROCHET BOOK
————
5th Edition.
————

Containing Original Ideas for combining Crochet with Embroidery and with Fancy Braids, together with new & unusual Designs for use on Household Linen, on Underwear, and as Dress Trimmings.
120 pages. 127 Designs.
2/- net (by inland post, 2/4).

Containing Original Ideas for combining Crochet with Embroidery and Fancy Braids, along with new and unusual Designs for use on Household Linen, Underwear, and Dress Trimmings.
120 pages. 127 Designs.
2/- net (by inland post, 2/4).

“This is a model of what such books should be.”—The Standard.

“This is a fantastic example of what these types of books should be.”—The Standard.

“Beautiful illustrations are used, and these include some filet mesh motifs which are bold designs for the work which is now so popular.”—The Guardian.

motifs that are currently trending in this work.” —The Guardian.

“It is thoroughly practical and full of original and dainty ideas.”—The Christian World.

“It’s entirely practical and filled with unique and delightful ideas.”—The Christian World.

———————————————

———————————————

THE
MODERN HOME SERIES

THE
CONTEMPORARY HOME SERIES


Edited by FLORA KLICKMANN.

Edited by Flora Klickmann.

The Mistress of the Little House cover

THE MISTRESS OF
THE LITTLE HOUSE

THE OWNER OF
THE SMALL HOUSE

What she should know and what she should do when she has an Untrained Servant. 120 pages. 2/- net (by post, 2/4).

What she needs to know and what she should do when she has an Untrained Servant. 120 pages. 2/− net (by post, 2/4).

“It is full of practical information, pleasantly put, for every housewife.”—The Guardian.

“It’s full of useful information, presented well, for every housewife.”—The Guardian.

“It is a most useful little volume.”—The Lady.

“It’s a super helpful little book.”—The Lady.

THE ETIQUETTE
OF TO-DAY

Today's Etiquette

120 pages. Illustrated. 2/- net (by post, 2/4).
Containing The Advisability of Social Customs, Introductions, Leaving Cards, Paying Calls, “At Homes,” Luncheons, Dinners, Garden Parties, “High Teas,” Town and Country Visits, Foreign Travel, Conversation, Letter Writing, In Public, Christenings, Weddings, Funerals.

120 pages. Illustrated. £2.00 net (by post, £2.04).
Containing The Advisability of Social Customs, Introductions, Leaving Cards, Paying Visits, “At Homes,” Luncheons, Dinners, Garden Parties, “High Teas,” Town and Country Visits, Foreign Travel, Conversation, Letter Writing, In Public, Christenings, Weddings, Funerals.

—————————————————————————————
PUBLISHED AT 4, BOUVERIE STREET, LONDON, E.C. 4.
Either of the above Books will be sent, by the Publishers, anywhere in the United Kingdom, post free, on receipt of postal order for 2/4.

—————————————————————————————
PUBLISHED AT 4 Bouverie Street, London, E.C. 4.
Any of the books mentioned above will be sent, at no extra charge, by the publishers to anywhere in the United Kingdom upon receipt of a postal order for 2/4.

 


Hardanger and Cross-Stitch cover
Hardanger and
CROSS-STITCH
2/ - net

(by post, 2/4)

FULLY ILLUSTRATED.
Showing Handsome Hardanger Borders and Corners, also Natural Designs in Cross-Stitch for Violets, Cyclamen, Creeping Jenny, Nasturtiums, Daisies, Roses, Fern, Daffodils, Clover, Cherries, Wild Birds, with Butterflies in Hardanger.

This Volume will especially please the worker who is weary of the old-fashioned conventional cross-stitch borders. It gives a series of lovely natural designs of flowers and birds, and fruit and leaves, such as would be a delightful addition to any woman’s pretty house.

FULLY ILLUSTRATED.
Featuring beautiful Hardanger borders and corners, along with natural cross-stitch designs for violets, cyclamen, creeping Jenny, nasturtiums, daisies, roses, ferns, daffodils, clover, cherries, wild birds, and butterflies in Hardanger.

This volume will particularly appeal to those who are tired of the old-fashioned, conventional cross-stitch borders. It offers a collection of lovely natural designs of flowers, birds, fruits, and leaves, adding a charming touch to any woman’s lovely home.

“Many beautiful modes of simple embroidery are described and illustrated in Hardanger and Cross-Stitch, edited by Flora Klickmann, and forming one of a series of which we have more than once noted the excellence.”—The Church Times.

“Many lovely styles of simple embroidery are explained and shown in Hardanger and Cross-Stitch, edited by Flora Klickmann, which is part of a series we've previously recognized for its quality.”—The Church Times.

London: “The Girl’s Own Paper and Woman’s Magazine” Office,
4, BOUVERIE STREET, LONDON, E.C. 4.

London: “The Girl’s Own Paper and Woman’s Magazine” Office,
4, Bouverie Street, London, E.C. 4.

 


Do you want to write
for the Press?

Do you want to write
for the media?

You’ll begin writing the
day you read this book.

Third Edition called for within a month of publication.     $7 net (by post, 7/6).

The LURE of the PEN

The Allure of Writing

A Book for would-be Authors.

A Guide for Aspiring Writers.

By FLORA KLICKMANN,

By FLORA KLICKMANN,

Editor of “The Girl’s Own and Woman’s Magazine”; Author of “The Flower-Patch among the Hills,” “Between the Larch-Woods and the Weir,” etc.

Editor of “The Girl’s Own and Woman’s Magazine”; Author of “The Flower-Patch among the Hills,” “Between the Larch-Woods and the Weir,” etc.

  • (1) MSS. THAT FAIL. WHY THEY FAIL.
  • (2) ON TRAINING YOURSELF FOR LITERARY WORK.
  • (3) THE HELP THAT BOOKS CAN GIVE.
  • (4) POINTS A WRITER OUGHT TO NOTE.
  • (5) AUTHOR, PUBLISHER, & PUBLIC.

It is unique in its own line, breezily written, and crammed full of interest and information for those who read, as well as for those who want to write. Coming from so experienced an Editor it cannot fail to be authoritative.

It’s one of a kind, written in a casual style, and packed with interesting insights and information for both readers and aspiring writers. With an editor this experienced behind it, it’s bound to be credible.

The Bookman says: “The fresh and original standpoint from which the book is penned, the innumerable new and entertaining stories, the humour, wisdom, expert knowledge and common sense, make the LURE OF THE PEN not only invaluable to the literary aspirant, but also a work of amusement, interest and information to the general reader.”

The Bookman says: “The unique and fresh perspective of this book, along with the many entertaining stories, humor, wisdom, expertise, and common sense, make the LURE OF THE PEN not only essential for aspiring writers but also a source of fun, interest, and information for regular readers.”

—————————————————————————————
LONDON: 4, BOUVERIE STREET, E.C. 4; and at all Bookshops.

—————————————————————————————
LONDON: 4, BOUVERIE STREET, E.C. 4; and at all bookstores.

 


“A pendant to ‘The Flower-Patch Among the Hills,’ and every whit as delightful.”—The Graphic.

“A companion to ‘The Flower-Patch Among the Hills,’ and just as delightful.”—The Graphic.

EVERYONE SHOULD READ
the New Book of Cheerfulness
BY THE AUTHOR OF
“THE FLOWER-PATCH AMONG THE HILLS.”
Between the
Larch-woods
and the Weir
————
Large
Crown 8vo,
Cloth,
7/- net.
————
Between the Larch and the Weir

. By .
FLORA KLICKMANN,
Editor of “The Girl’s Own and Woman’s Magazine,” etc.

. By .
FLORA KLICKMANN,
Editor of “The Girl’s Own and Woman’s Magazine,” and others.

A Joy-Book of the Hills. Overflowing with humour, bubbling with smiles, yet never out of sound of the soughing of the pines, the scold of the squirrel, the call of the birds, and the delicious pungent scent of woodsmoke.
A book to laugh over, to think over, and to be thankful for.

A Joy-Book of the Hills. Full of humor, filled with smiles, yet always close to the sound of the rustling pines, the chatter of the squirrel, the calls of the birds, and the lovely, fragrant smell of woodsmoke.
A book to laugh at, to ponder, and to be grateful for.

“We are quite glad to hear more of Miss Klickmann’s country holiday, her fellow holiday makers, and her neighbours, human and other; and of the cheerful spirit, not stifled by the distant sound of War.”—The Times.

“We’re really excited to hear more about Miss Klickmann’s holiday in the countryside, her fellow travelers, and her neighbors, both human and otherwise; and about the cheerful spirit that remained bright despite the distant sound of war.”—The Times.

“Another charming book which shows a keen appreciation both of nature and of the oddities of Mankind. The author’s kindly humour is irrepressible.”—The Spectator.

“Another wonderful book that shows a strong appreciation for both nature and the quirks of humanity. The author’s warm humor is unstoppable.”—The Spectator.

“The perception of beauty, the descriptive skill, the insight into character, the homely philosophy, the refreshing humour, the sane outlook, the fascinating style, all make a pleasant appeal to lovers of good books.”—The Methodist Recorder.

“The perception of beauty, descriptive talent, insight into character, practical philosophy, refreshing humor, sensible perspective, and captivating style all create an enjoyable experience for lovers of good books.”—The Methodist Recorder.

“Fun, humour (caustic but never unkindly), social satire (shrewd and penetrating, yet singularly pitiful), the reader will find in abundance in these pages.”—Mr. Coulson Kernahan, in the Bookman.

“Fun, sharp humor (never cruel), and social satire (insightful and penetrating, yet distinctly sad) can be found in abundance in these pages.”—Mr. Coulson Kernahan, in the Bookman.

“It is characterised by a delightful sense of humour, and it is written with a light and graceful pen.”—The Glasgow Herald.

“It’s marked by a delightful sense of humor and is written in a light and graceful style.”—The Glasgow Herald.

“The pages sparkle with humour, and the portraits of various country characters are entrancingly funny. There is more to be learned in the pages devoted to birds than in many a scientific volume.”—The Sphere.

“The pages are filled with humor, and the portrayals of various country characters are hilariously engaging. You can learn more from the sections on birds than from many scientific books.” —The Sphere.


THE “R.T.S.,” 4, BOUVERIE STREET, LONDON, E.C. 4.
And at all Bookshops and Bookstalls.
PRICE SEVEN SHILLINGS NET (by post 7/6).

THE “R.T.S.,” 4, BOUVERIE STREET, LONDON, E.C. 4.
Available at all bookstores and newsstands.
PRICE SEVEN SHILLINGS NET (by mail 7/6).


Back cover ad (text below)

“It’s dood for me”

“It’s good for me”

Fry’s
PURE
BREAKFAST

Cocoa
This bonny little chap is a FRY’S COCOA boy, plump and strong, with rosy cheeks: sunny, healthy, mischievous, full of life and energy. ——————— Have you any little “pale faces” at home? Build them up with FRY’S.

Transcriber’s Notes:

Obvious punctuation errors repaired. Varied hyphenation was retained.

Obvious punctuation errors fixed. Varied hyphenation was kept.

Page 11, “Richlieu” changed to “Richelieu” (Richelieu openwork)

Page 11, “Richlieu” changed to “Richelieu” (Richelieu openwork)

Page 28, “occured” changed to “occurred” (may not have occurred)

Page 28, “occurred” changed to “occurred” (may not have occurred)

Page 43, repeated word “for” removed from text. Original read (apparent need for for it)

Page 43, repeated word “for” removed from text. Original read (apparent need for it)

Page 58, “opportuities” changed to “opportunities” (such unique opportunities)

Page 58, “opportuities” changed to “opportunities” (such unique opportunities)

Page 106, “crepê-de-chine” changed to “crêpe-de-chine” (crêpe-de-chine for blouses, rest)

Page 106, “crepê-de-chine” changed to “crêpe-de-chine” (crêpe-de-chine for blouses, rest)

Page 113, index, “Brassière” changed to “Brassiere” to match text usage (Brassiere, The)

Page 113, index, “Brassière” changed to “Brassiere” to match text usage (Brassiere, The)


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!